UNiv.or
ItJRONrO
LiBRARY
ISLANDICA
AN ANNUAL RELATING TO ICELAND
AND THE
FISKE ICELANDIC COLLECTION
IN
CORNELL UNIVERSITY LIBRARY
EDITED BY
GEORGE WILLIAM HARRIS
WBRARIAN
VOLUME V.
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE MYTHICAL-HEROIC SAGAS
By HALLDOR HERMANNSSON
Issued by Corneli, University Library
Ithaca, New York y%
1912
^3\
CoPYRfGHT 1912
BY CORNEI^t UNIVERSITY
ANDRUS & CHURCH, PRINTERS
ITHACA, N. Y.
EXTRACTS FROM THE WILL OF THE LATE
WII.LARD FISKE
*' I give and bequeath to the Cornell University at Ithaca,
New York, all my books relating to Iceland and the old Scandi-
navian literature and history. ..."
" I give and bequeath to the said Cornell University . . .
the sum of Five Thousand (5000) Dollars, to have and to hold
forever, in trust, nevertheless, to receive the income thereof, and
to use and expend the said income for the purposes of the publi-
cation of an annual volume relating to Iceland and the said
Icelandic Collection in the library of the said University."
In pursuance of these provisions the following volumes have
been issued :
ISLANDiCA, I. Bibliography of the Icelandic Sagas, by
Halldor Hermannsson. 1908.
ISLANDiCA, II. The Northmen in America, by Halld6r Her-
mannsson. 1909.
ISLANDICA, III. Bibliography of the Sagas of the Kings of
Norway and related Sagas and Tales, by
Halld6r Hermannsson. 19 10.
ISLANDICA, IV. The Ancient Laws of Norway and Iceland^
by Halld6r Hermannsson. 1911.
Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2007 with funding from
IVIicrosoft Corporation
http://www.archive.org/details/bibliographyofmy05hermuoft
BIBLIOGRAPHY
OF THE
MYTHICAL -HEROIC SAGAS
(FORNALDARSOGUR)
BY
HALLDOR HERMANNSSON
z
PREFACE
This volume, forming a continuation of the two earlier saga
bibliographies published in ' ' Islandica ' ' , contains a bibliography
of the sagas which, since their publication by Rafn, have generally
been known as the Fornaldarsogur. This name, from our
point of view, is perhaps not altogether appropriate or distinguish-
ing, but nevertheless expresses the notion of their writers of
presenting sagas dealing with what to them was a distant age or
"fornold", that is, the times before the foundation of the
kingdom of Norway and the colonization of Iceland, which in
the earlier and more critical saga literature had not been ex-
tensively treated. These sagas, the subjects of which in many
cases must have been household tales in early Iceland, were
written in the latter half of the 13th and the earlier half of the
14th century. Thus they represent the period of decadence in
saga writing, the age when foreign influences became marked,
when copying and recasting of the earlier sagas was much in
vogue, when tales and stories, omitted by the earlier writers,
were found worthy of record, often freely elaborated or extended,
and when new stories also were invented. Many unhistorical
sagas and tales which have been included in the preceding
bibliographies date likewise from this period, and have therefore
much in common with those treated here. Unhistorical all these
Fornaldarsogur are, even those which treat of historical persons
(Hrolfs saga kraka, Ragnars saga, etc.). The subject of others
is derived from non-Scandinavian peoples, but has, so to say, been
nationalized (Asmundar saga kappabana, Hervarar saga, Vols-
unga saga, etc.); others are purely fictitious (lygisogur; stjup-
mae9ra sogur), similar in structure, but varying greatly as to
quality. The PiQreks saga occupies a place by itself, containing
as it does foreign traditions and tales in their original form, and
probably to a large extent in a close translation, but its connec-
tion with the Volsung and Volund legends made it desirable to
include it here. The whole Volsung or Niblung literature is, of
course, not covered in these pages, but only those titles have
been included which treat directly of, or are of importance to.
the Norwegian-Icelandic version as found in the Volsunga saga
and the Low German version as represented in the PiQreks saga.
Articles on the heroic poems of the Edda, excepting those deal-
ing with textual criticism, as a rule have been included. For
other works on the Niblungs, many of which devote more or less
space to these two versions, it is well to consult Abeling's bibli-
ography of the Nibelungenlied.
In order to make the bibliography of the subject of the
Fornaldarsogur more complete, a list of editions and translations
of Saxo Grammaticus' Danish history has been given in an
appendix, as well as commentaries on the first nine books of it>
and works on the history in general and its author ; the seven
later books are of no interest to us here. The appendix comprises
also the Chronicle of Hven, and three spurious Icelandic sagas.
As to the method followed in compiling this bibliography,
not much needs be said here, as it has been worked out in about
the same way as the two preceding ones. It may seem unneces-
sary to have enumerated abstracts of these sagas, and I have
done so only within certain limits ; the list might easily have been
made considerably longer. But these abstracts, especially the
earlier ones, may sometimes be of interest for the history of con-
temporary literature, since these sagas have supplied many a
writer with subjects for works of fiction, drama, and the like. I
should have liked to include a list of such works, but space did not
permit ; to indicate the importance of some of these sagas in this
respect, one needs only to mention the names of Esaias Tegner,
Adam Oehlenschlager, Richard Wagner, William Morris, and last
but not least, the author of '* Hamlet." I hope, however, that
at some later date I shall be able to publish such a list, not only
covering the sagas included in the present volume, but the other
sagas as well, thus completing and extending the list given at
the end of vol. i. of " Islandica."
The titles not to be found in the Fiske Collection or in the
University Library are not specially marked in this bibliography.
H. H.
CoRNELi, University Library,
June, 1912.
<>■
CONTENTS
Collections : pagb
Texts I
Translations 3
General Works 7
Individual Sagas 9
Appendix :
Saxo Grammatici Gesta Danorum 62
Hvenske Kronike 70
Spurious Sagas 71
Errata and Addenda 73
BIBLIOGRAPHY
OF THE
MYTHICAL- HEROIC SAGAS.
I. COLLECTIONS.
A. Texts.
NORDiSKA KXmpa Dater, i en Sagoflock samlade om forna
Kongar och Hjaltar. For hwilken, forutan et standigt
Attartahl pa alia befintliga Swenska Kongar och Drottningar,
afwen et Foretal finnes, angaende orsaken til detta wark, Gota
sprakets forman, gamla sakers nogje, Sagors trowardighet och
de har trycktas tidatahl, jamte forteckning pa dem, som til-
forende warit tryckte &c. Volumen historicum, continens
variorum in orbe Hyperboreo antiquo Regum, Heroum et
Pugilum res prseclare & mirabiliter gestas. Accessit, prseter
conspectum genealogicum Svethicorum Regum & Reginarum
accuratissimum, etiam prsefatio de caussis editi hujus operis,
linguae Gothicse praerogativa, rerum antiquarum jucunditate,
historiarum Hyperb. fide, earumque heic editarum chronotaxi ;
addito etiam ante evulgatarum catalago [!] &c. Stockholmiae,
typis Joh. L. Horrn, 1737. fol.
Ed. by Erik Julius Bjorner. — Contents : dedicatory letters, pp. (2}-(7);
poem to the editor by O. Rudbeck jr., etc. p. (8); preface (Latin and
Swedish), pp. 36 ; Conspectus Svecise regum et reginarum genealogicus,
(by G. Bonde ; Latin and Swedish), pp. 19; Fundinn Noregur, pp. 16 ;
Rimur af Karl og Grym Suia kongum, og af Hialmar Hareks suni a
Biarmalande, pp. 18 ; Konung Hrolf Krakes i Danmark, samt Adils
Upsala Konungs Saga. Hwarwid folgjer et utdrag af Bodwar Bjarkes
Saga (with Gjodrik Bjornsson's Foretal), pp. 8+139; Sagann af
FriJ)piofe Frsekna, pp. 44 ; Sogu Thattur af Alfe Konge og Reckum
hanns, pp. 42 ; Sagann af Hromunde Greipssyne, pp. 19 ; Saga af
Halfdane Bronufostra, pp. 30 ; Saga af Sorla Sterka, pp. 57 ; Sagann af
Halfdane Eysteinssyne, pp. 59 ; Sagann af Samsone fagra, pp. 39 ;
Volsunga Saga, ej)ur Sagann aff Sigurpe Fafnis Bana, pp. 115 ; Sagan af
Ragnari Lojjbrok og Sonum hanns, pp. 65 (o : 67); Saga Ans Bogsweig-
ers, pp. 35 ; vSogu pattur af Noma-Gesti, pp. 1-27 ; I>attur Helga
J>orissonar, pp. 28-34 ; Saga af I>orsteini Baear-Magni, pp. 29. At the
end a short postscriptum, a leaf with errata and Latin quotations, and
a leaf with Joh. Helin's letter regarding the suppressed leaf (pp. 7-8) of
2 ISLANDICA
the preface. The Fiske copy has both the original and the reprinted
leaf of the preface. All the saga texts are accompanied by Swedish and
Latin versions. — As an introduction to this collection was planned the
author's "Inledning til de yfwerborna Goters gamla hafder, sardeles
gotiska sprakets forman och sagornas kannedom", Stockh. 1738, (fol.,
pp. 12 + 219), but it was found to be too extensive and was publ. as a
separate work. — Cf. Warmholtz, Bibl. S.-G. no. 2604.
Altnordische Sagen und LiEder, welche zum Fabelkreis des
Heldenbuchs und der Nibelungen gehoren. Herausgegeben
durch Friedrich Heinrich von der Hagen. Breslau [1814]. 8^
pp. (4) + vi + 16 + 186 + 26 + 45 + (8).
Contents : Vorrede ; Aus der jiingeren oder Snorri'schen Edda, pp. 16 ;
Volsunga- oder Sigurthar Fafnisbana-Saga, pp. 1-118 ; Ragnar Ivod-
broks Saga, pp. 1 19-186; Nornagests Saga, pp. 26; B16msturvalla
Saga, pp. 45 ; errata.
FoRNALDAR soGUR N0RDRI.ANDA eptir gomlum handritum
titgefnar af C. C. Rafn. I. -III. bindi. Kaupmannahofn 1829-
30. 3 vols. 8°. pp. xxviii + 533, i facsim.\ pp. xiv + 559 ;
xvi + 779.
Contents : Vol. i.: Formali ; Saga af Hr61fi kontingi kraka ok koppum
hans, pp. 1-109 ; Brot Bjarkamdla enna fornu, pp. 110-112 ; Volsunga
saga, pp. 113-234 ; Saga af Ragnari konungi lo9br6k ok sonum hans,
pp. 235-299; Krdkumdl, pp. 300-310; Soguljdttr af Norna-Gesti, pp.
311-342 ; f»dttr af Ragnars sonum, pp. 343-360 ; Sogubrot af nokkrum
fornkonungum 1 Dana ok Svia veldi, pp. 361-388 ; Sorla pdttr, pp. 389-
407 ; Hervarar saga ok HeiQreks konungs, pp. 409-512 ; Saga Hei9reks
koniings ens vitra, pp. 513-533.— ^c>^. H.: Formdli ; Frd Fornj6ti ok
hans aettmonnum (Hversu Noregr bygSist ; Fundinn Noregr), pp. i-
21 ; Saga af Hdlfi ok Halfsrekkum, pp. 23-60 ; Fri5j)j6fs saga ens
fraekna, pp. 61-100; Af Upplendinga kontingum, pp. 101-106 ; Saga
Ketils hsengs, pp. 107-139 ; Saga Grims loQinkinna, pp. 141-157 ; Orvar-
Odds saga, pp. 159-322 ; Ans saga bogsveigis, pp. 323-362 ; Saga af
Hr6mundi Greipssyni, pp. 363-380 ; Saga |>orsteins Vikingssonar, pp.
381-459 ; Asmundar saga kappabana, pp. 461-487 ; Fri5l)j6fs saga
fraekna, pp. 488-503 ; Orvar-Odds saga, pp. 504-559— ^<^^- ^'^'^"••* Formdli ;
Saga Gautreks koniings, er sumir kalla Gjafa-Refs sogu, pp. 1-53 ; Saga
af Hr61fi kontingi Gautrekssyni, pp. 55-190 ; Saga Herrau3s ok B6sa,
pp. 191-234 ; Gaungu-Hr61fs saga, pp. 235-364 ; Sagan af Bigli einhenda
ok Asmundi berserk jabana, pp. 365-407 ; Sorla saga sterka, pp. 408-
452 ; Sagan af Hjdlmt^r ok Olver, pp. 453-5 18 ; Sagan af Hdlfddni
Eysteinssyni, pp. 519-558; Hdlfdanar saga Br6nuf6stra, pp. 559-59^^5
Sagan af Sturlaugi starfsama Ing61fssyni, pp. 592-647 ; Sagan af Illuga
Griaarf6stra, pp. 648-660 ; Saga Ereks vidforla, 661-674 ; Registr yfir
mannanofn, pp. 675-722 ; Registr yfir landa-, sta9a-, J)j69a- og flj6ta-
nofn, pp. 723-739 ; Registr yfir hluti og efni, pp. 740-769 ; list of sub-
scribers, pp. 771-779.
MYTHICAL -HEROIC SAGAS 3
Fornaldar sogur NorQrlanda. I. -III. bindi. Valdimar Asmund-
arson hefir bui9 undir prentun. Texta-titgafa. Reykjavik
' 1885, 1886, 1889. 3 '^ols. 8°. pp. xi + 92 -f 95 + 136 + 56 ;
vii + 356; iv + 527. — 2. edition, I. bindi. Reykjavik 1891.
8^ pp. (4) + 360.
Most of the sagas in this ed. are reprinted from Rafn's ed. and they are
printed in the same order as there. Only one recension is given of the
Fri9j)j6fs saga, Hervarar saga, and Orvar-Odds saga. Bugge's text of
the sagas, printed in "Norrone Skrifter", is followed here. In a few
cases paper-MSS. have been used for comparison, but that and other
changes will be mentioned below under each saga.
NORRONE Skrifter af sagnhistorisk Indhold, udgivne af
Sophus Bugge. I. -III. Hefte. Christiania 1864, 1865, 1873.
(Det norske Oldskriftselskabs Samlinger. VI., VIII., XVII).
8". pp. 370.
This ed. was never completed, as the MS. of the introduction was lost.
Contents: Saga af Hdlfi ok Hdlfsrekkum, pp. 1-44 ; Sogupdttr af Noma-
Gesti, pp. 45-80 ; Volsunga saga, pp. 81-199 I Hervarar saga ok Heid-
reks I.-II., pp. 201-370.
Eddica minora. Dichtungen eddischer Art aus den Fornaldar-
sogur und anderen Prosawerken zusammengestellt und ein-
geleitet von Andreas Heusler und Wilhelm Ranisch. Dortmund
1903. 8°. pp. ex + 160.
Reviews: Arkiv f. nord. Filol. XX. 1904. pp. 207-210, by Finnur
J6nsson ; — Modern Language Notes. XIX. 1903, pp. 183-187, by C.
Lotspeich ;— Nord. Tidsskr. f. Filol. XII. 1903. pp. 84-86, by A. Olrik ;—
Deut. Lit. zeit. XXIV. 1903. coll. 2819-21, by G. Neckel ;— Archiv. f.
das Stud. d. neueren Spr. u. Lit. CXII. 1904. pp. 398-401, by R.
Nordenstreng ; — Literaturbl. f. germ. u. rom. Philol. XXVII. 1906.
coll. 49-51, by W. Golther ;— Zeitschr. f. deut. Philol. XXXVI. 1904.
pp. 521-525, by B. Kahle.
B. Translations.
NoRDiSKE K^MPE-HiSTORiER [eller mythiske og romantiske
Sagaer] efter islandske Haandskrifter fordanskede ved Carl
Christian Rafn. I. -III. Bind. Kjobenhavn 1821-26. 3 w/j. 8®.
/., pp. (4) + X 4- 192 ; (4) + 166 ; (4) + 260 ;— zV., pp. (6) +
iv + 652 + (2);— m., pp. (10) 4- 162 ; (4) + 280 ; (4) + 183.
Bach of the three sections of vols. i. and iii. has a special t.-p. Con-
tents: vol. i.: (A). Hrolf Krakes Saga; (B). Volsunga-Saga ; (C).
Ragnar Lodbroks Saga, pp. 1-81 ; Krakemaal, pp. 82-96 ; Fortaellingen
om Noma Gest, pp. 97-132 ; Brudstykke om Dansk-Norske Konger fra
4 ISLANDICA
Ivar Vidfadme til Harald Blaatand, pp. 133-154 ; Anmaerkninger, pp.
155-176 ; Gamle Danske Viser henhorende til Ragnar Ivodbroks og hans
Sonners Saga i Fornsproget udgivne, pp. 177-252; variants etc., pp.
252-260 ; — vol. ii.: Saga om Kong Didrik af Bern og hans Ksemper ; —
vol. Hi.: Det fundne Norge, pp. 1-22 ; Sagaom Half og Halfs Ksemper,
pp. 23-70 ; Fridthjof hin Frseknes Saga, pp. 71-120 ; Sogubrot (Saga-
Brudstykke om nogle gamle Konger i Danmark og Sverige), pp. 121-
157 ; table of contents, pp. 158-159 ; Literatur, pp. 160-162 ;— Ketil
Haengs og Grim Lodinkins Sagaer, pp. 1-56; Orvarodds Saga, pp. 57-
206 (Orvarodds Levnetskvad, pp. 182-206) ; An Buesvingers Saga, pp.
207-256; Romund Grejpssons Saga, pp. 257-279; L/iteratur, p. 280; —
Hervors og Kong Hejdreks Saga, pp. 1-124 ; Register til Nord. Ksempe-
Hist. trende Bind, pp. 125-183; Trykfeil og Rettelser. — Reviews:
Dansk Litteratur-Tid. 1821. pp. 395-400 ; 1822. pp. 753-756 ; 1824. pp.
337-347, by P. E. Miiller ; — Literatur- og Kunstblad. 1821. Nos. 1-4, by
Finnur Magn<isson ; — Politik og Historie. IV. 1821. pp. 110-114, by J.
K. Host ;— Tilskueren. 1820. pp. 681-694, by K. L. Rahbek ;— Gott.
gel. Anz. 1826. pp. 1540-44 ; — Brganzungsbl. zu Allgem. Hall. Zeit.
1823. pp. 301-306 ; — Revue Encyclop^dique. 1827. pp. 424-426.
NORDISKE FoRTiDS Sagakr, efter den udgivne islandske eller
gamle nordiske Grundskrift oversatte af C. C. Rafn. I. -III.
Bind. Kjobenhavn 1829-30. 3 vols. 8". pp. xxviii + 470 ;
(4) + 402 ; (4) + 516.
Contents : vol. i. : Til Lseseren ; Saga om Kong Rolf Krake og hans
Ksemper, pp. T-106 (Brudstykker af det gamle Bjarkemaal, pp. 103-
106); Volsunga Saga eller Saga om Sigurd Fafnersbane, pp. 107-217;
Kong Ragnar Lodbroks og hans Sonners Saga, pp. 219-276 ; Krakas
Maal, pp. 277-288 ; Fortselling om Norna-Gest, pp. 289-316 ; Fortaelling
om Ragnars Sonner, pp. 317-332 ; Saga-Brudstykke om nogle Oldtids
Konger i Danmark og Sverrig, pp. 333-359 ; Fortselling om Sorle eller
Hedins og Hognes Saga, pp. 361-376 ; Hervors og Kong Heidreks Saga,
pp. 377-470 ; — vol. ii.: Om Fornjot og hans Slsegt, pp. 1-19; Saga om
Half og Halfs Ksemper, pp. 21-58 ; Fridthjof hin Frseknes Saga, pp.
59-96 ; Om Oplsendingernes Konger, pp. 97-100 ; Ketil Hsengs og Grim
Lodinkins Saga, pp. 101-142 ; Orvar-Odds Saga, pp. 143-235 ; Orvar-
Odds Levnetskvad, pp. 236-254 ; An Bueboiers Saga, pp. 255-290 ;
Romund Greipsons Saga, pp. 291-307 ; Thorstein Vikingsons Saga, pp.
308-377 ; Asmund Ksempebanes Saga, pp. 379-402 ; — vol. Hi. : Sagaen
om Kong Didrik af Bern og hans Ksemper, pp. 1-446 ; indices, pp. 447-
499 ; Subscribenter, pp. 501-516. — Review: Berlin. Jahrb. f. wissensch.
Kritik. 1830. II. pp. 692-699, by G. Mohnike.
NoRDiSKK Oldsagn, bearbeidede til Almeenlaesning af [A. G.]
Oehlenschlager. Kiobenhavn 1840. 8®. pp. (4) -f 247. — New
ed. Kiobenhavn 1853. 8^ pp. (2) 4- 181 + (2).
MYTHICAL - HEROIC SAGAS 5
Among the stories included are the sagas of Hr61fr kraki, Ragnar
lo9br6k, Hervor, the Volsungar, Velent and Vidga, and Fri9pj6fr ; the
others are from Saxo's history.
NoRDiSKK HeIvTESAGAER. Paa Dansk ved Fr. Winkel Horn.
Kjobenhavn 1876. 8". pp. xiv + 305 + (i).
Contents: Indledning ; Saga om Volsungeme, pp. 1-91 ; Fortaelling om
Norne-Gest, pp. 93-116; Hervor og Hejdreks Saga, pp. 1 17-184;
Fortaelling om Sorle, pp. 185-199 ; Aasmund Ksempebanes Saga, pp.
201-221 ; Kong Hrolv Krakes og hans Kaempers Saga, pp. 223-305 ;
Anmaerkninger.
Oi,D Norse Sagas [^fifiV^^djj' Emily S. Cappel]. London [1882]. 8°. pp.
viii + 213, illustr.
The sagas of Ragnar lodbr6k, Fri9pj6fr, Hr61fr kraki, Brdvallarbardagi,
Volundr etc. are retold in this vol. — These are repr. in The Volsunga
saga, publ. by the Norroena Society. 1906. pp. 256-340.
NORDISCHE Heldenromane. Uebersetzt durch Friedrich Hein-
rich von der Hagen. I. -IV. Bandchen. Breslau 1814-15. 5
vols. 12".
Vols, i.-iii. contain the I>i5reks saga ; vol. iv. the Volsunga saga ; vol.
V. Ragnars saga and Norna-Gests pdttr.
Altdeutsche und Altnordische Helden-Sagen. Uebersetzt
von F. H. V. d. H. 2. verbesserte Auflage. I. -II. Band. Breslau
1855. — III. Band. Vollig umgearbeitet von Anton Edzardi.
Stuttgart 1880. 3 vols. 8°.
Vols, i.-ii. contain the I>i9reks saga ; vol. iii. has the following title :
Volsunga- und Ragnars- Saga nebst der Geschichte von Nornagest.
Uebersetzt von F. H. v. d. H. 2. Auflage. Vollig umgearbeitet von A. E.
Stuttgart 1880. 8^ pp. (12) + Ixxx -|- 438. — The preface, the long intro-
duction, the notes and the indices are all by Edzardi. Review of vol.
Hi.: Zschr. f. deut. Philol. XIII. 1882. pp. 381-384, by E. Mogk ;— Litera-
turbl. f . germ. u. rom. Philol. II. 1881. coll. 313-316, by B. Symons ; —
Lit. Cbl. XXXII. 1881. coll. 1145-47, by B. Symons ;— Deut. Lit. zeit.
I. 1881. col. 440, by O. Brenner ; — Magaz. f. d. Literat. d. In- u. Ausland.
1881. No. 10, by J. C. Poestion.
There is a so-called 3. ed. (title-ed. : 3. wohlfeile Ausgabe) of the first
two vols. Breslau 1872 (Abeling, no. 642); there is also 3. ed. of vol. III.
Leipzig 1897 (Abeling, no. 11 28).
Die Deutsche Heldensage und ihre Heimat von August
Raszmann. I.-II. Band. Hannover 1857-58. 2 vols. 8°. pp.
XX -f 423 ; xlvi + 704. — 2. Ausgabe. { Title- edition) . Hann-
over 1863. 2 vols. 8".
Vol. i. contains the Volsunga story as represented in the Volsunga saga
and the Edda, vol. ii. contains the I>i9reks saga. — Reviews: Lit. Cbl.
VIII. 1857. coll. 317-318 ; X. 1859. coll. 315-317.
6 ISLANDICA
Altnordischer Sagenschatz in neun Biicher. tjbersetzt und
erlautert von Ludwig Ettmiiller. I^eipzig 1870. S*'. pp. viii +
488.
Books i.-vi. are from Saxo's Danish Chronicle ; bk. vii. : Die Sage von
Konig Hr61f Kraki und seinen Kampen, pp. 317-382 ; bk. viii.: Gauti,
Konig von Gautland, etc. (Gautreks saga), pp. 383-416; Konig
Gautrek's Brautfahrt, etc. (Hr61fs saga Gautrekssonar), pp. 416-443;
bk. ix. : Sage von Herraud und B6si, pp. 444-474.
NORDISCHE HEI.DENSAGEN. Aus dem Altislandischen libersetzt
und bearbeitet von Carl Kiichler. Bremen, 1892. 8°. pp.
(4) + 264.
Contents : Einleitung ; Die Saga von Gunnlaug Schlangenzunge, pp.
11-75; Die Saga von Fridthjof dem Gewaltigen, pp. 77-127; Die
Wolsun gen-Saga, pp. 129-259 ; Berichtigungen, pp. 260-264. — For re-
views, see Islandica. I. p. 41.
Skandinaviska FornaIvDERns Hjeltesagor ; till lasning for
Sveriges ungdom efter islandska handskrifter utgifna med
historiska upplysningar af Joh. G. Liljegren. I. delen. Gange
Rolfs Saga. II. delen. Orvar Odds samt Jarlmans och Hermans
Sagor. Stockholm 18 18-19. 2 vols. 8".
Bach saga has a special t.-p. and separate pagination.
NoRDiSKT Sago Bibliothek, eller mythiska och romantiska
Forntids-Sagor utgifne af C. G. Kroningssvard. I. bandets
1-5 hafte. Fahlun 1834. 8°. pp. (2) + 85 + (3); 100 + (4);
93 + (3); 94+ (2); 90 4- (2).
Contents: preface; Om Fornjoter och hans attlingar, pp. 9-60 ; Om
Upplandernas konungar, pp. 61-77 ; Fragmenter af det gamle Bjarka-
mal, pp. 79-85 ; — Saga om Half och Halfs kampar, pp. 3-63 ; Berattelse
om Sorle eller Hedins och Hognes saga, pp. 65-100 ; — Saga om konung
Ragnar Lodbrok och hans soner, pp. 3-93 ; — Saga om Ketil Hang, pp.
3-50 ; Sago-fragment om nagra forntids-konungar i Danmark och
Sverige, pp. 51-94;— Saga om An Bagbojaren, pp. 3-60 ; Saga om Grim
Lodinkinn, pp. 61-90. The unnumbered leaves at the end of each part
contain a list of subscribers. No more publ.
NoRDiSKA Kampadater fran tiden fore Islands upptackt.
Forra bandet. Sagor om Volsungar och Gjukungar. Stock-
holm 1858. 8^ pp. (4) -f 266, \pls.
Transl. and ed. by W. O. A. Backman. Was publ. in parts with the
cover-title : ' ' Skandinaviska f orntids-minnen. ' ' No more publ. Con-
tents : Wolsunga-sagan, pp. 1-45; Norna-Gest, pp. 47-62 (Sagan om
Helge Thoresson, pp. 59-62); Wilkina- eller Didriks af Bern saga, pp.
63-266.
MYTHICAL -HEROIC SAGAS 7
Fran Nordkns forntid. Fornnordiska sagor bearbetade pa
svenska af A. Ekerman. Med originalteckningar af Jenny
■ Nystrom-Stoopendaal. Stockholm 1895. 8". pp. (6) -f 348,
illustr.
Contents : Volsungames saga, pp. 1-33 ; Hervors och Heidreks saga,
PP- 34-74 ; Fritjof den djarfves saga, pp. 75-101 ; Rolf Krakes och bans
kampers saga, pp. 102-153 ; Noma Gasts saga, pp. 154-171 ; Jomsviking-
arnes saga, pp. 172-217 ; Ragnar Lodbroks og bans soners saga, pp.
218-259; Styrbjoms saga, pp. 260-264; Nials saga, pp. 266-339;
Upplysningar, pp. 339-348.
C. General Works.
Esp61in, J6n. Nogle Bemserkninger ved P. B. Miillers Saga-Bibliotbek.
In Tidsskr. f. nord. Oldk. II. 1829. pp. 65-99. — ^^^o sep. repr.
Kiobenbavn 1829. 8". pp. (2)4-35-
Udkast til kort Syncbronisme over Nordens Sagaer. Ibid. pp. 349-
366.
Faraday, Winifred. Tbe Edda. II. Tbe beroic mytbology of tbe North.
I/Ondon 1902. (Popular studies in mytbology, romance and folklore. 13).
80. pp. 60.
Review: Zscbr. d. Vereins f . Volksk. XIII. 1903. pp. 251-252, by A.
Heusler.
Grimm, Wilbelm. Die deutsche Heldensage. Gottingen 1829. 8", pp.
vi 4- (2) 4- 425. — 2. verm. u. verbess. Aufl. Berlin 1868. 8°. pp. x 4-
428. — 3. Aufl. von Reinbold Steig. Giiterslob 1889. 8°. pp. xxix + (2)
+ 536.
Review : Gott. gel. Anz. 1889. pp. 593-597, by E. Scbroder.
Grundtvig, Svend. Udsigt over den nordiske oldtids beroiske digtning,
tre forelsesninger. In Nordisk Universitets-Tidskrift. IX. 4. 1863.
pp. 41-126. — New ed. Kobenhavn 1867. 8". pp. (4) 4- 105.
Heusler, Andreas. Gescbicbtlicbes und Mythiscbes in der germaniscben
Heldensage. In Sitzungsber. der kgl. preuss. Akad. der Wissensch.
Jahrg. 1909. Berlin 1909. pp. 920-945.
Jiriczek, O. L. Die deutsche Heldensage. I^eipzig 1894. (Sammlung
Goscben. 32. ) — 2. verm. u. verb. Aufl. 1897. — 3. umgearb. Aufl. 1906.
sm. 8". pp. 208. — Engl. ed. Nortbem hero legends. Transl. by M.
Bentinck Smitb. London 1902. (The Temple primers), sm. 8*^. pp.
vii 4- 146.
Deutsche Heldensage. I. 1898 (see under "^i^reks saga).
j6nsson, Finnur. Den oldnorske og oldislandske Litteraturs Historie. II.
2. Kobenhavn 1901. pp. 789-863 ; III. 1902. pp. 91-94.
Kralik, R. V. Zur nordgermaniscben Sagengeschichte. Wien 1908. (Quellen
u. Forschungen zur deutschen Volkskunde brsgg. v. E. K. Bliimml.
IV). 8». pp. (4) + 120 4- (2).
8 ISLANDICA
Rev.: Anz. f. deut. Altert. XXXIV. 19 lo. pp. 178-179, by W. Ranisch ;—
Deut. Lit. zeit. XXX. 1909. coll. 2075-76, by G. Neckel.
Mogk, Eugen. Geschicbte der norwegisch-islandischen Literatur. 2. Aufl.
Strassburg 1904. pp. 276-298, 307-310. {Sep. repr. fr. Paul's Grundr.
der germ. Philol. II. )
Miiller, P. E. Sagabibliothek med Anmserkninger og indledende Afhand-
linger. II. Bind. Kjobenhavn 1818. 8''. pp. xii + 675.
Review: Dansk Litteratur-Tid. 1820. pp. 673-685, 689-699. — See
above : Esp61in, J.
Untersuchungen iiber die Geschichte und das Verhaltniss der
nordischen und deutschen Heldensage aus Miiller's Sagabibliothek II.
Band, mit Hinzufiigung erklarender, bericbtigender und erganzender
Anmerkungen und Excurse iibersetzt und kritisch bearbeitet von Georg
Lange. Frankfurt a. M. 1832. 8''. pp. Ixiii -}- (6) + 482.
Miiller, Wilh. Mythologie der deutschen Heldensage. Heilbronn 1886. 8*^.
pp. vii -f- 260.
Rev.: Anz. f. deut. Altert. XIII. 1887. pp. 19-41, by E. H. Meyer;—
Gott. gel. Anz. 1886. pp. 463-476, by the author himself.
Zur Mythologie der griechischen und deutschen Heldensage.
Heilbronn 1889. 8". pp. (6) + 177.
Rev.: lyiteraturbl. f. germ. u. rom. Philol. XI. 1890. coll. 89-91, by
W. Gother ;— Anz. f. deut. Altert. XII. 1891. pp. 86-91, by E. H.
Meyer ;— Zschr. f. deut. Philol. XXIV. 1892. pp. 403-405, by Fr.
Kauffmann.
Munch, P. A. Det norske Folks Historie. I. Deel. i. Bd. Christiania 1852.
8°. pp. (4) 4- xii + (2) + 804 + (2), map.
Das heroische Zeitalter der nordisch-germanischen Volker und die
Wikinger-Ziige. Eine Ubersetzung von Georg Friedrich Claussen.
Iviibeck 1854. 8^ pp. vi + 252 + (2).
Schoning, . Gerhard. Norges Riiges Historie. I. Deel, indeholdende Riigets
seldste Historie fra dets Begyndelse til Harald Haarfagers Tiider.
Soroe 1771. 4°. pp. (14) + 524 + (38), 2 tbl.
Schiitte, Gudmund. Oldsagn om Godtjod. Bidrag til etnisk kildeforsknings
metode med saerligt henblik pa folke-stamsagn. Kjobenhavn 1907.
{Inaug.-diss.). 8». pp. xi + 204 + (2).
Reviews : Folklore. XIX. 1908. pp. 353-359. by A. Olrik ;— Arkiv f .
nord. Filol. XXVI. 1910. pp. 83-87, by Finnur j6nsson ; — Danske
Studier. 1907. pp. 193-201, by A. Olrik.
Symons, Barend. Heldensage. In Paul's Grundriss der germ. Philol. II.
1893. pp. 1-64. — 2. verb. u. verm. Aufl. III. 1900. pp. 606-734. — Also
sep. repr. Strassburg 1898. 8°. pp. vi + 138.
Tiander, K. Poiezdki skandinavov v Bieloe more. S.-Peterburg 1906.
(Zapiski istoriko- filologicheskago fakulteta imperatorskago S.-Peter-
burgskago universiteta. lyXXIX.) %^. pp. (2) + vi + 350.
On the voyages to the White Sea, mentioned in the Fomaldarsogur and
Saxo, see pp. 106-384.
MYTHICAL - HEROIC SAGAS 9
Torfason (Torfseus), f>orm63ur. Historiae rerum Norvegicarum pars prima
continens res gentis ante monarchiam institutam gestas. Hafniae 171 1.
fol. pp. (46) +504+ (18).
Uhland, J. ly. Schriften zur Geschichte der Dichtung und Sage. VII. Bd-
(Sagengeschichte der germanischen und romanischen Volker). Stutt-
gart 1868. 8». pp. iv 4- 680.
II. INDIVIDUAL SAGAS.
ASils l)^ttr Uppsalakonungs, or Uppsalafor. See Hr61fs saga
kraka.
Ans saga bogsveigis.
MSS.: AM. 343 A, 4*^. (15th cent.) and many on paper. Dates from c.
1300. — ^The rimur are from the latter half of the 15th cent.
In Bjorner's Nord. Kampadat. 1737. XIII. pp. 35.
In Fornaldars. II. 1829. pp. 323-362. — II. 1886. pp. 291-321.
For the verses of the saga, see Edd. min. 1903. p. 97, 104.
Danish. — In Rafn's Nord. Kaempe-Hist. III. 1826. pp. 207-
256. — Rafn's Nord. Fort. Sag. II. 1829. pp. 255-290.
lyATiN. — Bjorner's Nord. Kampadat. 1737.
Swedish. — In Bjorner's Nord. Kampadat. 1737.
In Kroningssvard's Nord. Sago-Bibl. 1834. IX. pp. 60.
Kolbing, B. Die Ans- rimur und die Anssaga bogsveigis. In his Beitrage
zur vergleich. gesch. der romant. poesie u. prosa des mittelalters.
Breslau 1876. pp. 187-197.
Asmundar saga berserkjabana. See Egils saga einhenda og
Asmundar berserkjabana.
Asmundar saga kappabana.
MSS.: Cod. Holm. perg. 7, 4" (c. 1350); AM. 586, 4". (15th cent.
fragm.). Norse form of the Hildebrand legend.
Saugu [!] Asmundar, er kalladur er Kappabani. EUerAsmunds
Kappabanes Saga, hoc est : Narratio historica rerum prseclare
gestarum, ab Asmundo, cui strenua dextra cognomen, pugilum
interfectoris peperit ; exhibens insuper acta regum, uti sunt :
Budlii Svioniae, Alfiique Daniae ; nee non Hildibrandorum,
Hunalandise olim ducum ac heroum, martia facinora com-
memorans. Hanc e Cod. MSCto membranaceo, linguae priscse
Scandicae, descriptam, cum gemina versione edidit Johann.
Fred. Peringskiold. Stockholmiae, Uteris Job. Laur. Horrn,
MDCCXXII. fol. pp. (2) + 42.
lO ISLANDICA
Text with Swedish and lyatin versions, pp. 1-23 ; Observanda (on gold
rings of the ancients, and catalogue of Icel, MSS. in the Archives of
Antiquities, supplemental to Joh. Peringskiold's catalogue, publ. in
Hickes's Thesaurus), pp. 24-42. (Warmholtz, no. 2560). — Review : Acta
literaria Sveciae. I. 1723. pp. 415-417.
In Fornaldars. II. 1828. pp. 461-487. — II. 1886. pp 337-354.
Extract (from Cod. Holm. 7, 4°), in Th. Mobius's Analecta norrsena.
2. Ausg. 1877. pp. 264-270.
Zwei Fornaldarsogur (Hrolfssaga Gautrekssonar ok Asmundar-
saga kappabana) nach Cod. Holm. 7, 4to hrsgg. von Ferdinand
Better. Halle a. S. 1891. pp. xxxii-xxxiii, xliii-lv, 79-103.
Includes also the text of the fragment AM. 586, 4*'. For reviews see
Hr61fs saga Gautrekssonar. — For the Hildebrand lay, etc., see Corp.
poet, boreale. I. pp. 190-192 ; Kdd. min. 1903. pp. 53-54, 87.
Danish. — In Rafn's Nord. Fort. Sag. II. 1829. pp. 379-402.
In Horn's Nord. Heltesag. 1876. pp. 201-221.
Latin. — In the edition of 1722.
Swedish. — In the edition of 1722.
Boer, R. C. Zur danischen heldensage. In Beitrage zur Gesch. d. deut.
Spr. u. Lit. XXII. 1897. pp. 342-390.
Busse, B. Sagengeschichtliches zum Hildebrandsliede. Ibid. XXVI. 1900.
pp. 1-92. (38ff.)
Jiriczek, O. L. Deutsche Heldensage. I. 1898. p. 284ff.
B69vars Ijdttr bjarka. See Hrolfs saga kraka.
B6sa saga, or Herrau5s saga ok Bosa, or Bogu-Bosa saga, (^or
Kvenna-Bosa saga).
MSS.: AM. 577, 4"; 343, 4°. fragm.; 510, 4° (all of the 15th cent.), etc.
The saga was written in the first half of the 14th cent., the rimur
following the existing recension closely.
Herrauds och Bosa Saga med en ny vttolkning iampte Gambia
Gotskan. Hoc est Herraudi et Bosae historia cum nova inter-
pretatione iuxta Antiquum Textum Gothicum e veteri M. s.
edita & notis illvstrata ab Olao Verelio, Antiq. Patr. Prof.
Upsalise, excudit Henricus Curio, 1666. 8^ pp. (6) + 122.
Contents: dedicatory letter to Magnus de la Gardie, pp. (2)-(6); text
with Swedish version, pp. 1-69; Index verborum et notae, pp. 70-111 ;
list of proper names in Runic inscriptions, pp. 1 12-122 ; list of Rune-
carvers' names, p. 122 ; errata. (Warmholtz, no. 2589).
In Fornaldars. III. 1830. pp. 191-234. — III. 1889. pp. 241-
272.
Text of AM. 577, 4"., expurgated ed. — ^The edition of 1889 has variants
from AM. 340, 4°.
MYTHICAL - HEROIC SAGAS n
Extr. in Antiquit^s Russes. I. 1850. pp. 225-229.
Die Bosa-Saga in zwei Fassungen nebst Proben aus den Bosa-
• rimur herausgegeben von Otto Luitpold Jiriczek. Strassburg
1893. 8°. pp. Ixxx + 164.
Critical edition of the older saga (pp. 1-63), based on AM. 586, 4°. (isth
cent.); the younger saga (written in the 17th cent., pp. 65-138), based
upon AM. 360B, 4°. (from 1663) ; Ein apokryphe Buslubaen, pp. 141-
144. — Reviews: Anz. f. deut. Altert. XX. 1894. pp. 245-248, by Ludvig
Larsson ; — Arkiv f. nord. Filol. XI. 1895. pp. 305-308, by B. Kahle ; —
lyit. Cbl. XIvIV. 1893. col. 1714, by E. Mogk ;— Museum. I. 1893, by
R. C. Boer ;— Revue critique. N. S. XXXVI. 1893. p. 505, by A. C.;-
Iviteraturbl. f germ. u. rom. Philol. XVI. 1895. coll. 2-3, by W.
Golther.
The Buslubaen : Edd. min. pp. 126-128 ; Corp. poet, boreale. II. p.
555 ; in Danish, Nyerup : Udsigt over Nordens aeldste Poesie. 1798. pp.
65-67.
Die Bosa-Rimur herausgegeben von Otto L. Jiriczek. Breslau
1894. (Germanistische Abhandlungen begriindet von Karl
Weinhold hrsgg. von Friedrich Vogt. X. Heft.) 8°. pp.
xxxvi + 100.
Ed. from Cod. Holm. perg. 23, 4". (i6th cent.) and AM. 146A, 8*^. (17th
cent.). Reviews: Anz. f. deut. Altert. XXIII. 1897. pp. 106-107, by
L. Larsson ; — Literaturbl. f. germ. u. rom. Philol. XVI. 1895. col. 226,
by W. Golther ;— Gott. gel. Anz. 1895. pp. 908-915, by B. Kahle ;—
Revue critique. N. S. XL. 1895. pp. 365-366, by A. C; — Museum. III.
by R. C. Boer ;— Osterr. Literaturbl. 1896, by F. Better.
German. — /;^ Ettmiiller's Altnord. Sagenschatz. 1870. pp. 444-
474-
Swedish. — In the edition of 1666.
Jiriczek, O. L. Zur Geschichte der B6sa-Saga. Habilitationsschrift. Breslau
1893. 8®. pp. (2)4-38. (The third section of his introduction to the
ed. of 1893 sep. printed).
Egils saga einhenda ok Asmundar berserkjabana.
MSS.: AM. 343, 4"; 577, 40; 589E, 4° (all of the 15th cent). Written
c. 1300.
Fostbrodernas Eigils och Asmunds Saga. Af Gamla Gothiskan
uttolkad og med nodige anmarkningar forklarad, af Petter
Salan. Tryckt i Upsala Ahr 1693. 4^- PP- (^4) + 162 + (12).
Also with an engraved Latin title : " Fortissimorum pugilum Egilli &
Asmundi historiam Antiqvo Gothico sermone exaratam transl. notis &
indice vocum illustravit Petrus Salanus." — Contents : dedicatory poems,
pp. (4)-(i2); preface, pp. (i3)-(i4); text with Swedish and Latin
12 ISLANDICA
versions, pp. 1-77 ; a poem in Icel., Swed. and Lat., p. 78; Notse, pp.
79-162; Antechning pa dhe ofgamble Orden, pp. (i)-(i2). (Warm-
holtz, no. 25611. The book was printed at the expense of 01. Rudbeck.
Hier biriar Soguna af Eigle og Asinunde Fosbradrum [!]. — Hie
incipit historia Egilli & Asmundi fratrum foederatorum.
[Upsalae 1697]. ^ol. pp. 64.
No t.-p. One of the Rudbeck editions. Contents: text with Latin
translation, pp. 1-22; poem (Icel., Swed., Ivat.), p. 22; Notse (by
Salan), pp. 22-58; Index verborum antiquorum, pp. 58-64. — Copy in
Yale University Library.
(AM. 343, 4"). In Fornaldars. III. 1830. pp. 365-407. — III.
1889. pp. 273-307.
lyATiN. — In the editions of 1693 ^^^ 1697.
Swedish. — In the edition of 1693.
Nyrop, Kristofer. Sagnet om Odysseus og Polyphem. In Nord. Tidsskr. f.
Filol. N. R. V. 1881. pp. 216-255, (^<?<? pp. 226-229). — Also sep. repr.
Kjobenhavn 1881. 8°. pp. 44.
Review : Literaturbl. f. germ, u, rom. Philol. III. 1882. coll. 29-30,
by F. Liebrecht.
Eiriks saga vibforla.
MSS.: AM. 657C, 4" (14th cent); Gl. kgl. Sml. 2845, 4" (15th cent.);
Flateyjarb6k. A religious legend of the 14th cent,
(AM. 657C, 4^) In Fornaldars. III. 1830. pp. 661-674.
In Flateyjarbok. I. i860, pp. 29-36. — i?^/r. /« Fornaldars. III.
1889. pp. 515-527-
Fornj6ti ok bans aettmonnum, Frd.
This exists in two recensions, entitled: "Hversu Noregr byggQisk"
(I. ) and " Fundinn Noregr " (II.), and is chiefly genealogical ; written
c. 1300 and known only from the Flateyjarb6k or MSS. derived there-
from.
In Saga Olafs Tryggvasonar. Skalholti 1689. 4°. I. pp. 214-
216; II. pp. 331-336.
(I.) In Bjorner's Nord. Kampadat. 1737. pp. 16.
In Snorra-Edda utg. af R. Kr. Rask. Stockholm 1818. pp. 357-
372.
In Fornaldars. II. 1829. pp. 1-21. — Flateyjarb6k. I. i860, pp.
21-24, 219-221. — Fornaldars. II. 1886. pp. 1-20.
In Antiquites Russes. I. 1850. fol. pp. 213-223.
Danish. — 7;^ Rafn's Nord. Ksempe Hist. III. 1826. pp. 1-22. —
Nord. Fort. Sag. II. 1829. pp. 1-19.
MYTHICAL -HEROIC SAGAS 13
I/ATIN. — (I.) In Bjorner's Nord. Kampadat. 1737.
(II.) /« Orkneyinga saga. 1780. 4°. pp. 554-557-
In Antiquites Russes. I. 1850.
Swedish. — (I.) /^ Bjorner's Nord. Kampadat. 1737.
In Kroningssvard's Nord. Sago-Bibl. 1834. I- PP- 60.
Hellquist, Blof. Om Fornj6tr. In Arkiv f. nord. Filol. XIX. 1903. pp.
134-140.
j6nsson, Rev. J6n. Skilfingar e9a Skjoldungar vestan f jails j Noregi. In
Arkiv f. nord. Filol. XIX. 1903. pp. 181-190.
Keyser, Rudolf. Om Nordmaendenes Herkomst og Folke-Slaegtskab. In
Samlinger til det norske Folks Sprog og Hist. IV. 1839. pp. 259-462. —
Also Sep. repr. Christiania 1843. 4°. i^see pp. 289-304).
Kock, Axel. Etymologisch-mythologische Untersuchungen. In Indo-
germanische Forschungen. X. Strassburg 1899. pp. 90-1 11. {See:
Fornj6tr und seine Nachkommen, pp. 103-107).
Fri9t)j6fs saga hins fraekna.
In two principal recensions: a longer and younger (Cod. Holm,
chart. 7, 4"), and a shorter and older (AM. 510, 4°. 15th cent.; AM.
568, 4°) . The rimur, based on the older recension, have been used by
the writer of the younger one. The original saga was probably written
shortly before or about 1300. The titles below refer to the longer
recension unless otherwise stated.
In Bjorner's Nord. Kampadat. 1737. IV. pp. 44.
(AM. 173 fol.) In Fornaldars. II. 1829, pp. 61-100.
(AM. 510, 4".) In Fornaldars. II. 1829. pp. 488-503.
In Altnordisches Lesebuch. Von F. K. C. Dietrich. Leipzig
1843. pp. 1 16-130. — 2. Ausgabe. 1864. coll. 231-260.
In Altnordische Texte. Von Hermann lyiining. Ziirich 1859. 4**-
pp. 6-21. — j5';«^^fl?zV^ m Altnordisches lycsebuch. VonLudwig
Ettmiiller. Ziirich 1861. 4". pp. 46-61.
In Fornaldars. II. 1886. pp. 1 13-135.
From J6n Sig. MSS. coll. no. 27 (17th cent.) Nat. Libr., Reykjavik.
Sagan ock rimorna om Fri5J)i6fr hinn fraekni. Utjivna for ' ' Sam-
fund til udgivelse af gammel nordisk literatur" av Ludvig
Larsson. Kobenhavn (Lund) 1893. S"- PP- (2) + li + 158.
The longer recension, Cod. Holm, chart. 17, 4® (17th cent.), pp. 1-37 ;
the shorter recension, AM. 510, 4", pp. 38-61 ; AM. 568, 4'* (paper-
MS.) and fragm. Cod. Holm. perg. 2ovi, 40 (c. 1500), pp. 62-91;
Fri9j)i6fs rimur (AM. 604C, 4®; i6th cent.), pp. 92-158 (with notes,
14 * ISLANDICA
etc.).— Reviews: Lit. Cbl. XLV. 1894. coll. 1635-36, by E. Mogk ;—
Literaturbl. f. germ. u. rom. Philol. XVI. 1895. col. 342, by W.
Golther.
Fri5J)j6fs saga ins fraekna herausgegeben von Ludvig Larsson.
Halle a. S. 1901. (Altnordische Saga-Bibliothek. Heft 9). 8^
pp. (4) + xxiv + 56.
Annotated edition of Cod. Holm, chart. 17, 4®. Reviews: Lit. Cbl.
LIII. 1902. coll. 634-635, by A. Gebhardt ;— Revue critique. N. S. LIV.
1902. p. 212, by L. Pineau ;— Journ. of Engl. a. Germ. Philol. IV. 1902.
pp. 382-384, by G. T. Flom ;— Anz. f . deut. Altert. XXIX. 1904. pp.
322-324, by W. Ranisch.
The verses of the saga also in Corp. poet, boreale. II. pp. 355-356 ;
Edd. min. 1903. pp. 97-103.
Fri5J)j6fsrimur (AM. 604C, 4"). In Rimnasafn udg. ved Finnur
Jonsson. 5. haefte. Kobenhavn 1910. p. 41 iff.
Danish.— /« Rafn's Nord. Ksempe-Hist. III. 1826. pp. 71-
120. — Nord. Fort. Sag. II. 1829. pp. 59-96.
Sagaen om Fridtjov den frokne oversat af Alexander Bugge.
Kristiania 1901. (Udvalgte sagaer oversatte af A. B.) 8°. pp.
xi + 38.
"Vedprosaen har jeg sammenholdt alle tre haandskrifter og sogt af
dem af finde den bedste text " {preface).
Paraphrases : Oehlenschlager's Nord. Oldsagn. 1840. pp. 230-247 ; 1853.
pp. 169- 18 1. — Sagaer fortalte af Br. Snorrason og Kr, Arentzen. II.
1849. pp. 65-107 ; — H. H. Lefolii's Fortsellinger og Sagaer fortalte for
Born I. Saml. 3. Udg. 1869. pp. 232-252. — A free rendering of the saga
by E. H., is said to have appeared in " Dansk Folkelsesning, " 1865.
English.— The Saga of Frithiof the Bold. Translated from the
original Icelandic. By G[eorge] S[tephens]. In his version of
Tegner's Frithiof's Saga. Stockholm 1839. pp. 1-39.
The story of Frithiof the Bold. (Transl. by William Morris).
In Dark Blue. I. London 1871. pp. 42ff., i76ff, — Reprinted in
Three Northern Love Stories. Transl. from the Icelandic by
E. Magntisson and W. Morris. London 1875. pp. 65-114. —
New ed. London 1901. pp. 69-121. — {Another ed. of the same
year from the Kelmscott Press, see ls\2in6.iQ2L. I. p. 40). — Also
repr. in Poet-Lore. IV. Boston 1900. 4". pp. 353-384.
Viking Tales of the North. The Sagas of Thorstein, Viking's
Son, and Fridthjof the Bold. Translated from the Icelandic
by Rasmus B. Anderson and Jon Bjarnason. Chicago 1877.
pp. 75-1 II.
MYTHICAL -HEROIC SAGAS 15
A translation of the Saga of Frithiof the Fearless. A paper read
before the Literary and Philosophical Society of Liverpool,
March 19th, 1894. By Rev. John Sephton. [Liverpool 1894].
8^ pp. 29.
Paraphrase in G. W. Cox and B. H. Jones's Tales of Teutonic Lands.
London 1872. pp. 210-246,
French. — La saga de Fridthjof le fort. Traduite de I'ancien
islandais precddee d'une etude sur la saga de Fridthjof et
accompagnee d'un commentaire et d'une notice sur les rimur
par Felix Wagner. Dessin de Nestor Outer. Louvain 1904. 8°.
PP- ^Z^.frontisp.
Follows the text of the ed. of 1901. Reviews: Revue critique. N. S.
LIX. 1905. pp. iio-iii, by B. Beauvois ; — Saga-Book of the Viking
Club. IV. 1906. pp. 253-254, by W. G. Collingwood,
German. — Die Saga von Fridthjof dem Starken. Aus dem
Islandischen von Gottl. Christ. Friedr. Mohnike. Stralsund
1830. 8°. pp. vi + 97 ; map.
Text, pp. 1-42 ; Anmerkungen, pp. 43-97. — Chap. 1-6, 11-15, repr. in
Die National-Literatur der Skandinavier. Hrsgg. von A. E. WoUheim
da Fonseca. I. Berlin 1875. pp. 162-171.
Die Sage von Frithjof dem Starken. Nach der alten Volkssage
iibersetzt (von W. Calaminus). In Archiv f . das Studium der
neueren Spr. u. Lit. XXXIV. 1863. pp. 1-28.
Die Sage von Frithjof dem Starken. Nach der altnordischen
Volkssage aus dem 13. Jahrhundert frei erzahlt von W.
Calaminus. Ibidem. XLVII. 1882. pp. 369-416.
Die Sage von FriQthjofr dem Verwegnen. Aus dem altislan-
dischen Urtexte iibersetzt von Willibald Leo. Heilbronn 1879.
sm. 8°. pp. xxii + 93.
Reviews: Zeitschr. f. die osterr. Gymn. XXXL 1880. pp. 268-273, by
R. Heinzel ; repr. in his Kleine Schriften. 1907. pp. 343-350 ; — Gott.
gel. Anz. 1880. pp. 447-448, by B. Wilken.— There is a "Neue
Ausgabe," Heilbronn 1883 (Germania. XIX. p. 505), doubtless a
title-edition.
Fridthjofs Saga. Aus dem Alt-Islandischen von Jos. Cal.
Poestion. Wien 1879. sm. 8". pp. xvii + 97 + (2).
Review : Magaz. f. die I^it. des Ausl. 1879. no. 51.
Die Frithjof sage aus dem Altnordischen iibersetzt. Programm
der k. Studienanstalt Straubing fur das Studienjahr 1881-82
von Anton Jacklein. Straubing 1882. 8^ pp. 43.
Review : Literaturbl. f. germ. u. rom. Philol. V. 1884. coll. 51-52, by
E. Mogk.
1 6 ISLANDICA
In Kiichler's Nordische Heldensagen. 1892. pp. 77-127.
Die Fridhthjofssaga iibersetzt von L. Freytag. In Central-Organ
f. die Interessen des Realschulwesens. XII. 1884. pp. 601-622.
Latin. — In Bjorner's Nord. Kampadat. 1737.
Norwegian. — Fridtjofs Saga. I Omskrift i det nyere Lands-
maal ved Ivar Aasen. Udg. af Selskabet for Folkeoplysnings
Fremme. 3. Tillsegshefte til " Folkevennen " VII. Aarg.
Kristiania 1858. 8". pp. \/^.—Repr. in Aasen's Udvalgte
Skrifter. Udg. af Vetle Vislie. Kristiania 1896. pp. 411-451.
Swedish. — In Bjorner's Nord. Kampadat. 1737.
Sagan om Frithiof den fracke eller modige ; ur Bjorners Kampa-
dater aftryckt med forandringar. Stockholm 1829. 8°. pp.
(6) + 54.
Edited and revised by Per Adam Wallmark.
Frithiof den djerfves saga. Ofversattning fran Islandskan af
Adolf Iwar Arwidsson. Stockholm 1839. 8". pp. 40.
Also with the title : * ' Bihang till Frithiof s saga, episk dikt af Ksaias
Tegn^r. Stockholm 1839." 8°. pp. vi + 89, with 6 pis., map, etc., which
are the same as in the Stephens version of the poem of the same year ;
the preface is by Stephens ; pp. 65-82 contain an essay by B. E. Hilde-
brand on " Ingeborgs armring."
Frithjof den djerfves saga. Ofversattning fran islandskan. Af
Adolf Iwar Arwidsson. [Stockholm 1 841]. 8°. pp. 46, 13//^.,
I map^ 6 music pieces.
This, according to Linnstrom's Svenskt boklexikon, is the 2. ed.
Frithiofs saga. En berattelse ifran forntiden. Xmnet till biskop
Tegners poetiska arbete. Samt Sanger ur Frithiofs saga af B.
Tegner. Westerwik 1849. 12°. pp. 48.
Historisk berattelse om Frithiof den tappre. Ofversatt fran
islandskan [af O. Westin]. . . folja utdrag ur "Frithiofs
saga " af Es. Tegner. Med plancher. [Kalmar 1856]. 8".
Fridthjofs saga, fran islandskan ofversatt och belyst. Akademisk
af handling af Frans Gudmund Nystrom. Uppsala 1867. 8®.
PP- (4) + 55 + (2).
Paraphrase in A. Ekermann's Fran Nord. Fornt. 1895. PP- 75-ioi> illustr.
Bugge, Sophus. Bidrag til nordiske Navnes Historie. i. Mandsnavne paa
-J)j6fr. In Arkiv f. nord. Filol. VI. 1890. pp. 225-236.
Calaminus, Wilhelm. Zur Kritik und Erklarung der altnordischen Frithjofs-
sage. Inauguraldissertation. Jena 1887. 8°. pp. (4) + 77.
Falk, Hjalmar S. Om Fri3j)j6fs saga. In Arkiv f. nord. Filol. VI. 1890.
pp. 60-102.
MYTHICAL - HEROIC SAGAS
17
Kolbing, E. Ueber die verschiedenen bearbeitungen der Fri5pj6fssage.
In his Beitrage zur vergleich. gesch. der romant. poesie und prosa des
niittelalters. Breslau 1876. pp. 207-217.
Palmqvist, L. G. Genealogia Frithiofiana. Londini Gothorum 183 1. 4".
pp. (6) -h 24. (Inaug.-diss. in 3 pts. No more publ. ).
Sperber, Hans. Anmerkungen zu einigen islandischen Rimur. Fri9j)j6fs-
rimur. In Arkiv f. nord. Filol. XXV. 1910. pp. 261-268.
FroSa t^^ttr. See Hrolfs saga kraka.
Fundinn Noregr. See Fornjoti ok settmonnum bans, Frd.
Gauta l)dttr. See Gautreks saga.
Gautreks saga, or Gjafa-Refs saga.
Two recensions : the longer and younger (AM. 590, 4"; 152 fol., 15th
cent.; Cod. Holm, chart. 11, 8°); the shorter and older (AM. 194C fol.;
363, 4" ; 567, XIV7, 4" ; 164H fol.; Cod. Holm, chart, i fol.). Is found
in the MSS. with Hr61fs saga Gautrekssonar (q.v.) The shorter re-
cension has the titles of " Sogupdttr af Gjafa-Ref og Dala-Fiflum " and
' ' Gauta f>dttr. ' ' In the longer recension has been embodied the
Vikars saga. The original saga dates from the 13th cent.
Gothrici & Rolfi Westrogothiae regum historia lingua antiqua
Gothica conscripta ; quam e M. s. vetustissimo edidit, &
versione notisq2/<? illustravit Olavs Verelivs Antiq. Patr. Prof.
Accedunt V. CI. Joannis Schefferi Argentoratensis notae
politicae. Upsalise, Excud. Henricus Curio, 1664. 8". pp. (8) +
240 + 128 -f (44) + 48.
Contents: dedicatory letter to King Charles XI. from Verelius, pp.
(2)-(6); Latin poem to Verelius by Joh. Loccenius, pp. (7)-(8); text
with Swedish version (chap, i-xlvii), pp. 1-240 (Gautreks saga, chap.
i-xi, pp. 1-66); Verelii notae, pp. 1-105 ; Schefferi notee, pp. 105-228 +
(i); index of rare words, pp. (2)- (33); errata, p. (34); Monumenta
lapidum aliquot runicorum (by Joh. Buraeus, with prefatory note by H.
Curio), pp. (35)-(42); Drottkvsedt (a poem by J6n Rugmann), pp.
(43)-(44); wdcts. of Runic stones, pp. 1-48. This is the first printed
ed. of Icelandic sagas in the original. (Warmholtz, no. 2566).
In Fornaldars. III. 1830. pp. 1-53. — III. 1889. pp. 1-38.
AM. 590B, C. fol.; the edition of 1889 has variants from the Vigrarb6k,
a 17th cent. MS. close to AM. 152 fol.
Die Gautrekssaga in zwei Fassungen herausgegeben von Wilhelm
Ranisch. Berlin 1900. (Palaestra. XI.) 8°. pp. (8) + cxii +
76.
Critical ed. of the longer saga (AM. 590B-C, 4"), pp. 1-49, and of the
shorter saga (AM. 194C, fol.; AM. 164H, fol.; Cod. Holm, chart, i fol.),
PP- 50-73- Reviews : Arkiv f. nord. Filol. XVIII. 1902. pp. 286-289,
by H. Bertelsen ; — Museum. VIII. pp. 330-333, by R. C. Roer ; — Revue
critique. N. S. LH. 1901. pp. 269-270, by L. Pineau ;— Lit. Cbl. 1,11.
1 8 ISLANDICA
J901. coll. 1346-47, by — tz— ;— Anz. f. deut. Altert. XXVIII. 1903. pp.
214-216, by F. Better ;— Deut. Lit. zeit. XXXIII. 1902. coll. 1827-28,
by G. Neckel ; — Literaturbl. f. germ. u. rom. Philol. XXIII. 1902.
coll. 214-216, by E. Mogk ; — Bulletin d. mus. beige. VI. no. 6.
For the verses see Kdd. min. pp. 38-43, 96, 121-122 ; Bjorner's Nord.
Kampadat. 1737. IV. p. 44 (fragm. of Vikarsbdlkr); Olrik's ed. of the
Vikarsbdlkr, see below ; Corp. poet. bor. II. pp. 547-548 ; Engl, version
of a portion of it by W. Herbert in his "Select Icelandic poetry."
II. 1806. pp. 67-74, and in his "Works." I. 1842. pp. 304-305;
(repr. in Longfellow's The poets and poetry of Europe. 1882 and
1893. p. 58).
GERMAN. — In Ettmiiller's Altnord. Sagenschatz. 1870. pp. 383-
416.
Swedish. — In the editio7i of 1664.
Gotha Konungarne Gotriks och Rolofs Historia. Ofversatt fran
aldsta Gothiska spraket af J. E. R. Stockholm 1806. 8°. pp.
(4) + 34-
A paraphrase of the two sagas in 16 chapters, omitting both the Vikars-
saga and the Gjafarefssaga.
A paraphrase of the Vikarssaga in Hedda Anderson's Nordiska sagor
berattade for barn. i. Saml. Stockholm 1896. pp. .66-81 (Sagan om
Starkad den gamle).
Miillenhoff, K. Deutsche altertumskunde. V. band. i. abteil. Berlin 1883.
pp. 300-356. (Excurs liber die Starka9sdichtung ) .
Olrik, Axel. Danmarks heltedigtning. II. del. 1910. pp. 178-219 (Starkad
i Norge), 317-322 (Vikarsbalken, tekst).
Powell, F. Y. The cliff of the dead among Teutons. In The Academy.
XXXIV. 1888. p. 257. (Cf. also pp. 274-75, 291, 306, 322, 355, 372 ;
XXXV. pp. 43, 59-60, 168).
Tomer, Fabian. Exercitium academicum de rupe gentilitia. (Respond.
Georg Wallman). Upsalise 1716. 8". pp. (6) -f- 35 + (3).
Gjafa-Refs saga, or Gjafa-Refs t)attr og Dala-fifla. See Gautreks
saga.
G6ngu-Hr61fs saga.
MSS.: AM. 152 fol.; 589F, 4« ; Gl. kgl. Sml. 2845, 4^— all of the 15th
cent. Written probably c. 1300.
In Fornaldars. III. 1830. pp. 235-364. — III. 1889. pp. 143-
239-
Extracts in Antiquit^s Russes. I. 1850. fol. pp. 230-233.
Swedish. — Rolf Sturlogssons eller Gange Rolfs Saga ; efter
Islandska Handskrifter utgifven med upplysande Anmarkn-
ingar af Joh. G. lyiljegren. Stockholm 1818, (Skandinaviska
MYTHICAL -HEROIC SAGAS 19
Fornalderns Hjeltesagor. I. delen). 8". pp. (8) + Iviii + 338,
\pl.
The introduction is followed by ' ' Forteckning ofver de islandska hand-
skrifter, hvilka pa Kongl. Bibliotheket i Stockholm forvaras," pp.
xxxiv-lviii. Review: Svensk Litteraturtid. 1819. No. 14, by R. Rask,
repr. in his " Samlede Afhandlinger. " III. 1838. pp. 94-117; Liljegren
replied in the following number of the periodical.
Grims saga lobinkinna.
A continuation of the Ketils saga haengs (q.v.) and is found in the
same MSS. ; written about 1300.
Ketilli Hsengi et Grimonis Hirsutigenae patris et filii historia
seu res gestae ex antiqva lingva Norvagica in Latinum translatse
per Islefum Thorlevium Islandum. Opera et studio Olavi
Rudbeckii . . . Upsalae, M. D. XCVII. fol. pp. 12-17.
(AM. 343, 4°). /;? Fornaldars. II. 1829. pp. 141-157. — II. 1886.
pp. 161-173.
Extracts in Antiquit^s Russes. I. 1850, fol. pp. 89-93. — ^^"^ the verses, see
Edd. min. pp. 85-86 ; Corp. poet, boreale. II. p. 559.
Danish. — /« Rafn'sNord. KaempeHist. II. 1826. pp. 39-56. —
Nord. Fort. Sag. II. 1829. pp. 131-142.
lyATiN. — In the edition of 1697.
Swedish. — In Kroningssvard's Nord. Sago-Bibl. 1834. X. pp.
61-90.
Grims saga ok Hjdlmars.
A lost saga the subject of which is known from the rimur composed in
the 15th cent.
Rimur af Karl og Grym Suia kongum, og af Hialmar Hareks
suni [!] a Biarmalandi. In Bjorner's Nord. Kampadat. 1737.
II. pp. 18.
With Swedish and Latin prose versions. — Translation of the 2d rfma
into English verse by W. Herbert, in his "Select Icelandic poetry."
II. 1806. pp. 75-89, and in his "Works." Vol. I. London 1842.
pp. 308-311 ; repr. in Longfellow's "The poets and poetry of
Europe." Boston 1882 and 1893, p. 58. Prose version in Mallet's
Introduction a I'historie de Dannemare. 1755. 4°. pp. 161-178 ; 2. ed.
1763. II. pp. 281-305 ; Mallet-Percy's Northern Antiquities. 1770. II.
pp. 245-268 ; 2. ed. 1809. II. pp. 186-202. — Cf. Sv. Grundtvig's Dan-
marks gl. Folkeviser. I. pp. 352-358 ; IV. pp. 762-763.
H^fdanar saga Bronufdstra.
MSS.: AM. 152 fol.; 571, 4"; 589E, 4" (15th cent.). Probably written
about 1300, but in its present form is extended by later hands.
In Bjorner's Nord. Kampadat. 1737. VII. pp. 30.
20 ISLANDICA
In Fornaldars. III. 1830. pp. 559-591. — III. 1889. pp. 433-
458.
lyATiN. — In Bjorner's Nord. Kampadat. 1737.
Swedish. — In Bjorner's Nord. Kampadat. 1737.
Hdlfdanar saga Eysteinssonar.
MSS.: AM. 34.^, 40 (istli cent); 586, 40 (fragment, c. 1400). Written in
the 14th cent. ; some MSS. omit the last chapter, the Vals J)dttr.
In Bjorner's Nord. Kampadat. 1737. I^- PP- 59-
In Fornaldars. III. 1830. pp. 519-558. — III. 1889. pp. 399-
431.
lyATiN. — In Bjorner's Nord. Kampadat. 1737.
Swedish. — In Bjorner's Nord. Kampadat. 1737.
J6nsson, Rev. Jon. Raknasl65i = Ragnarssl69i. In Arkiv f. nord. Filol.
XVII. 1901. pp. 53-66.
Hdlfs saga ok H^lfsrekka.
MSS.: Gml. kgl. Saml. 2845, 4" (15th cent); AM. 202B, fol. (17th
cent, paper MS. ) etc. — Probably written in the second half of the 13th
cent. The first 4 chapters form the Vikars pdttr.
In Bjorner's Nord. Kampadat. 1737. V. pp. 42.
In Fornaldars. II. 1829. pp. 23-60.
Chap. 16. (Hr6kr hinn svarti), in H. Liiiiing's Altnordische Texte.
Ziirich 1859. 4°, pp. 21-22 ; also in L. Ettmiiller's Altnord. Lesebuch.
Ziirich 1861. 4°. pp. 61-62. — Extract in Antiquitds Russes. I. 1850. p. 86.
In Bugge's Norr. Skrifter. 1863. pp. 1-44. — Text repr. in
Fornaldars. II. 1886. pp. 21-46.
Halfs saga ok Halfsrekka herausgegeben von A. LeRoy Andrews.
Halle a. S. 1909. (Altnordische Sagabibliothek. Heft 14.) 8".
pp. viii + 141.
Annotated ed. of Bugge's text. Review : Modern Lang. Notes. XXVI.
191 1, pp 58-60, by Lee M. Hollander.
Danish. — In Rafn's Nord, Ksempe-Hist. III. 1826. pp. 23-
70. — Nord. Fort. Sag. II. 1829. pp. 21-58.
Paraphrases : in Sagaer fortalte af Br. Snorrason og Kr. Arentzen. IV. 1850.
pp. 1-32 ; in Fortaelling af Rolv Krake og hans kjaemper, gjenfortalt
for ungdommen af Alex. Bugge. 191 1. pp. 1 15-137.
IvATiN. — In Bjorner's Nord. Kampadat. 1737.
Swedish. — In Bjorner's Nord. Kampadat. 1737.
In Kroningssvard's Nord. Sago-Bibl. 1834. IV. pp. 63.
The poems of the saga : Edd. min. 1903. pp. 33-37, 71-73. 89-92, 93, 94;—
Corp. poet, boreale. II. pp. 553-555. — Engl, version of the lay of Hr6kr,
MYTHICAL - HEROIC SAGAS 2 1
by W. Herbert, in his "Select Icelandic poetry". Lond. 1804. pp.
98-108; repr. in his "Works." I. 1842. pp. 272-278, and in H. W.
Longfellow's "The poets and poetry of Europe." Boston 1882 and 1893.
p. 57.
Andrews, A. LeRoy. Hdlfs saga ok Hdlfsrekka. Teildruck : Einleitung.
Inaugural-Dissertation (Kiel). Halle a. S. 1908. 8^ pp. (4) + 68-f (2).
The introduction to the ed, of 1909. — Cf. Modern Lang. Notes. XXVI.
191 1, pp. 46-47; XXVII. 1912. pp. 71-73.
Bugge, Sophus. Nogle Bemaerkninger om den paa Island optegnede Saga
om Kong Halv og hans Kj semper. In Forhandl. i Vidensk.-Selsk.
i Christiania 1862. pp. 40-41.
Norsk Sagaskrivning og Sagafortaelling i Irland. Kristiania 1908.
pp. 199-206.
Fritzner, Johan. Kvetttonnum. /« Arkiv f . nord. Filol. II. 1885. pp. i6i-
163 ; 283-286.
Gislason, Konrd9. Kuett, et Forklaringsforsog. In Aarboger f . nord. Oldk.
og Hist. 1866. pp. 377-382 ; 1867. pp. 170-171.
Kvett. In Arkiv f. nord. Filol. II. 1885. pp. 275-283.
Magnlisson, Eirikur. Kvett. Ibid. XI. 1895. pp. 93-95.
Haralds saga Hringsbana.
The contents of this saga are only known from the rimur of the 15th
cent. The saga now found in MSS. is probably based on the rimur.
Cf. Kolbing, B.: Beitrage. 1876. pp. 227-228.
He9ins saga ok Hogna. See Sorla l)attr.
Hei9reks saga vitra. See Hervarar saga.
Helga t)dttr ok Hroars. See Hrolfs saga kraka.
Helga Jjdttr P>6rissonar.
In the Flateyjarb6k. (I. i860, pp. 359-362).
In Saga Olafs Tryggvasonar. Skalholt 1689. II. 4®. pp. 146-
150.
In Bjorner's Nord. Kampadat. 1737. XIV. pp. 28-34.
In Fornmanna sogur. III. 1828. pp. 135-141.
Danish. — Rafn's version in Oldnordiske Sagaer. III. 1827. pp.
121-126.
In Sagaer fortalte af Brynjolf Snorrason og Kristian Arentzen.
IV. Kjobenhavn 1850. pp. 189-197.
I^ATiN. — In Bjorner's Nord. Kampadat. 1737.
Svb. Egilsson's version i7i Scripta historica Islandorum, III. pp.
138-143-
Swedish. — In Bjorner's Nord. Kampedat. 1737.
In [Backman's] Nord. Kampadat. 1858. pp. 59-62.
Herburts l)dttr. See Piareks saga.
22 ISLANDICA
Herraubs saga ok Bosa. See Bosa saga.
Hervarar saga ok Hei9reks konungs.
Two recensions: Hauksb6k, AM. 544, 4° (incomplete); — Gml. kgl.
Saml. 2845, 4° (Cod. reg. ; 15th cent., incomplete; the rest supplied in
paper-MSS. ). Written in the 13th cent, (earlier half).
Hervarar saga pa Gamtnal Gotska med Olai Verelii uttolkning
ock notis. Upsalse. Kxcudit Henricus Curio, 1672. fol. pp.
(8) + 194 4- (6).
Contents: dedicatory letter to King Charles XI. and others, pp. (3)-
(8); text, the longer recension with Swedish translation and Latin
notes, pp. 1-194 ; Ordstafa-rad, eller ABC-rad pa the merkeligaste
ord^n, pp. (i)-(6). The map of Malaren mentioned by Warmholtz
(no. 2555) and Mobius is not in the Fiske Library copy. — This ed.
gave rise to a controversy between Verelius and Joh. Schefferus, whose
work " Upsalia " (1666) Verelius had criticized in the notes. Schefferus
replied in the notes to his ed. of ' ' Chronicon de Archiepiscopis, etc.
Ecclesiae Uppsalensis ", 1673, which called forth: "Olai Verelii Auc-
tarium notarum in Hervarar saga Olao Rudbeckio inscriptum. Anno
1674." fol. pp. 35. Schefferus's rejoinder came in 1677 (De situ et
vocabulo Upsaliae), the same year in which according to Warmholtz (n©.
348) the " Auctarium " was printed. Verelius's reply to Schefferus was
ready in 1677, but was not printed until 1681 (Notae in epistolam
defensoriam Schefferi de situ et vocabulo Upsaliae), two years after
Schefferus's death. About the controversy, see Warmholtz, nos. 348-
352 ; K. Stromberg : Gamla Uppsala. 1866. pp. 343-355.
Hervarar saga ok Heidreks kongs. Hoc est historia Hervorae et
regis Heidreki, quam ex manuscriptis Legati Arna-Magnaeani
versione Latina, lectionibus variantibus, indicibus vocabulorum
rariorum, nominum propriorum et rerum illustravit Stephanus
Biornonis, Isl. Additus est brevis commentarius de .situ geo-
graphico regionum, marium, insularum et moutium, in hac
historia occurrentium ex mente Pet. Frid. Suhm ex ejus
operibus transcriptus et latine redditus. Hafnise, (sumtibus
P. F. de Suhm), 1785. fol. pp. viii -f 275 + (i).
Contents : preface, pp. v-viii ; text (the longer) with Latin version, pp.
1-229; Index vocabul., pp. 230-248; Index nom. propr., pp. 249-252 ;
Suhm, De situ geograph. etc., pp. 253-261 ; Index rer. gest., pp. 262-
275; errata, p. (i). Reviews: Gott. gel. Anz. 1787. pp. 553-556;—
Lserde Bfterretn. 1785. no. 25, by B. C. Sandvig.
In Fornaldars. I. 1829. (Cod. reg. recension from AM. 345,
4") pp. 409-512 ; (AM. 544, 4") pp. 513-533-
Hervarar saga ok HeiQreks konungs, besorget af N. M. Petersen,
oversat af G. Thorarensen, udgivet af det nordiske Literatur-
MYTHICAL. HEROIC SAGAS 23
Samfund. Kjobenhavn 1847. (Nordiske Oldskrifter. III.) 8".
pp. (6) -f 66 + 60.
The Hauksb6k recension with additions from Cod. reg.
In Antiquites Russes. I. 1850. fol. (AM. 544, 4") pp. 1 15-137;
(Cod. reg.) pp. 137-21 1.
With a Latin version.
In Bugge's Norr. Skrifter. 1873. (AM. 544, 4°) pp. 201-298,
350-368; (Cod. reg.) pp. 299-349, 368-370.
Extracts : in Th. Mobius's Analecta norrsena. 2. Ausg. 1877. pp. 33-42
(Um Tyrfing. Hervararkvida ) ; in L. F. A. Wimmer's Oldnordisk
Ivsesebog. 1870. pp. 26-33 (Svaerdet Tyrving ogholmgangen p&Samso)
and the subsequent editions.
Hervarar saga ok HeiQreks. Valdimar Asmundarson hefir bui9
undir prentun. Texta-utgafa. Reykjavik 1885. (Fornaldar-
sogur NorSrlanda. I. 4). 8°. pp. 56. — New ed. I. 1891. pp.
PP- 307-360.
Reprint of the Cod. reg. text of Bugge's ed.
Saga Hei9reks konungs ens vitra. In Hauksb6k udg. efter de
Arnamagngeanske handskrifter No. 371, 544, og 675, 4", samt
forskellige papir-handskrifter [ved Finnur Jonsson og Eirikur
j6nsson]. Kobenhavn 1892-96. pp. xciii-xcvii, 350-369.
Skazanie o mechie Tiurfmg (Hervarar saga ok HeiSreks). I.
Staro-islandskii tekst s vvedeniem. III. Istorico-literaturnoe
izsliedovanie. I. Scharovolskazo. Kiev 1906. 2 vols. 8°. pp. 4 +
(4) + Ixxviii + (2) + %\,facsim.\ pp. vi + 250.
Vol. ii. of this ed. by I. Scharovolskii has not appeared. Contents :
introduction, pp. i-lxxviii ; text : Hauksb6k, pp. 1-29, Cod. reg. pp.
30-60; corrupted recension, pp. 61-79; index ; errata; vol. in.: historical-
literary investigations (i-viii ) , pp. 1-247; corrections, pp. 249-251.
Danish. — Hervors og Kong Hejdreks Saga, efter den islandske
Grundskrift fordansket med oplysende Anmserkninger ved
Carl Christian Rafn. Kjobenhavn 1826. (Nordiske Ksempe-
Historier. III. 3). 8". pp. (6) + 125.
Follows the text of the edition of 1785.
(AM. 345, 4**). In Rafn's Nord. Fort. Sag. I. 1829. pp. 377-
470.
Gisli Thorarensen's version in the edition of 1847.
In Horn's Nord. Heltesag. 1876. pp. 117-184.
Paraphrases : Oehlenschlager's Nord. Oldsagn. 1840. pp. 140-165 ; 1853.
pp. 102-122. — Sagaer fortalte af Br. Snorrason og Kr. Arentzen. II.
1849. I'P- 1-64- — H. H. Ivcfolii's Fortsellinger og Sagaer fortalte for
Born. I. Saml. 3. Udg. 1869. pp. 199-214.
24
ISLANDICA
An adaptation of the saga by N. F. S Grundtvig in his " Idunna, en
Ny taarsgave for 1 8 1 1 . " Kiobenhavn ,
French.—^ version in Magazine Encyclop6dique. 1786. (</. M. Stephen-
sen's Island i det i8de Aarh. p. 207. )
Bxtrait d'un roman islandais intitule Hervora. In J. P. G. Catteau-
Calleville's Voyage en Allemagne et en Su^de. II. Paris 1810. pp. 316-
326.
German. — Tyrfing oder das Zwergengeschmeide. Kin nordischer
Kampferroman. \_A paraphrase by F, D. Grater] . In Bragur.
I. 1791. pp. 161-192 ; II. 1792. pp. 103-131.
Covers only the saga down to the death of Hjdlmar.
Das Zauberschwert Tyrfing. Eine Episode aus der altnordischen
Hervarar saga des vierzehnten Jahrhunderts frei iibersetzt von
W. Calaminus. In Archiv f. das Studium der neueren Spr.
u. Litt. LXVIII. 1882. pp. 241-254.
This is a revision of the translation which appeared in the same
periodical. XXXIV. 1863. pp. 47-60.
Die Hervarar-Saga. Von L. Freytag. In Archiv f. das Studium
der neueren Spr. und I^itt. LXIX. 1883. pp. 1-36, 129-162.
Das Tyrfingschwert. Eine altnordische Waffensage. Deutsch
von Jos. Cal. Poestion. Hagen i. W. und Leipzig 1883. 8^ pp.
(2) + xxvii 4- (2) + 145.
Follows Bugge's longer text primarily. Appended are two essays " tjber
das 'Nid' ", and "tJber die Vikinger." Reviews : Lit. Cbl. XXXIV.
1883. coll. 1421-22, by E. Mogk ; — Magazin f. die Lit. des In- u, Aus-
landes. LII. Jahrg. 1883. p. 668, by Robert Schneider.
lyATiN. — In the editions of 1672 and 1785, and in Antiq. Russes.
1850.
Swedish. — In the edition of 1672.
Herwara-Saga. Ofwersattning fran gamla Islandskan. Stock-
holm 181 1. 8°. pp. 120.
Transl. by A. A. Afzelius. With a preface and notes (pp. 85-120).
Follows the text of 1672.
In Fran vikingatiden. Ny foljd fornnordiska sagor i svensk
bearbetning af A. U. Baath. Med originalillustrationer af
Jenny Nystrom-Stoopendahl. Stockholm 1888. pp. 111-187,
illustr.
Paraphrase in Bkermann's Fran Nord. Fomt. 1895. pp. 34-74, illustr.
For the poems of the saga, see Corp. poet, boreale. I. 1883. pp. 86-92, 163-
168, 348-352 ; Edd. min. 1903. pp. 1-20, 64, 88-89, 106-120 ; Bttmiiller's
Altnord. Lesebuch. 1861. 4". pp. 31-33, 35-40 ; [Th. Wis^n's] Urval <m
MYTHICAL -HEROIC SAGAS 25
norraenum fornkvaedum. 1870, pp. 1-14. — Hervararkvi9a. Danish
version: [B. C. Sandvig's] Danske Sange. 1779. pp. 61-71. English
versions and imitations : Hickes's Lingv. Vett. Septentr. Thesaurus. I.
1705. fol. pp. 193-195 (Icel. and Engl.); Dryden's Miscellany Poems.
1716. VI. p. a^yff.; [Th. Percy's] Five pieces of Runic poetry, 1763.
pp. 1-20 ; in Wm. Bagshaw Stevens's Poems. Oxford 1775 ; T. J.
Mathias's Runic odes from the Norse tongue, 1781 ; new ed. 1790. pp.
19-27 (repr. in his "Odes English and Latin", 1798. pp. 19-31); W.
Williams's "The Hervarar saga, a Gothic Ode " , in The Gentleman's
Magazine. LX. 2. 1790. p. 344; in Rev. Richard Polwhele's " Poemes
chiefly by Gentlemen of Devonshire and Cornwall." I. Bath 1792 (the
poem is signed K.); in Anna Seward's " Uangollen Vale with other
poems." I/ondon 1796 (also in the Edinburgh ed. of her works. III. p.
3ioff.); in M. G. I^ewis's "Tales of wonder ", London 1801. pp. 35-47;
in B. H. Barmby's "Gisli Sdrsson ", Westminster 1900. pp. 176-181 ; —
German version: in [Herder's] Volkslieder. I. 1778. pp. 156-165
(repr. in Wollheim da Fonseca's Die National-Literatur der Skan-
dinavier. I. 1875. pp. 338-345).— English version of the death-song of
Hjalmar, by Wm. Herbert, in his "Select Icelandic poetry." I. 1804.
pp. 71-97 (repr. in his Works. I. 1842. pp. 260-272 ; also in Longfel-
low's "Poets and poetry of Europe", 1882 and 1893, p. 56). — The
Heidreks gdtur were transl. into Danish by B. C. Sandvig, in his "Forsog
til en Oversaettelse af Ssemunds Edda." II, 1785. pp. 102-127; into
German W. C. Grimm translated a few of them, in the Berliner Abend-
blatter. No. 19. 1811. pp. 75-76 (repr. in his Kleinere Schriften. I.
1881. pp. 171-172); also a German version by J. C. Poestion in Magazin
f. d. Iviteratur des In u. Ausl. LI. 1882. 4^ pp. 314-318, 326-329 (Eine
altnordische Rathseldichtung. — Repr. in his "Aus Hellas, Rom und
Thule." Leipzig 1882. pp. 149-182).
Boer, R. C. Om Hervarar saga. In Aarb. f. nord. Oldk. og Hist. 191 1.
pp. 1-80.
Gervais, Eduard. Die Tyrfingschwertsage. In Literar. Merkur. 1883-84.
Nr. 2.
Heinzel, Richard. Ueber die Hervararsaga. In Sitzungsber. d. kaiserl.
Akad. der Wiss. zu Wien. Philol.-hist. CI. CXIV. Bd. 1887. pp. 417-
519. — Also sep. repr. Wien 1887. 8°. pp. 105.
Review : Archiv f . slav. Philol. XI. pp. 305-308, by V. Jagid.
Heusler, Andreas. Die altnordischen Ratsel. In Zeitschr. d. Ver. f . Volksk.
XI. 1901. pp. 1 17-149.
j6nsson, Finnur. Um pulur og gdtur. In Germanistische Abhandlungen
zum LXX. Geburtstag K. v. Maurers. Gottingen 1893. pp. 489-520.
j6nsson. Rev. J6n. Um Sviakonungatal i Hervarar-sogu. In Arkiv f. nord.
Filol. XVIII. 1902. pp. 172-179.
Leffler, L. Fr. Till forsta gatan i " Getspeki HeiQreks konungs." In Arkiv
f. nord. Filol. XXVIII. 191 1. pp. 121-127.
Neckel, Gustav. Zu den HeiQreksgdtur. In Zeitschr. f. deut. Altert. L.
1908. p. 288.
26 ISLANDICA
Miillenlioff, Karl. Nordische, englische und deutsche ratsel. In Zeitschr,
f. deut. Mythol. III. 1855. pp. 1-20.
Much, Rudolf. KffKi^oi/pyiov 6po$. In Zeitschr. f. deut. Altert. XXXIII.
1889. pp. 1-13.
Scharovolskii, I. Drevne-skandinavskoe skazanie o bitvie Gotov s Gun-
nami i ego istoricheskaia osnova. Kiev 1904. 8°. pp. (2) 4-37.
Schiick, Henrik. Smarre bidrag till nordisk litteraturhistoria. i. Den
svenska kronikan i Hervararsagan. In Arkiv f. nord. Filol. XII. 1896.
pp. 217-222.
Sveriges forkristna konungalangd. Upsala 1910. 8°. pp. 37. ( Univ.
program).
Schiitte, Gudmund. Anganty-Kvadets Geografi. In Arkiv f. nord. Filol.
XXI. 1905. pp. 30-44.
W[allnia]n, [J. H.] Om striden pa Samso ; ett historiskt och geografiskt
bidrag till Nordens fornkunskap, i anledning af Herwara Sagan. In
Iduna. IX. haftet. Stockholm 1822. pp. 38-118, i tbl.
WeibuU, Lauritz. Konungakronikan i Hervararsagan. In his Under-
sokningar i Nordens historia omkr, ar 1000. Kobenhavn 191 1. pp. 171-
177.
Hj^mters saga ok Olvis.
MSS. : Cod. Holm, chart. 30, 4 ; 63 fol. This is a recension of an earlier
saga (probably from c. 1300) which is now lost, and is based on the
rimur (of the 15th cent. ).
Hialmters och Olvers saga, handlande om trenne Konungar i
Mannahem eller Swerige, Inge, Hialmter, och Inge, samt Olver
Jarl, och om theras vthresor til Grekeland och Arabien ; wid
pasz i the forsta hundrade ahren efter Christi fodelse. Af Gamla
Nordiska Spraket pa Swensko vthtolkad af Johan Fredrich
Peringskiold. Tryckt i Stockholm, hos Joh. Laur. Horrn^
1720. 4°. pp. (12) + 79.
Contents: preface, pp. (3)-(i2); text with Swedish version, pp. 1-79.
(Warmholtz, no. 2551), iP^z/^Vo/ .• Acta literaria Sveciae. I. 1721. pp.
163-164 ; repr. in Oelrich's Daniae et Sveciae litteratse opuscula. I. 1774.
pp. 263-265.
In Fornaldars. III. 1830. pp. 453-518.
In Fornaldars. III. 1889. pp. 345-308.
Text from Vigrarb6k, a paper MS. in the Icel. Lit. Soc. MSS. Coll. B
16 fol. (Nat. Ivibr., Reykjavik) from c. 1680.
Swedish. — In the edition of 1720.
Nordisk mythologi. Gullveig eller Hjalmters och Olvers saga i
of versattning f ran islandskan med f orklaring af Fredrik Sander.
Med nagra Eddaillustrationer af svenska konstnarar. Stock-
holm 1887. 8°. pp. (4) + 250 + (2), illustr.
Hjdlmters och Olvers saga, pp. 1-44 ; Forklaring af sagan, pp. 169-207.
MYTHICAL -HEROIC SAGAS 27
Gould, Chester Nathan, The source of an interpolation in the Hjdlmt^rs
saga ok Olvis. In Modern Philology. VII. 1909. pp. 207-216.
Kolbing, E. Die Hjdlmters-rimurok Olvers in ihrem verhaltniss zur saga
gleichen namens. In his Beitrage zur vergleich. gesch. der roman-
tischen poesie u. prosa des mittelalters. 1876. pp. 200-207.
Hjalta iDdttr. See Hrolfs saga kraka.
Hr6ars l^^ttr ok Helga. See Hrolfs saga kraka.
Hrdlfs saga Gautrekssonar.
MSS.: Cod. Holm. perg. 7, 4" (c. 1350); fragments AM. 567, XIV. {14th
cent.), etc. Written in the 14th cent. Cf. Gautreks saga.
Gothrici & Rolfi Westrogothiae regum historia . . . illustravit
Olavs Verelivs . . . Upsalise 1664. pp. 66-240.
For description, see Gautreks saga.
(AM. 590B-C, 4°). In Fornaldars. III. 1830. pp. 55-190.— III.
1889. pp. 39-141-
Zwei Fornaldarsogur (Hrolfssaga Gautrekssonar und Asmundar-
saga kappabana) nach Cod. Holm. 7, 4'*" herausgegeben von
Ferdinand Better. Halle a. S. 1891. 8°. pp. Ivi + 106 -f (2).
The Hr61fs saga fills pp. i-'j^.— Reviews : Anz. f. deut. Altert. XVIII.
1892. pp. 242-244, by B. Kahle ;— Gott. gel. Anz. 1892. pp. 709-723, by
G. Cederschiold ;— Lit. Cbl. XLHI. 1892. col. 292, by E. Mogk ;—
Iviteraturbl. f. germ. u. rom. Phil. XIV. 1893. coll. 159-160, by W.
Golther ;— Deut. Lit. zeit. XIV. 1893. coll. 457-459, by W. Ranisch.
German. — In Httmiiller's Altnord. Sagenschatz. 1870. pp. 416-
443-
Danish. — Paraphrase in H. H. Lefolii's Fortaellinger og Sagaer fortalte for
Born I. Saml. 3. Udg. 1869. pp. 215-231.
Swedish. — Verelius's version in the edition of 1664.
J. E. ^.' s paraphrase of 1806 {see Gautreks saga).
Bugge, Sophus. Bemaerkninger til norrone Digter. I. Hyndlulj63. In
Arkiv f. nord. Filol. I. 1883. pp. 249-265.
Hollander, Lee M. The Gautland cycle of sagas. I. The source of the
Polyphemos episode of the Hr61fssaga Gautrekssonar. In The Journal
of Engl, and Germ. Philol. XI. 1912. pp. 61-81. ( To be continued.)
Torner, Fabian. Exercitium academicum de rege Rolfone, quod praeside
F. T. publ. exam, modeste submittit Martinus A. Lidgren. Upsalise
1718. 8». pp. (6) +41.
Hr61fs saga kraka ok kappa hans.
MSS.: AM. 9 fol. (17th cent.) and other paper-MSS. The saga consists
of several paettir (Fr6aa pdttr ;— Helga pdttr ok Hr6ars ;— Svipdags
pdttr ;— BoQvars pdttr bjarka ;— Hjalta pdttr ;—Af A9ils Uppsalakon-
ungi; — I>dttr af Skuldarbardaga) and was penned about 1400 or later.
Therimur of Bjarki (Bjarkarimur) date also from c. 1400.— Cf. also the
account of King Hr61fr in the Snorra Edda.
28 ISLANDICA
In Bjorner's Nord. Kampadat. 1737. III. pp. 8 + 139.
In Fornaldars. I. 1829. pp. 1-109.
Hrolfs saga kraka ok kappa hans. Valdimar Asmundarson hefir
bui5 undir prentun. Texta-utgafa. Reykjavik 1884. (Forn-
aldarsogur NorQrlanda. I. i). 8°. pp. 92. — New ed.inVomdX'^'
ars. I. 1 89 1, pp. 1-84.
Hrolfs saga kraka og Bjarkarimur udgivne for Samfund til
udgivelse af gammel nordisk litteratur ved Finnur Jonsson.
Kobenhavn 1904. 8°. pp. (2) -f xxx 4-175.
Critical edition based on AM. 9 fol. ; the rimur based upon AM. 147A,
30. Review: Lit. Cbl. lyVI. 1905. coll. 1067-68, by A. Gebhardt.
Danish. — Konning Hrolf Krakes Saga, efter islandske Haand-
skrifter fordansket, med Anmaerkninger og militser-antikvariske
Afhandlinger ved Carl Christian Rafn. Kjobenhavn 1821.
(Nord. Ksempe-Hist. I. A.) 8®. pp. x + 192. — Version repr,
in Rafn's Nord. Fort. Sag. I. 1829. pp. 1-102.
In Horn's Nord. Heltesag. 1876. pp. 223-305.
Fortsellingen om Rolv Krake og hans kj semper. Norrone helte-
sagn og eventyr gjenfortalte for ungdommen af Alexander
Bugge. Kristiania og Kjobenhavn 191 1. 8". pp. (4) + 187.
The paraphrase of Hr61fs saga fills pp. 1-60.
Other paraphrases : Oehlenschlager's Nord. Oldsagn. 1840. pp. 10-43 J
1853. pp. 7-26. — Sagaer fortalte af B. Snorrason og Kr. Arentzen. III.
1850. pp. i-ioo.
German. — /« Ettmiiller's Altnord. Sagenschatz. 1870. pp. 317-
382.
Die Geschichte von Hrolf Kraki. Aus dem Islandischen iiber-
setzt, erlautert und mit sagengeschichtlichen Parallelen versehen
von Paul Hermann. Torgau 1905. 8". pp. 135.
Reviews : Lit. Cbl. LVI. 1905. coll. 1359-60, by -tz-; — Revue critique.
N. S. LX. 1905. p. 491, by L. Pineau ;— Deut. Lit. zeit. XXVI. 1905.
coll. 2934-36, by W. Paetzel.
Latin. — In Bjorner's Kampadat. 1737.
Swedish. — In Bjorner's Kampadat. 1737.
Paraphrase in A. Kkermann's Fran Nord. Fornt. 1895. pp. 102-153, illustr.
The fragments of Bjarkamdl hin fornu are printed with the editions of the
Hr61fs saga of 1829 and 1884 (1891), and with the translations of 1821,
1829 and 1904. These fragments are to be found in the Heimskringla,
Olafs saga helga, and Snorra Edda. They were first printed with Latin
translation in Stephanius's Notse uberiores in Histor. Saxonis. 1644.
fol. p. 82 ; in Th. Bartholin's Antiquit. Danic. de causis contemptae
MYTHICAL -HEROIC SAGAS
29
mortis. 1689. 4°. pp. 178-182 ; the text is printed in [Th. Wis^n's]
Urval af norraenum fornkvaeQum. 1870. p. 38, and his Carmina norraena.
1. 1886, p. I, as well as in [Finnur J6nsson's] Cannina norraena. 1893.
pp. 3-4; Corp. poet, boreale. I. pp. 188-189; Edd. min. 1903. pp. 21-
32 ; Danish version by B. C. Sandvig, in his Danske Sange. 1779. pp.
11-13 ; English by W. Herbert, in his Select Icelandic poetry. I 1806.
pp. 125-128, repr. in his Works. I. 1842. pp. 286-287 (repr. in H. W.
Longfellow's The poets and poetry of Europe. 1882 and 1893. p. 51);
German by J. G. von Herder in his Volkslieder. I. 1778. pp. 175-176;
Swedish by C. G. Kroningssvard, in his Nord. Sago Bibl. III. 1834.
pp. 79-85. — Andersen, Vilh. and Olrik, A. : Den forste strofe i Bjarka-
mM, /« Danske Studier. 1905. pp. 170-171; — Flo, R.: Bjarkemaal, ««
Syn og Segn. X. 1904. pp. 177-192 ; — J6nsson, Finnur : Bjarkemals
alder, j« Arkiv f . nord. Filol. XV. 1899. pp. 267-268. — For the Bjarka-
mdl (or H6skarlahv6t) of Saxo's work, see Appendix.
Boer, R. C. Finnsage und Nibelungensage. In Zeitschr. f. deut Altert.
XLVII. 1904. pp. 125-160. {See : Das verhaltniss der Finnsage zu dem
erzahlung vom tode des Hrolf kraki, pp. 157-159).
Heusler, Andreas. Zur Skioldungendichtung. In Zeitschr. f . deut. Altert.
XIvVIII. 1906. pp. 57-87. (i. Saxos Rolvgeschichte ; — 2 Die Vater-
rache der Halfdanssohne ; — 3, Viggi vor dem Konig ; — 4. Hrolfs
Upsalazug).
Kluge, Friedrich. Der Beowulf und Hr61fs saga Kraka. In Englische
Studien. XXII. 1896. pp. 144-145
Miiller, P. E. Hrolf Krages Saga. Om Begivenheder fra siette og syvende
Aarhundrede. Et Fragment af Saga-Bibliothek, II. Deel. /« Athene.
VIII. 1817. pp. 535-560.
Neckel, Gustav. Studien iiber Fr63i. In Zeitschr. f. deut. Altert. XLVIII.
1906. pp. 163-186. (i. Die quelle des Fr69a pdtt und der Grottasong ; —
2. Litterar-historisches zum Grottasong ; — 3. Rolf krake als racher ; —
4. Zur geschichte der rachedichtung ; — 5. Weiteres zur composition des
Grottasong ! — 6. Die Eirikssaga mdlspaka ; — 7. Der brudermord ; — 8.
Der Hadubarde Froda).
Olrik, Axel. Rolf Krake og den aeldre Skjoldungraekke. Kobenhavn 1903.
( Danmarks heltedigtning. En oldtidsstudie. I. del). 8°. pp. (8)-f352.
For reviews, see Appendix.
Panzer, Friedrich. Studien zur germanischen Sagengeschichte. I. Beowulf.
Miinchen 1910. 8°. pp. ix + 409. {See : Bjarki, pp. 364-382).
Reviews: Zeitschr. f. deut. Philol. XLIH. 191 1. pp. 383-394, by B.
Kahle ;— Anz. f . deut. Altert. XXV. 191 1. pp. 123-131, by C. W. v.
Sydow.
Sarrazin, Gregor. Rolf Krake und sein Vetter im Beowulfliede. In Englische
Studien. XXIV. 1898. pp. 144-145.
Sperber, Hans. Anmerkungen zu einigen islandischen Rimur. Bjarka-
rimur. In Arkiv f. nord. Filol. XXVI. 1910. p. 269.
Torfason, I>orm63ur. Historia Hrolfi Krakii inter potentissimos in ethni-
cismo Daniae reges celeberrimi, ab avo ejus Halfdano II. & patre Helgio,
30 ISLANDICA
hujusqz^<? fratre Hroare, secundum monumentorum Islandicorum manu-
ductionem deducta, & a fabulis, in qvantum fieri potuit, vindicata,
cumqz/<? aliis historicis, inprimis Saxone Grammatico, diligenter coUata,
& magnam partem conciliata. Cum indice rerum memorabilium per
Th. Torfaeum. Havnise 1705. 8». pp. (48) + y-]^-^ {^i).— Title-edition.
Havniae 1715. S". pp. (48) + i79 + (i3)-
Hr6mundar saga Gripssonar.
Paper- MSS. The original saga (mentioned in the Sturlunga) is lost,
and its contents known only from the rimur, called Griplur, probably
by Sigur9r blindi (c. 1470-c. 1540). The present saga is based on the
rimur. The subject is also treated in Scandinavian ballads.
In Bjorner's Nord. Kampadat. 1737. VI. pp. 19.
(AM. 587, 4®). In Fornaldars. II. 1829. pp. 363-380. — II. 1886.
pp. 323-336.
Griplur. In Fernir fornislenskir rimnaflokkar, er Finnur Jonsson
gaf ut. Kaupmannahofn 1896. pp. 17-42. — Repr. /;^ Rimnasafn
udg. ved Finnur Jonsson. 4.-5. haefte. Kobenhavn 1909-10.
pp. 351-410-
Critical edition (AM. 610 C, 4" ; 146 A, 8" ; 387 fol.)
Danish. — /^ Rafn'sNord. Kaempe-Hist. III. B. 1826. pp. 257-
279. — Nord. Fort. Sag. II. 1829. pp. 291-307.
I^ATiN. — In Bjorner's Nord. Kampadat. 1737.
Swedish. — In Bjorner's Nord. Kampadat. 1737.
Andrews, A. L. Studies in Fornaldarsogur Nor9rlanda. I. The Hr6mundar
saga Gripssonar. In Modern Philology. VIII. 191 1. pp. 527-544 ; IX.
1912. pp. 371-397. {To be cont.) — Also sep. repr. Chicago 191 1-12. 8".
pp. 45.
Boer, R. C. Zur danischen heldensage. In Beitrage zur Gesch. d. deut.
Spr. u. Lit. XXII. 1897. pp. 342-390.
Kolbing, B. Die Hr6mundarsaga Greipssonar und die Griplur. In his
Beitrage zur vergleich. gesch. der romantischen poesie und prosa des
mittelalters. 1876. pp. 150-187,
Hversu Noregr bygSist. See Fornjoti ok settmonnum bans, Frd.
niuga saga GriSarfostra.
MSS.: AM. 123, 8" (c. 1600), and many on paper. A 14th cent, com-
pilation.
Sagan af Illuga Grydar fostra. EUer lUuge Grydar fostres
bistoria. Fordom pa gammal Gotbiska skrifwen, ocb nu pa
Swenska uttalkad af Gudmund Olofsson Reg : Translatore
Lingvse Antiquae. Tryckt i Vpsala, Abr 1695. 4°. pp. 19.
(Warmboltz, no. 2562).
(AM. 123, 8°). In Fornaldars. III. 1830. pp. 648-660.— III.
1889. pp. 503-514.
MYTHICAL -HEROIC SAGAS 31
Swedish. — In the edition of 1695.
Ingvars saga viaforla. See Yngvars saga vi9f6rla.
Ketils saga haengs.
MSS.: AM. 343, 4° (iSthcent); AM. 471, 4° (istli cent.). The saga
dates probably from c. 1300. Cf. Grims saga loQinkinna.
Ketilli Haengii et Grimonis Hirsutigenae patris et filii historia
seu res gestae ex antiqva lingva Norvagica in Latinum trans-
latae per Islefum Thorlevium Islandum. Opera et studio 01.
Rudbeckii Publici Juris factae. Upsalae Anno M. DC. XCVII.
fol. pp. (2) -f 17.
Latin preface by the translator (fsleifur I>orleifsson) dated at MoSru-
vellir, Iceland, May 4, 1683. The text is divided in 9 chapters, the first
six being the Ketils saga, pp. 1-12. (Warmholtz, no. 2587).— Copy in
Yale University Library.
(AM. 343, 4°). In Fornaldars. II. 1829. pp. 107-139.— II.
1886. pp. 137-160.
The verses of the saga, in Corp. poet, boreale. II. pp. 556-559 I Hdd.
min. 1903. pp. 77-85, 95.
Danish. — In Rafn's Nord. Kaempe-Hist. III. B. 1826. pp. i-
39.— Nord. Fort. Sag. II. 1829. pp. 101-130.
lyATiN. — In the edition of 1697.
Swedish. — /« Kroningssvard's Nord. Sago- Bibl. 1834. VII. pp.
50.
A paraphrase of the saga, in "Natur-, konst- och werlds-historisk portfcilj,
samlad fran fosterlandets och den ofriga jordens forn- och nutid, for
svenska ungdomen. Stockholm 1845." 4^ pp. 39-42.
Better, F. Der Finnenkonig Gusi. In Zeitschr. f. deut. Altert. XXXII.
1888. pp. 449-454-
Langfebgatal.
Vetustissima regum Septentrionis series, Langfedgatal dicta,
a Japheto ad Haraldum Harfager Norvegiae et Horda-Knutum
Daniae reges. In J. Langebek's Scriptoresrerum Danicarum.
I. 1772. fol. pp. 1-6, ifacsim. (AM. 415, 4°).
Sievers, Eduard. Sceaf in den nordischen genealogien. In Beitrage zur
Gesch. d. deut. Spr. u. Lit. XVI. 1891. pp. 361-363.
Torfason (Torfaeus), I>omi65ur. Series dynastarum et regum Daniae, k
primo eorum Skioldo Odini filio, ad Gormum Grandaevum, Haraldi
Caerulidentis patrem : Antea anno Christi MDCLXIV. Hafniae 1702. 4®.
pp. (18) -I- 514 -h {4).— Title ed. 1705. {See p-p. 211S.).
Niflunga saga. See PiQreks saga.
32 ISLANDICA
Noma-Gests t>^ttr {^or saga).
MSS.: Gl. kgl. Saml. 2845, 4° (15th cent); Flateyjarb6k ; AM. 62 fol.
(15th cent. ), etc. The tale was written about 1300 or somewhat earlier.
For commentaries, see Volsunga saga and I>i9reks saga.
In Saga Olafs Tryggvasonar. II. 1689. 4^ pp. 132-146.
In Bjorner's Nord. Kampadat. 1737. XIV. pp. 27.
In Hagen's Altnord. Sagen u. Lieder. 1814. pp. 26.
Die prosaische Edda im Auszuge nebst Volsunga-saga und
Nornagests-thattr. Mit ausfiihrlichem Glossar hrsgg. von
Ernst Wilken. I. Paderborn 1877. pp. Ixxxv-ciii, 335-362.
Based on the Flateyjarb6k text. — For reviews, see Volsunga saga.
(Gl. kgl. vSaml. 2845, 4".) In Fornaldars. I. 1829. pp. 311-
342.
Extract in Antiquit^s Russes. I. 1850. fol. pp. 21 1-2 12.
In Flateyjarb6k. I. i860, pp. 346-359.
(AM. 62fol.). /« Bugge'sNorr.Skrifter. 1863. pp. 45-80. — 7>;r/
repr. in Fornaldars. I. 3. 1885. pp. 73-95 ; new ed. I. 1891.
pp. 2^5-266.
Danish. — Transl. by N. F. S. Grundtvig, in Heimdal, en Nytaars-
gave for 1816. Kiobenhavn. pp. 22-59.
In Rafn's Nord. Kaempe-Hist. I. C. 1822. pp. 97-132. — Nord.
Fort. Sag. I. 1829. pp. 289-316.
In Horn's Nord. Heltesag. 1876. pp. 93-116.
Paraphrase in Sagaer fortalte af Br. Snorrason og Kr. Arentzen. III. 1850.
pp 101-112.
Gkrman. — In Hagen's Nord. Heldenrom. V. 1828. pp. 115-
171. — Edzardi's rev. version. III. 1880. pp. 343-397.
Extract from this version in WoUheim da Fonseca's Die National- Lit. der
Skand. I. 1875. pp. 204-208.
In Raszmann's Die deut. Heldeusag. I. 1857 (1863).
Latin. — In Bjorner's Nord. Kampadat. 1737.
Swedish. — In Bjorner's Nord. Kampadat. 1737.
Norna-Gests saga. Ofversatt ifran Islandskan. [Stockholm ?]
Tryckt hos J. C. Frenckell & Son, 1821. 4^ pp. (2) + 18.
Paraphrase in [Backman's] Nord. Kampadat. 1858. pp. 47-59 ; and in A.
Ekermann's Fran Nord. Fornt. 1895. pp. 154-171, illustr.
Orvar-Odds saga.
Various recensions represented by the MSS.: Cod. Holm. perg. 7, 4® (c.
1350); AM. 344A, 40 (c. 1400); 567IV. 4" (15th cent., fragment ; paper-
MSS.); 343, 4® (15th cent.); 471, 4" (iStli cent.); 173, fol. (on paper, c,
1700). — The original saga dates from the 13th cent.
MYTHICAL -HEROIC SAGAS 33
Sagan af Orfuar Odde syne Grims Lodinkinn. — Historia Orvari
Odde filii Grimonis Hirsuta facie. [Upsalae 1697]. fol. pp. 51.
Text (the longer recension) with Latin version by fsleifur J»orleifsson
(cf. Ketils saga haengs). No t.-p., no date or imprint. This is one of
the saga editions of Olaf Rudbeck (Warmholtz, no. 2588). — Copy in
Yale University Library.
(Cod. Holm. perg. 7, 4"). hi Rask's Synishorn af fornum eg
nyjum norrsenum ritum 1 sundurlausri og samfastri rseQu.
Stockholm 1819. pp. 33-123. — Repr. in Fornaldars. II. 1829.
pp. 504-559.
(AM. 343, 4"). In Fornaldars. II. 1829. pp. 159-322. — II.
1886. pp. 175-289.
Extracts in Antiquit^s Russes I. 1850. fol. pp. 93-109 ; in Ettmiiller's
Altnord. Lesebuch. 1861. 4°. pp. 27-31, 34.
Orvar-Odds saga herausgegeben von R. C. Boer. Leiden 1888.
8°. pp. (4) 4- lii + 218 -h (2).
Critical edition of the two principal recensions, the longer based on
AM. 344A, 4°, the shorter on Cod. Holm. 7, 4° ; also the interpolations
and additions of other MSS , especially AM. 343, 4°. — Reviews : Arkiv
f. nord. Filol. VII. 1891. pp. 198-204, by G. Cederschiold ; — Anz. f.
deut. Altert. XVI. 1890. pp. 124-131, by R. Heinzel ; — Deut. Lit. zeit.
XL 1890. coll. 271-272, by F. Better.
Orvar-Odds saga herausgegeben von R. C. Boer. Halle a. S.
1892. (Altnordische Saga-Bibliothek. Heft 2.) 8**. pp. xxiv +
124.
Annotated edition of the text of Cod. Holm. 7, 4°. — Reviews : Anz. f.
deut. Altert. XX. 1894. pp. 87-88, by Ferd. Better ;—Zeitschr. f. deut.
Philol. XXIX. 1897. pp. 228-235, by O. L. Jiriczek.— Lit. Cbl. XLIV.
1893. col. 985.
The poems of the saga also in Corp. poet, boreale. II. pp. 549-552 ; Edd-
min. 1903. pp. 49-51, 55-58, 62-63, 65-70, 74-76, 105; [Th. Wis^n's]
Urval af norrsenum fornkvaedum. 1870. pp. 14-29. — The ".^vidrdpa"
was printed with Swedish metrical version and Latin prose rendering
in E. J. Bjorner's Schediasma de Varegis. 1743. 4°, pp. 153-179, repr.
in Oelrich's Banise et Svecise litteratae opuscula. II. 1776. pp. 623-660.
Danish. — (Cod. Holm.) In Rafn's Nord. Kaempe-Hist. III.
B. 1826. pp. 57-206. — Nord. Fort. Sag. II. 1829. pp. 143-
254-
Paraphrase in Sagaer fortalte af Br. Snorrason og Kr. Arentzen. IV. 1850.
pp. 33-112.
lyATiN. — In the edition of 1697.
Swedish.— Orvar Odds Saga ; efter Islandska Handskrifter ut-
gifven med upplysande Anmarkningar af Joh. G. Liljegren.
34 ISLANDICA
Stockholm i8 19. (SkandinaviskaFornaldernsHjeltesagor. II.
I.) 8^ pp. (2) + xxxvi + 314, I pL
Follows the text of Rask's edition.
Paraphrase in Hedda Anderson's Nordiska sagor berattade for barn, i Saml.
Stockh. 1896. pp. 82-132 ; also in her Fran Nordens, Greklands och
Roms sagotid. i. Saml. Stockh. 1905. pp. 42-63, illustr.
Aubert, Karl. Navnet "Alfi Odderskser" i folkevisen om holmgangen
paa Samso. In Sprogl. og hist, afhandlinger viede Sophus Bugges
minde. Kristiania 1908. pp. 20-25.
Boer, R. C. tJber die Orvar-Odds saga. In Arkiv f. nord. Filol. VIII.
1892. pp. 97-139. (i. Die elemente der saga. — 2. Der kampf auf
Sdmsey. — 3. Die verse der saga ; ihr verhaltniss zur saga und unter
einander ; ihr alter).
Weiteres zur Orvar-Odds saga. Ibid. pp. 246-255. (i. Zu Odds
reise nach dem riesenland. — 2. Zu Odds siidlandsreise. — 3. Das ver-
haltniss der saga zur Magus saga).
Noch einmal Orvar-Odds saga und Magus saga. Ibid. IX. 1893. pp.
304-308. (Followed by a "Slutanmarkning " by G. Cederschiold, pp.
308-309).
Cederschiold, Gustav. Har Orvar-Odds saga lanat fran Magus saga. Ibid'
IX. 1893. pp. 22-30.
Tiander, K. Poiezdki skandinavov v Bieloe more. 1906. pp. 106-278.
Ragnars saga lo9br6kar ok sona bans.
MSS.: Ny kgl. Saml. 1824B, 4" (c. 1400); AM. 147, 4° (15th cent.), and
paper-MSS. AM. 6-7, fol,, etc. The original saga was probably written
in the latter half of the 13th cent. , the recension which in complete
form has been preserved, is from the 14th cent.
In Bjorner's Nord. Kampadat. 1737. XII. pp. 67.
In Hagen's Altnord. Sagen u. Lieder. 1814. pp. 1 19-186.
In Fornaldars. I. 1829. pp. 235-299.
Extract in Antiquit^s Russes. I. 1850. pp. 87-88.
Ragnars saga lo5br6kar ok sona bans. Valdimar Asmundarson
befir bui9 undir prentun. Texta-utgafa. Reykjavik 1885.
(Fornaldarsogur Nor9rlanda. I. 3). 8". pp. 136 (^see pp. 3-
52). — New ed. I. 1891. pp. 175-224.
Volsunga saga ok Ragnars saga loQbrokar udg. ved Magnus
Olsen. Kobenbavn 1906-08. pp. 11 1-222.
The text of Ny kgl. saml. 1824B, 4°, pp. 111-175 ; Brudstykker af
Ragnars saga i AM. 147, 4", pp. 176-194 ; Versene, pp. 195-222.
Danish.—/^ Rafn's Nord. Ksempe-Hist. I. C. 1822. pp. i-
96. — Nord. Fort. Sag. I. 1829. pp. 219-276.
MYTHICAL- HEROIC SAGAS
35
Paraphrases : Oehlenschlager's Nord. Oldsagn. 1840. pp. 120-139 ; 1853.
pp. 87-ior. — Sagaer fortalte af Br, Snorrason og Kr. Arentzen. I. 1849.
pp. 1-48 ;— H. H. Lefolii's Fortaellinger og Sagaer fortalte for Born. I.
Saml. 2. Udg. 1869. pp. 177-198 ;— Alex. Bugge's Fortaellingen om
Sigurd Favnesbane. Norrone heltesagn og eventyr gjenfortalte for
ungdommen. 1910. pp. 74-110.
Sagan om Ragnar Lodbrog og bans Sonner. Fortalt af P. A.
Godecke. Paa Dansk ved Fr. Winkel-Horn. Med Billeder af
A. Malmstrom. Kjobenhavn 1880. fol. pp. 116, illustr.
German. — In K. V. v. Bonstetten's Neue Schriften. II. Theil.
Kopenhagen 1800. p. 2oiff.
In Hagen's Nord. Heldenrom. V. 1828. pp. 1-114. — Edzardi's
rev. vers. III. 1880. pp. 221-342.
Extracts in Wollheim da Fonseca's Die National-L,it. d. Skand. I. 1875.
pp. 194-342.
Latin. — In Bjorner's Nord. Kampadat. 1737.
Swedish. — In Bjorner's Nord. Kampadat. 1737.
In Kroningssvard's Nord. Sago-Bibl. 1834. VI. pp. 93.
Sagan om Ragnar Lodbrok och bans soner. Beratted af P. A.
Godecke. Med teckningar af A. Malmstrom. Stockholm 1880.
fol. pp. (4) 4- 112, illustr.
Paraphrase in Hedda Anderson's Nordiskasagorberattade for barn. i. saml.
1896. pp. 133-168 ; also in her Fran Nordens, Grekl. och Roms sagotid.
I. saml. 1905. pp. 64-92 ; a longer paraphrase in A. Ekermann's Fr&n
Nord. Fornt. 1895. pp. 218-259, illustr.
Bredsdorff, J. H. Saetninger angaaende Regner Lodbrogs Levetid. In
Tidsskr. f. nord. Oldk. II. 1829. pp. 54-58.
Naar levede Sivard Orm i Oje, Regner Lodbrogs Son ? En Under-
sogelse. In Det skandinaviske Literaturselsk. Skrifter. XXIII. 1832.
pp. 278-308, tbl.
Bugge, Sophus. Bidrag til den seldste Skaldedigtnings Historic. Christi-
ania 1894. p. 76ff. — Cf. F. j6nsson's article in Arkiv f. nord. Filol.
VI. 1890. pp. 141-155.
Better, Ferd. Zur Ragnarsdrdpa ( " F. j6nsson : De aeldste skjalde og deres
kvad"). In Arkiv f. nord. Filol. XIII. 1897. pp. 363-369.
Georgii, Carl Fredrik. Dissertatio gradualis, hypothesin historicam de
pluribus Ragnaris Lodbrokiis, quam praeside C. F. G. publico examini
subjicit Olavus Tibelius. Upsaliae 1764. 4°. pp. 21.
Jessen, C. A. E. Undersogelser til nordisk oldhistorie. Kobenhavn 1862.
8°. pp. (4) 4-84 {See: Om Lodbrok-aetten, pp. 1-37).
J6nsson, Finnur. De aeldste skjalde og deres kvad. In Aarb. f. nord.
Oldk. og Hist. 1895. pp. 271-359.
36
ISLANDICA
j6nsson, Rev. J6n. ^ttartolur frd Ragnari lo5br6k. In Timarit h. isl.
B6kmentaf61. XXV. 1904. pp. 198-202.
Ragnar lodbr6k og sett bans. In Arkiv f. nord. Filol. XXIII. 1907.
pp. 264-279.
Merki " Lodbr6karsona. " Ibid. XXVI. 1910. pp. 371-376.
Liebrecbt, Felix. Die Ragnar Lodbrokssage in Persien. In (Benfey's)
Orient und Occident. I. Bd. Gottingen 1861. pp. 561-567. — Repr. in
his Zur Volkskunde. Heilbronn 1879. pp. 65-73.
Mawer, Allen. Ragnar Lothbr6k and his sons. In Saga-Book of the Viking
Club. VI. 1909. pp. 68-89.
Puschnig, A. O. Die Ragnar-Lodbruckssage in der deutschen Literatur.
Laibach 1910. 8". pp. 44. {Program).
Schiern, Fred. Om Navnet Lodbrog hos Angelsaxerne. In Annaler f.
nord. Oldk. 1858. pp. 8-11.
Schiick, Henrik. Till Lodbrok-sagan. In Svensk Fornminnesfor. tidskr.
XI. 1900. pp. 131-140.
Schroter, Joh. Rud. De Ragnaro Lodbrokio. Dissertatio critico-historica.
Rostochii 1820. (Curarum in vetustiorem Scandinaviae historiam
particula I. ) 4°. pp. 37.
Steenstrup, Joh. C. H. R. Indledning i Normannertiden. Kjobenhavn 1878.
pp. 81-127 (Regner Lodbrok og bans Sonner). — French version by B.
de Beaurepaire : Etudes pr^liminaires pour servir a I'histoire des Nor-
mands et leur invasions. Paris 1881. pp. 50-74.
Storm, Gustav. Ragnar Lodbrok og Lodbrokssonnerne. Studie i dansk
Oldhistorie og nordisk Sagnhistorie. In (Norsk) Historisk Tidsskr.
2. R. I. Bd. 1877. pp. 371-491.-^/5^ sep. repr. Kristiania 1877. 8°. pp.
(4) -\- 121. — Repr. in his Kritiske Bidrag til Vikingetidens Historic.
(I. Ragnar Lodbrok og Gange-Rolv). Kristiania 1878. pp. 34-129, 193-
200.
Reviews: Nord. tidskr. (Ivctterstedska). 1879. PP- 288-302, by Nils
Hojer ; — Revue historique. XI. pp. 432-35, by E. Beauvois ; — Lit. Cbl.
XXIX. 1878. coll. 845-846, by A. Edzardi.
Wechsler, Adolf. Die Sage von Aslog, der Tochter Sigurds, und Versuch
ihrer Deutung. In Verhandl. des Vereins f. Kunst u. Alterthum von
Ulm. N. R. 7. Heft. 1875.
Wlislocki, Heinrich v. Die Ragnar Lodbrokssage in Siebenbiirgen. In
Germania. XXXII. 1887. pp. 362-366.
Kr^um^ or LobbrdkarkviSa.
The death-song of Ragnar lo5br6k, a poem composed in Iceland in the
latter half of the 12th cent, or about 1200. (MS. : Ny kgl. saml. 1824B,
In Olai Wormii Danica literatura antiquissima. Amsterdam! 1636. 4°. pp.
197-227. — New ed. Hafniae 1651. fol. pp. 182-207.
The original text in Runic characters with Latin version by Magntis
Olafsson. — The text and Latin version reprinted with a Dutch prose
version added, in Lambert ten Kate's Anleiding tot de Kennisse van het
verhevene Deel der Nederduitsche Sprake. Amsterdam 1723. 4". pp.
79-108.
MYTHICAL -HEROIC SAGAS 3^
In Bjomer's Nord. Kampadat. 1737. XII. fol. pp. 182-207.
With Swedish and Latin prose versions ; the latter was later embodied
in C. A. Klotzius's T\j(n<nov ra ffw^ofxtva. Altenburgi 1767. pp. 211-221.
Ivodbrokar-quida ; or the Death-Song of Lodbroc ; now first correctly printed
from various manuscripts, with a free English translation. To which
are added, the various readings ; a literal Latin version ; an Islando-
Latino glossary ; and explanatory notes. By James Johnstone. N. p.
[Copenhagen] 1782. 8°. pp. (4) -\- iii.
There is a title-ed. with the imprint of Copenhagen 1813 {cf. Dansk
Litteratur-Tid. 1816. p. 498). It is stated at the end that "a very
learned native of Iceland prepared both the text and the glossary for
the press" (Grimur Thorkelin). — Text and English version repr. in
E. Henderson's Iceland. II. Edinburgh 1818. pp. 345-352 ; 2d ed.
Edinburgh 1819. pp. 528-535.
Lodbrokar-quida, carmen Gothicum, famam regis Ragnari Lodbrochi cele-
brans. Lundae 1802. 4°. pp. (6) + 77-
Publ. as inaug.-diss. in 6 pts. under the presidency of N. H. Sjoborg
and with different respondents. Icelandic text with Latin version and
notes.
In Hagen's Altnord. Sagen u. Lieder. 1814. pp. 161-171.
Krakas Maal eller Kvad om Kong Ragnar Lodbroks Krigsbedrifter og
Heltedod efter en gammel Skindbog og flere hidtil ubenyttede Haand-
skrifter med dansk, latinsk og fransk Overs£ettelse, forskjellige Laese-
maader, samt kritiske og philologiske Anmserkninger udgivet af C. C.
Rafn. Kjobenhavn 1826. 8°. pp. (8) -|- 152 + (2), 1 pis. {music and
facsim. )
The French version is by L. S. Borring. A bibliography of the poem,
PP- 75-83. — Reviews: Hermod. 1825-26. pp. 1 14-126, by R. Rask ;
reply by Rafn, ibid. pp. 129-136; — Dansk Litteratur-Tid. 1827. pp.
241-253, by P. E. Miiller.
In Fornaldars. I. 1829. pp. 300-310; I. 1885. pp. 52-56; I. 1891. pp. 225-
228. — Fr. Pfeiffer's Altnord. Lesebuch. i860, pp. 124-127. — Corpus
poet, boreale. II. 1883. pp. 339-343 {with Engl, prose version . — [Th.
Wis^n's] Urval af norrsenum fornkvsedum. 1870. pp. 32-36, and his
Carmina norraena. I. 1886. pp. 62-66. — [F. j6nsson's] Carmina nor-
rsena. 1893. pp. 86-91.
Krdkumdl af Finnur j6nsson. In Oversigt over det kgl. danske Vidensk.
Selsk. Forhandl. 1905. No. 2. Kobenhavn 1905. pp. 151-183.
A critical study including the text of the poem (pp. 153-157).
Danish. — Krakes Maal eller Regner Lodbrogs Dodssang. Oversat paa
Dansk af Christen Berntszon 1652. Ny Udgave. Kjobenhavn 1877. 4**.
ff. (8).
Ed. by Chr. Bruun/r^w the unique copy in the Royal Library, Copen-
hagen, q/'^Bildur Danskum . . . Prentet Aar, 1652." — Also reproduced
in P. Syv's Danske Kaempeviser. 1695. p. 431 ff. — Nyerup, R. : Bildur
Danskur, en Bogruin, eller Regner Lodbrogs Dodssang. En Forelaesn-
ing. In Dansk Minerva. 1819. pp. 481-524.
/«*[B. C. Sandvig's] Danske Sange af det aeldste Tidsrum. Kiobenhavn
1779. pp. 34-56. ( With verses from the Ragnars saga).
38
ISLANDICA
Rafn's version of 1826, also in his Nord. Ksempe-Hist. I. C. 1822. pp. 82-
96 ; Nord. Fort. Sag. I. 1829. pp. 277-288.
N. M. Petersen's version in his Danmarks Historie i Hedenold. I. Del.
1834. pp. 292-304 ;— 2 ed. 1854. pp. 297-308.
Dutch. — In J. H. van Bolhuis's De Noormannen in Nederland. II. stuk.
Utrecht 1835. pp. 4-30.
Engi^ish. — Prose version by Thos. Percy in his Five pieces of Runic poetry.
London 1763. pp. 21-42, {Icel. text) 88-92. — Repr, in Mallet-Percy's
Northern Antiquities. 2 ed. London 1809. II. pp. 309-316.
The death-song of Ragnar Lodbrach, or Lodbrog, king of Denmark :
Translated from the Latin of Olaus Wormius. By Hugh Downman.
London 1781. 4°. — Repr. in Thomas Evans's Old Ballads. III. London
1784. pp. 108-123. — Repr. with alterations in Downman' s Poems.
Exeter 1790. pp. 144-163. {Reviews: The Monthly Review. LXVI.
1782. pp. 441-442 ; — The Critical Review. Oct. 1782 and 1790).
Johnstone's version of 1782 {see above).
In W. Herbert's Select Icelandic poetry translated. Pt. II. London 1806.
pp. 35-49. — Repr. in his Wor^s. Vol.1. London 1842. pp. 286297. —
Repr. in H. W. Longfellow's The poets and poetry of Europe. Boston
1882 and 1893. pp. 51-53-
In P. C. Headley 's The island of fire ; or, a thousand years of the old North-
men's home 874-1874. Boston 1875. pp. 12-17.
French. — Borring's version in the edition of 1826.
German. — In F. D. Grater's Nordische Blumen. Leipzig 1789. pp. 4-40. —
2. ed. 1812. — Repr. in his Sch.r\itQn. I. Theil. Heidelberg 1809. pp. 291-
314.
Prose version in K. V. Bonstetten's Neue Schriften. II. Theil. Kopenhagen
t8oo. pp. 267-280.
Geschichte Alfreds des Grossen, iibertragen . . . nebst der Lodbrokar-
Quida in dem Urtext und einer metrischen Uebersetzung von Friedrich
Lorentz. Hamburg 1828. 8^. pp. xii 4- 283 {see pp. 255-283).
Metrical version with an essay ' ' Ueber Aechtheit, Alter und Verfasser des
Schwanensanges Ragnar Lodbroks", in G. F. Legis's (Gliickselig's)
Die Runen und ihre Denkmaler. Leipzig 1829. pp. 147-174.
In P. J. Willatzen's Alt-islandische Volks-Balladen. Bremen 1865. pp. 121-
125, 136-137.— 2. Aufl. 1897. pp. 73-77. {Cf. also Bremer Sonntagsblatt.
1863. No. I2ff. ). — Repr. in Wollheim da Fonseca's Die National-Lit-
eratur der Skandinavier. I. Berlin 1875. pp. 460-462.
It AW AN. — Prose version in J. Graberg di Hemso's Saggio istorico su gli
scaldi. Pisa 181 1. pp. 65-68.
Latin. — Versions in the editions of 1637, 1737, 1782 and 1826.
Norwegian. — In R. J. Flo's Gamle skaldar ogkvad. Oslo 1902. pp. 91-95.
Russian. — Prose version by A. N. Chudinoff, in Drevne-sievernyia sagi i
piesni skaldov v perevodakh pisatelei. Izdanie I. Glazunova. St. Peters-
burg 1903. pp. 169-174.
Swedish. — Bjorner's version in the edition of 1737.
MYTHICAL - HEROIC SAGAS 39
Kr&kum&l eller Ragnars kvade i ormagropen, fritt itergifvet p& svenska af
P. Aug. Godecke. In Fria Ord. En samling uppsatser utg. af Publicist-
klubben. Stockholm 1878. 8°. pp. 267-272. {Also in Godecke' aversion
of the Ragnars saga).
Ragnars sona t)^ttr.
MSS. : Hauksb6k, etc. Based upon the original recension of the Ragnars
saga ; dates from c. 1300.
Fragmentura Islandicum de regibus Dano-Norvegicis ab Ivaro
Vidfadme ad Haraldum Blaatand. In Langebek's Scriptores
renira Danicarum. II. 1773. fol. pp. 270-286.
In Fornaldars. I. 1829. pp. 343-360. — I. 3. 1885. pp. 57-71 ;
new ed. I. 1891. pp. 229-243.
In Hauksbok iidg. efter de arnamagnseanske handskrifter no.
371, 544 og 675, 4° samt forskellige papirshandskrifter [ved
Finnur Jonsson og Eirikur Jonsson]. Kobenhavn 1892-96.
pp. xci-xciii, 458-467.
Danish. — In Rafn's Nord. Ksempe-Hist. I. C. 1822. pp. 137-
154. — Nord. Fort. Sag. I. 1829. pp. 317-332.
Latin. — J6n Olafsson's version with the edition of 1773.
Swedish. — Pattr af Ragnars sonum. Sagostycke om Ragnars
soner, fran islandskan ofversatt och belyst. Akademisk af-
handling (Uppsala) af Otto Gustaf Victor Soderstrom. Orebro
1872. 8°. pp. 34 + (2).
Sigurbar saga F^fnisbana. See Volsunga saga.
Skjoldunga saga. For bibliography, see Islandica. III. p. 63.
Skuldarbardaga t)dttr. See Hrolfs saga kraka.
Sogubrot af nokkrum fornkonungum i Dana og Svia veldi.
MS.: AM. lE jS I fol, (c. 1300 ; facsim. K^lunds Paleograf. Atlas. 1907.
no- 33). and paper MSS. A fragment of a recension of the Skjoldunga
saga, probably from the latter half of the 13th cent.
Sogubrot af Nockorum Fornkongum i Dana oc Svia velldi. Eller
Sagobrott Handlande om Nogra forna Konungar i Swerige och
Danmark. Samt om Brawalle Slaget, Emellan Kong Harald
Hillditan och Sigurd Ring. Vtaf gamla Nordiska spraket
forswenskat Af Johan Fredrich Peringskiold. Tryckt i Stock-
holm, hos Joh. Laur. Horrn, 1719. 4". pp. (12) + 32.
Contents: dedication, pp. (2)-(3); preface, pp. (4)-(i2); text with
Swedish version, pp. 1-32. (Warmholtz, no. 2590). Review: Acta
literaria Svecise. I. 1720. pp. 37-40.
De pugna Bravalliensi Fragmentum Gothicum, cujus partem
priorem Latine versam et observationibus quibusdam historicis
40 ISLANDICA
illustratam . . . moderante Ludov. Gotth. Kosegarten . . . pro
gradu philosophico . . . modestedefert CarolusEricusNorrman.
Gryphiae 1815. 4^ pp. 17, tbl.
Text of chap. 7-8 edited by Norrman with Latin version. Greifswald
inaug.-diss. No more publ.
In Fornaldars. I. 1829. pp. 361-388. — I. 3. 1885. pp. 1 13-136;
new ed. I. 1891. pp. 283-305.
In Antiquit^s Russes. I. 1852. fol. pp. 66-86.
Danish. — Saga om Haldans Sonner og Harald Hyldetan. (Af
Sogubrot). In Danne-Virke, et Tidsskrift af N. F. S.
Grundtvig. I. Bd. Kjobenhavn 1816. pp. 350-392.
An adaptation by Grundtvig.
In Rafn's Nord. Ksempe-Hist. III. A. 1826. pp. 121-157. —
Nord. Fort. Sag. I. 1829. pp. 333-359-
Latin. — In Antiquites Russes. I. 1850.
Swedish. — In the editio7i of 17 19.
In Kroningssvard's Nord. Sago-Bibl. 1834. VIII. pp. 51-94.
BredsdorfF, J. H. Naar holdtes Braavallaslaget ? In Nord. Tidsskr. f . Oldk.
II. 1833. pp. 359-363-
Bugge, Sophus. Braavalla-Slaget. In his Populser-videnskabelige Fore-
drag. Kristiania 1907. pp. 24-64.
Norsk Sagaskrivning og Sagafortaelling i Irland. Kristiania 1908.
8°. pp. (4) -h 236, [See : Braavalla-Slaget og Brian-Slaget, pp. 78-
164, etc.)
Jessen, C. A. E. Undersogelser til nordisk oldhistorie. Kobenhavn 1862.
PP- 35-37.
j6nsson, Rev. J6n. Um naf ni5 ' ' Hringr. ' ' In Arkiv f . nord. Filol. X.
1894. pp. 130-148.
Miillenhoff, Karl. Deutsche altertumskunde. V. band. Berlin 1883-91. 8°.
(Excurs iiber die Starkadsdichtung, pp. 300-356).
Olrik, Axel. Bravallakvadets kaempersekke. Tekst og oplysninger. In
Arkiv f. nord. Filol. X. 1894. pp. 223-287. (Tekstaftryk ; — Kritisk
tekst ; — Sprogform og hjemsted ; — Bravallakvadets alder ; — Forbilleder
i samtiden. Kaemperne pa Ormen lange ; — Kvadets sagnhistoriske
kilder ; — Tillaeg : Kristjern Pedersens oversee ttelse).
Norske Oldkvad og Sagnkonger. In (Norsk) Hist. Tidsskr. 3. R.
III. Bd. 1895. pp. 168-190.
Storm, Gustav. Kritiske Bidrag til Vikingetidens Historic. Kristiania 1878.
pp. 200-210 (Starkadsvisen om Braavold-Slaget).
Sorla saga sterka.
A story of the hero of the Sorla J)dttr, probably of the 15th cent. ; pre-
served in paper-MSS.
MYTHICAL -HEROIC SAGAS 41
In Bjorner's Nord. Kampadat. 1737. VIII. pp. 57.
In Fornaldars. III. 1830. pp. 408-452. — III. 1889. pp. 308-343.
Latin. — In Bjorner's Nord. Kampadat. 1737.
Swedish. — In Bjorner's Nord. Kampadat. 1737.
Sorla t>^ttr, or HeQins saga ok Hogna.
MS. : Flateyjarb6k, etc. A version of the Hilde legend (cf. also Snorra
Edda : the HjaQningavig), probably written shortly after 1300, being a
compilation from an earlier work.
In Saga Olafs Tryggvasonar. 1689. H- 4*'- PP- 49-58.
Sagan af Hiedine og Hogna. — Historia duorum regum Hedini
et Hugonis, ex antiqua Lingua Norvegica. Per Dn. lonam
Gudmundi in Latinum translata. [Upsalae 1697]. fo^- PP- 8.
Has no t. -p. or imprint; publ. at the expense of Olof Rudbeck ; has
signatures (G3, H) continuous from the Orvar Odds saga. — Copy in the
Yale University Library.
The first two chapters in Snorra Edda, ed by R. K. Rask, Stockholm 1818.
PP- 354-357 ' Um Brisinga-men 1.
In Fornaldars. I. 1829. pp. 589-407. — Flateyjarbok. I. i860,
pp. 275-283. — Fornaldars. I. 3. 1885. pp. 97-112; new ed. I.
1891. pp. 267-281.
Extract in Antiquites Russes. I. 1850. p. 234.
Danish. — In Rafn's Nord. Fort. Sag. I. 1829. pp. 363-376.
In Horn's Nord. Heltesag. 1876. pp. 185-199.
Paraphrase in Sagaer fortalte af Br. Snorrason og Kr. Arentzen, IV. 1850.
pp. 1 13-129.
English. — The tale of Hogni and Hedinn. In Three Northern
love stories, and other tales. Transl. from the Icelandic by
Eirikr Magnusson and William Morris. London 1875. pp. 187-
210, (245-246). — New ed. London 1901. pp. 201-225, (265-
266). — For another ed., ^<f^ Islandica. I. p. 40.
Latin. — In the edition of 1697.
Swedish. — In Kroningssvard's Nord. Sago-Bibl. 1834. V. pp.
100.
Beer, Ludwig. Zur Hildensage. In Beitrage zur Gesch. d. deut. Spr. u.
Lit. XIV. 1889. pp. 522-572.
Boer, R. C. Untersuchungen iiber die Hildesage. In Zeitschr. f. deut.
Philol. XL. 1908. pp. 1-66, 184-218, 292-346.
Fecamp, Albert. Le po^me de Gudrun, ses origines, sa formation et son
histoire. Paris 1892. ( Biblioth^que de I'lfecole des hautes Etudes. 90.)
8°. pp. xxxvii -f- 288. {Inaug.-diss.)
42 ISLANDICA
Bibliographic chronologique, pp. 237-260. Reviews: Literaturbl. f.
germ. u. rom. Philol. XVI. 1895. coll. 302-305, by Hermann Fischer ; —
Anz. f. deut. Altert. XXII. 1896. pp. 392-394, by E. Martin ; — Revue
critique N. S. XXXIX. 1895. pp. 186-191, by H. Lichtenberger.
Klee, Gotthold I^udwig. Zur Hildesage. Leipzig 1873. 8^. pp. 58 + (2).
{^Inaug.-diss.).
Kolbing, E. Die Sorla-rimur in ihrem verhaltniss zu dem Sorla-J)dttr und
zur Sorla-saga hins sterka. In his Beitrage zur vergleich. gesch. der
romantischen poesie und prosa des mittelalters. 1876. pp. 197-200.
Meyer, Wolfgang. Zur Hildensage. In Beitrage zur Gesch. d. deut. Spr.
u. Lit. XVL 1891. pp. 516-532.
Miillenhoff, Karl. Frija und der halsbandmythus. In Zeitschr. f. deut.
Altert. XXX. 1886. pp. 217-260. (Bd. by F. Niedner).
Panzer, Friedrich. Hilde-Gudrun. Eine sagen- u. literargeschichtliche
Untersuchung. Halle 1901. 8°. pp. 452 (5^^ pp. 155-182).
Reviews: Archiv f. d. Stud. d. neueren Spr. u. Litt. CVIII. 1902. pp.
395-416, by R. Much ; — Deut. Lit. zeit. XXII. 1901. coll. 2327-30, by E.
Martin ; — Philologiai kozlony. XXVI. 1902. pp. 912-917, by G. Hein-
rich ; — Literaturbl. f. germ. u. rom. Philol. XXIII. 1902. coll. 321-328,
by B. Symons ;— Gott. gel. Anz. 1902. pp. 767-785, by W. Wilmanns ; —
Revue critique. N. S. LIV. 1902. pp. 210-212, by F. Piquet ;— The
Athenaeum. 1901. I. pp. 152-153 ;—Beil. zur Allgem. Zeit. 1901. No. 159.
pp. 1-4, by W. Golther ;— Zeitschr. f . deut. Philol. XXXVII. 1905. pp.
515-527, by G. Ehrismann.
Schatz, J. Ein zeugniss zur Hildesage. In Zeitschr. f. deut. Altert. L.
1908. pp. 341-345-
Sturlaugs saga starfsama.
MSS.: AM. 335, 4° (c 1400); 589F, 4° (i5tb cent.), 173 fol., 171 A foL
Originally written about 1300.
Sagann Af Sturlauge hinum starfsama. Eller Sturlog then
Arbetsammes historia Fordom pa gamtnal Gothiska skrifwen
och nu pa Swenska uthalkad aff Gudmund Olofz-Son Reg.
Trauslatore Lingvae Antiqvse. Tryckt i Upsala Ahr 1694. 4°-
pp. (4) -h 76.
Contents: preface, pp. (3)-(4); text with ySwedish version, pp. 1-76. —
( Warmholtz, no. 2557. ) Mobius on the authority of Klemming mentions
a later edition by Rudbeck, but does it exist ?
(AM. 173 fol.). In Fornaldars. III. 1830. pp. 592-647. — III.
1889. pp. 459-502.
Swedish. — In the edition of 1694.
Detter, Ferd. Der Siegfriedmythus. In Beitrage zur Gesch. d. deut. Spr.
u. Lit. XVIII. 1893. pp. 194-202.
Svipdags t>dttr. See Hr61fs saga kraka.
MYTHICAL - HEROIC SAGAS
43
T6ka l)dttr T6kasonar.
A 14th cent, compilation (similar to the Norna-Gests pdttr) in the 6lafs
saga helga of the Flateyjarb6k (II. 1862. pp. 135-138).
In Fornmanna sogur. V. 1830. pp. 299-303.
Danish. — In Oldnordiske Sagaer. V. 1831. pp. 270-274.
Latin. — Svb. Egilsson's version in Scripta historica Islandorum.
V. 1833. pp. 282-286.
Upplendinga konungum, Af.
A genealogical tale of the 1 3th cent. , probably abstract of older works ;
found only in the Hauksb6k-MSS.
In Langebek's Scriptores rerum Danicarum. II. 1773. fol. pp.
266-2'ji,facsim., tbl.
In Fornaldars. II. 1829. pp. 101-106. — II. 1886. pp. 47-51.
In Hauksbok udg. efter de arnamagnseanske handskrifter No.
371, 544 og 675, 4° samt forskellige papirshandskrifter [ved
Finnur Jonsson og Eirikur Jonsson]. Kobenhavn 1892-96.
pp. Ixxxviii, 456-457.
Danish. — In Rafn's Nord. Ksempe-Hist. I. C. 1822. pp. 133-
137. — Nord. Fort. Sag. I. 1829. pp. 97-100.
Latin. — J6n Olafsson's version with the edition of 1773.
Swedish. — In Kroningssvard's Nord. Sago-Bibl. 1834. II. pp.
61-77.
Vals l)^ttr. See Hdlfdanar saga Eysteinssonar.
Velents saga.
Forms a part of the I>i9reks saga (q.v.) representing the North German
version of this tale. The Norse form is to be found in the V61undarkvi9a
of the Ssemundar Edda.
Danish. — Velents saga. Oversat af det Islandske ved A.
Oehlenschlaeger. In Det skandinaviske Litteraturselskabs
Skrifter. V. 1809. pp. 355-403. — Also sep. repr. Kiobenhavn
1810. 8". pp. 51.
Paraphrase (Velent Smed og bans Son Vidga) by Oehenschlager, in his
Nord. Oldsagn. 1840. pp. 204-229 ; 1853. pp. 151-168.
Boer, R. C. VolundarkviQa. In Arkiv f. nord. Filol. XXIII. 1907. pp.
I 13-142.
Brate, Erik. Die Name Wielant. In Zeitschr. f. deutsche Wortforschung.
X. 1908. pp. 173-181. {^cf. W. van Helten : Noch einmal zum Namen
Wielant. Ibid. XII. 1910. pp. 131-133).
Bugge, Sophus. The Norse lay of Way land ( " VolundarkviSa " ) and its
relation to English tradition. In Saga-Book of the Viking Club. II.
1901. pp. 271-312, \ pi.
44
ISLANDICA
Det oldnordiske Kvad om Volund ( V61undarkvi9a) og dets Forhold
til engelske Sagn. In Arkiv f. nord. Filol. XXVI. 1910. pp. 33-77.
Depping, G. B. aud Michel, F. Veland le forgeron. Dissertation sur una
tradition du moyen age, avec les textes islandais, anglo-saxons, anglais,
allemands et fran5ais-romans qui la concernent. Paris 1833. 8". pp. viii +
97 -|- {1).— English ed.: Wayland Smith. A dissertation on a tradition
of the middle ages. With additions by S. W. Singer, And the amplified
legend by Oehlenschlager. London 1847. 8°. pp. (8) + xci +(4)4- 64.
Detter, Ferd. Zur Volundarkvida. In Arkiv f. nord. Filol. III. 1886.
pp. 309-319-
Forster, Max. "Stummer Handel" und Wielandsage. In Archiv f. das
Stud. d. neuer. Spr. u. Lit. CXIX. 1907. pp. 303-308.
Golther, W. Die Wielandsage und die Wanderung der f rankischen Helden-
sage. In Germania. XXXIII. 1888 pp. 449-480.
Reviews: Dania. I. 1890-92. pp. 293-294, by A. Olrik ;— Nord. tidskr.
(Letterstedtska). 1889. pp. 304-311, by R. Steffen.
Klockhoff, Oscar, De nordiska framstallningarna af Tellsagan. i. Sagan
om Egil bagskytten, Velents broder. In Arkiv f. nord. Filol. XII.
1896. pp. 171-177-
Krause, Ernst iC. Sterne). Wieland der Schmied. Eine germanische
Ursage aus Pfahlbauzeiten. In Der Sonntagsbeilag zu " Vossische
Zeitung" 1892. (25).
Maurus, P. Die Wielandsage in der Literatur. Erlangen & Leipzig 1902
(Miinchener Beitr. zur rom. u, engl, Philol, hrsgg, v, H. Breymann u
J. Schick. XXV. ) 8". pp. xxv + 226,
Meyer, Karl. Die Wielandssage. In Germania. XIV. 1868, pp. 283-300
Niedner, Felix. V61undarkvil)a, In Zschr, f, deut, Altert, XXXIII, 1889
pp, 24-46. {Cf. also his Zut Liederedda. Berlin 1896. 4". pp. 17-25).
Schiick, Henrik. Volundsagan. In Arkiv. f. nord. Filol. IX. 1893. pp
103-117.
Szczspauski, G. v. Wieland der Schmied. In Am Urquell. I. 1890. pp,
149-151, i62f., 177-179. 200-203.
Veckenstedt, Edm. Wieland der Schmied und die Feuersagen der Arier,
In Zschr. f. Volksk. I. 1889. pp. 263-270, 289-309, 329-344, 371-381.
Wis^n, Th. Hjeltesangerne i Samunds Edda forklarade. Lund 1866. pp
9-46.
Vikars saga. See Gautreks saga.
Vikars t>dttr. See Halfs saga ok Hdlfsrekka.
Vilkina saga. See PiSreks saga af Bern.
Volsunga saga.
MSS.: Ny kgl. Saml. 1824B, 4" (c. 1400); AM. 6-7, fol. (17th cent, on
paper) etc. Was written in the second half of the 13th cent., and based
on a lost saga of SigurQr Fdfnisbani and the heroic poems of the
Saemundar Edda ; it was written as an introductory saga to the Ragnars
saga lo5br6kar (q.v. ), together with which it is found in the MSS.
The rimur are probably from the first half of the 15th cent.
MYTHICAL -HEROIC SAGAS 45
In Bjorner's Nord. Kampadat. 1737. XI. pp. 115.
In Hagen's Altnord. Sagen u. lyieder. 1814. pp. 17-118.
In Fornaldars. I. 1829. pp. 1(3-234.
In Bugge's Norr. Skrifter. 1865. pp. 81-199.
Volsunga saga. Valdimar Asmundarson hefir bui9 undir prentun.
Texta-utgdfa. Reykjavik 1884. (Fornaldarsogur NorQrlanda.
I. 2). 8°. pp. 95. — New ed. I. 1891. pp. 85-173.
Reprint of Bugge's text.
Die prosaische Edda im Auszuge nebst Volsunga-saga und Norna-
gests-thdttr, Mit ausfuhrlichem Glossar herausgegeben von
Ernst Wilken. Theil I : Text. Theil II : Glossar. Paderborn
1877-83. (Bibliothek der altesten deutschen Litteratur-
Denkmaler. XI. -XII. Bd.) 2 vols. 8°. pp. cviii + 264, vi +
230.
Volsunga saga, pp. vi-lxxxv, 147-234. Reviews: Zeitschr. f. deut.
Philol. XII. 1881. pp. 83-113, 368, by B. Symons ;— Anz. f. deut.
Altert. X. 1884. pp. 350-356, by E. Mogk ;— Deut. Lit.-zeit. IV. 1883.
coll. 1224-25, by H. Gering ; — Nordisk revy. 1883. no. 4, by R. Arpi; —
Germania. XXIV. 1879. pp. 352-363, by A. Edzardi ;— Lit. Cbl. XXIX.
1878. coll. 1448-50, by A. Edzardi ; XXXIV. 1883. coll. 1642-43, by E.
Mogk ; — Literaturbl. f. germ. u. rom. Philol. V. 1884. coll. 172-174, by
B. Symons.
Die Volsungasaga. Nach Bugges Text mit Einleitung und
Glossar herausgegeben von Wilhelm Ranisch. Berlin 1891. 8°.
pp. xviii + 216. — 2. unveranderte Auflage. Berlin 1908. 8°.
pp. xviii + 216 -f (2).
Reviews: Anz. f. deut. Altert. XVIII. 1892 pp. 219-241, by F.
Niedner ;— Zeitschr. f. deut. Philol. XXV. 1893. pp. 394-399, by B.
Symons ; — Arkiv f. nord. Filol. VIII. 1892. pp. 93-96, by G. Ceder-
schiold ; — Literaturbl. f. germ, u rom. Philol. XII. 1891. coll. 264-
265, by W. Golther ;— Lit. Cbl. XLIII. 1892. coll. 59-60, by E. Mogk ;—
Deut. Lit.-zeit. XII. 1891. col. 1533, by E. Kolbing ;— Revue de I'in-
struction publique en Belgique. XXXV. 1893, by A. Bley.
Volsunga saga ok Ragnars saga loQbrokar udgivet for Samfund
til udgivelse af gammel nordisk litteratur ved Magnus Olsen.
Kobenhavn 1906-08. 8°. pp. (4) + cii + (2) -h 231.
The text of Ny kgl. saml. 1824B, 4". Volsunga saga, pp. i-iio.
Volsungsrimur (Rimur af Volsungi hinum 6borna. AM. 604G,
4°). In Edda Ssemundar hrsgg. von Theodor Mobius. Leipzig
i860, pp. 240-254. — In Fernir fornislenskir rimnaflokkar, er
Finnur j6nsson gaf ut. Kaupmannahofn 1896. pp. 43-59 ;
46 ISLANDICA
repr. in Rimnasafn udg. ved Finnur j6nsson. 4. haefte.
Kobenhavn 1909. pp. 310-350.
Danish. — Volsunga-Saga eller Historien cm Sigurd Fafnersbane,
efter islandske Haandskrifter fordansket, med oplysende An-
mserkninger ved Carl Christian Rafn. Kjobenhavn 1822.
(Nordiske Kaempe-Historier. I. 2). 8^ pp. x -f 166. — Repr.
in Nord. Fort. Sag. I. 1829. pp. 106-217.
Review : Dansk Litteratur-Tid. 1822, pp. 753-756.
In Horn's Nord. Heltesagaer. 1876. pp. 1-9 1.
Sagaen om Volsungerne oversat efter det Islandske af V. Ullman.
Kjobenhavn 1873. 8°. pp. (4) + 107.
Volsungernes saga. Oversat fra Oldnorsk af P. Ulleland. Fager-
strand pr. Hovik [1887]. (Bibliothek for de tusen hjem. No.
49-51)- 8". pp. 112. — New ed. Kristiania 1903. 8^ pp. 112.
Paraphrase : Oehlenschlagers Nord. Oldsagn. 1840. pp. 166-203 I 1853. pp.
123-150.
BNGiyiSH. — Volsunga saga. The story of the Volsungs and
Niblungs with certain songs from the Elder Edda. Translated
from the Icelandic by Eirikr Magntisson and William Morris.
I^ondon 1870. 8°. pp. xx + 275. — New ed. Ed. with intro-
duction and notes by H. Halliday Sparling. London 1888.
(Camelot Series, ed. by Ernest Rhys). 8°. pp. Hi + 276. —
New ed. Supplemented with legends of the Wagner trilogy by
Jessie ly. Weston. Rasmus B. Anderson, editor in chief, J.
W. Buel, managing editor. Publ. by the Norroena Society,
London, Stockholm, New York, etc. 1906. 8°. pp. (4) + vi +
340, a,pls. (^<?<?pp. 1-158, I />/.).
Review: The Academy. Aug. 13, 1870. pp. 278-279, by G. A. Simcox
(with assistance of GuSbr. Vigfiisson); — The Athenaeum. I. 1870. pp.
763-764.
Paraphrase in G. W. Cox and E. H. Jones's Tales of the Teutonic Ivands.
London 1872. pp. 31-78.
Sagas from Norse antiquity. Re-told from Old-Norse by Jno. B. Miller.
Volsunga saga. In Scandinavia. Vol. I. Chicago 1884. 4'. pp. 308-
316.
French. — Histoire legendaire des Francs et des Burgondes aux
Iir et IV' siecles par E. Beauvois. Paris 1867. 8^ pp. viii -f
547-
La saga des Voelsungs et des Niflungs, pp. 3-108, 241-267. — Reviews :
Lit. Cbl. XVIIL 1867. coll. 1238-40 ;— Revue critique. III. i. 1868. pp.
18-23, by Karl Bartsch.
MYTHICAL - HEROIC SAGAS 47
German.— Volsunga-Saga oder Sigurd der Fafnirstodter und die
Niflungen. Uebersetzt von Friedrich Heinrich von der Hagen.
Breslau 1815. (Nord. Heldenrom. IV.) 8°. pp. (6) -f- xxvi 4-
216. — 2. Auflage. VoUig umgearbeitet von A. Edzardi. 1880.
pp. 3-220.
Extracts from v. d. Hagen's version in WoUheim da Fonseca's Die
National-Ivit. der Skandinavier. I. 1875. pp. 180-194.
Die Sage von den Wolsungen und Niflungen in der Edda und
Wolsunga-saga von August Raszmann. Hannover 1857. (^^^
deutsche Heldensage und ihre Heimat. I. Bd.) 8°. pp. xxx -|-
423. — 2. Ausgabe {Title-ed.). Hannover 1863.
Die Saga von den Volsungen und Nibelungen. Aus der altnor-
dischen Volsunga-Saga frei iibertragen von Anton Edzardi.
Stuttgart 1881. 8". pp. xvi + 123.
Reviews: IM. Cbl. XXXII. 1881. coll. 1 145-47, by B. Symons ;—
Magaz. f. die Ivit. des In- u. Ausl. 188 1, by J. C. Poestion ;— Deut. Lit.
zeit. II. 1881. col. 440, by O. Brenner.
In Kiichler's Nord. Heldensag. 1892. pp. 129-259.
Die Sage von den Wolsungen und Niflungen. Der Jugend erzahlt von E.
Falch. Leipzig 1904. 8*^. pp. 40.
Das Nibelungenlied im Auszuge nach dem Urtext mil den entsprechenden
Abschnitten der Wolsungensage erlautert und mit den notigen Hilfs-
mitteln versehen von G. Botticher und K. Hinzel. Halle a. S. 1892
(Denkmaler der alteren deutschen Litteratur. I. 3). 8^ pp. viii + 115
{see■g^^. 6-28). — 12. Aufl. 1911. 8*^. pp. viii + i79-
Latin. — In Bjorner's Nord. Kampadat. 1737.
Norwegian. — Soga um Volsungarne. Gamalnorsk grunntext
og nynorsk umsetjing ved T. Hanaas. Oslo 1907. (Gamal-
norske bokverk utg. af det norske Samlaget. I.) 8". pp. 181.
Swedish. — In Bjorner's Nord. Kampadat. 1737.
Historia Volsungorum svetice reddita, cujus partem I-III sub-
jiciunt Adolphus Ivarus Arvidsson et A. A. Laurell (S. J.
Backman) (Job. von Becker). Abose 1820-21. 8°. pp. (6) -j-
xix 4- 32 + viii.
Contents: proemium, pp. i-xix ; text (chap. 1-20), pp. 1-32; Adno-
tanda, pp. i-viii. No more publ. Abo inaug.-diss.
Volsungarne. Forn-nordisk hjeltesaga. Julklapp tilegnad Hist-
oriens Unga Vanner af C. G. K [roningssvard] . Stockholm
1842. 12". pp. vii + 93.
A paraphrase.
In [Backman' s] Nord. Kampadat. 1858. pp. 1-45.
48 ISLANDICA
Paraphrases : Ekermann's Fran Nord. Fornt. 1895. pp. 1-33, illustr. —
Hedda Andersson's Nord. sagor berattade for barn. 2. saml. 1896. pp.
1-28, 2 pis.
The Faroish ballads about the Volsungs : Fseroiske Qvseder om Sigurd
Fofnersbane og bans ^t. Med et Anhang. Samlede og oversatte af
Hans Christian Lyngby. Med en Indledning af P. E. Miiller. Randers
1822. 8°. pp. xxii+ (2) 4- 592, tbl. {Rev.: Dansk Litteratur-Tid.
1824. No. 50. pp. 785-800, by Chr. Molbech ;— Svensk Litteraturtidn.
1824. Nos. 7-9, by G. W. Gumaelius ;— Gott. gel. Anz. 1824. pp. 1417-
28, by W. Grimm,. repr. in Kleinere Schriften. II. 1882. pp. 338-347).
Sj6r5ar kvsedi, samlede og besorgede ved V. U. Hammershaimb udgivne
af det nordiske Literatur-Samfund. Kobenhavn 1851. (Faeroiske
Kvseder. I.) 8". pp. iv -f (2) -\- 242.
Sjlardar kvseSi. Die faroischen Lieder von Sigurd. Zum erstenmal mit
Einleitungen, Anmerkungen und ausfiihrlichem Glossar hrsgg. von
Max Vogler. I. Regin smiQur. Paderborn 1877. 8°. pp. vi-f-(2)4"
106 4- (2). {Rev.: Anz. f. deut. Altert. IV. 1878. pp. 113-125, by K.
Miillenhoff ; — Germania. XXII. 1877. pp. 440-446, by B. Symons ; —
Lit. Cbl. XXVIII. 1877. coll. 1447-48, by A. Edzardi).
Altislandische Volks-Balladen und Heldenlieder der Faringer, iibersetzt
von P. J. Willatzen. Bremen 1865. pp. 237-354. — 2. Aufi Bremen 1897.
pp. 85-178.
For other Scandinavian ballads, cf. S. Grundtvig's Danmarks gamle
Folkeviser. I. 1853. pp. 7-55 ; IV. 1875. PP- 586-595 ;— M. B. Land-
stad's Norske Folkeviser. I. 1853. pp. 111-138.
Abeling, Theodor. Das Nibelungenlied und seine Literatur. Eine Bibli-
ographie und vier Abhandlungen. Leipzig 1907. (Teutonia. 7.) 8°. pp.
vi -f- (2) + 257. — Supplement. 1909. 8^ pp. xx -f 76. {Reviews: Zschr.
d. Vereins f. Volksk. XVIII. 1908. pp. 117-118; XX. 1910. pp. 337-
338, by Herm. Michel ; — Literaturbl. f. germ. u. rom. Philol. XXIX.
1910. coll. 90-92, by W. Braune).
Becker, John. Die Atli-lieder der Edda. Halle a. S. 1907. 8". pp. (4) -f
93 + (2). (Inaug.-diss.)
Berger, Wilhelm. Die altnordische Attilasage. Fragment einer doctor-
dissertation. Klausenburg 1886. 8'*. pp. 40.
Boer, R. C. Uber die quellen von c. 26-29 der VcUsunga saga. In Zeitschr.
f. deut. Philol. XXXV. 1903. pp. 464-483.
Untersuchung iiber den ursprung und die entwicklung der Nibel-
ungensage. I. -III. band. Halle a. S. 1906-09. 3 vols. 8". pp. x4- (2) +
280; vi+ (2) + 224; (8) -f 191.
Vol. i., pp. 1-187 were first printed in the Zeitschr. f. deut. Philol.
XXXVII. 1905. pp. 289-348, 438-505; XXXVIII. 1906. pp. 39-109.
Contents: vol.i.: i. Abteil. Abhandlungen, pp. 1-197 (Einleitung; —
Hagen u. Sigfrid ; — Die Brynhildsage ; — Die lieder der liicke im Codex
regius ; — Der drachenkampf u. die Nibelunge ; — Die frauennamen der
Nibelungensage ; — Sigfrids abkunft ; — Die sogenannte Sigfridsmar-
chen ; — Schematische iibersicht der entwicklung der Sigfridsage ; —
Die localisierung der Nibelungensage ; — Die |>i5rekssaga u. das Nibe-
lungenlied; — Die heimat der sage); 2. Abteil. Texte, pp. 199-280 (Die
MYTHICAL -HEROIC SAGAS 49
Sigur9arkvi9a yngri nach der Volsungasaga und Brot ; — Niederdeutsche
gedichte in der I>i9rekssaga); vol. it.: 3. Abteil. Das Nibelungenlied,
pp. 1-193 ; 4. Abteil. Nachtrage zu Abteil. I. III. und fortsetzung zu
Abteil II pp. 195-208 ; Grimilds hsevn, pp. 209-224 ; vol. in.: 5. Abteil.
Die entwicklung der Nibelungendichtung in der Edda, pp. 1-175 ; 6.
Abteil. Fortsetzung von Abteil. II. IV. pp. 177-191 (Die Sigur5arkvi9a
meiri nach der Yb\&ungSiS2igdi).— Reviews : Anz. f. deut. Altert. XXXI.
1908. pp. 77-102, by W. Wilmanns; XXXIV. 1910. pp. 135-139, by G.
Neckel ;— Lit. Cbl. LVII. 1906. coll. 792-793; LVIII. 1907. coll. 865-
866; LX. 1909. coll. 330-331, by W. Golther ;— Zeitschr. d. Vereins f-
Volksk. XIX. 1909. pp. 114-116, 333-335. by H. Lohre ;— Literaturbl.
f. germ. u. rom. Philol. XXIX. 1908. coll. 3-5 ; XXX. 1909. coll. 97-
98, by W. Golther ; — by G. Cederschiold in his ' ' Ordlekar och andra
uppsatser", Stockholm 1910. pp. 204-210 (Sigrid Storr^da och Bryn-
hild).
Bugge, Sophus. Helge-Digtene i den seldre Edda, deres Hjem og For-
bindelser. Kjobenhavn 1896. (Studier over de nordiske Gude- og
Heltesagns Oprindelse). 8". pp. (6) + 355 — Engl, ed.: The Home of
the Eddie Poems with especial reference to the Helgi-lays. Revised
edition. With a new introduction concerning Old Norse mythology.
Translated from the Norwegian by William Henry Schofield. London
1899. (Grimm Library. No. 11). 8°. pp. Ixxix + 408.
Reviews: Nord. tidskr. (Letterst.) 1896. p. 425^, by S-x ; — Arkiv f.
nord. Filol. XIV. 1898. pp. 279-287, by H. Schuck ;— Anz. f. deut.
Altert. XXIV. 1898. pp. 136-145 ; XXVII. 1901. pp. 146-149, by F.
Detter ; — Literaturbl. f. germ. u. rom. Philol. XX. 1899. coll. 58-63, by
B. Kahle ; — Revue critique. XLVIII. 1899. pp. 125-127, by L. Pineau ; —
Journal des Savants. 1899. pp. 695-710, by L. Duvau ; — Jahresber. der
germ. Philol. 1896. pp. 198-200, by E. Mogk ;— Lit. Cbl. XLVIII. 1897.
coll. 878-880, by E. Mogk ;— Zschr. d. Vereins f. Volksk. IX. 1899.
pp. 452-455, by O. L. Jiriczek ;— Folklore. X. 1899. pp. 450-456, by F.
Y. Powell ; — Journal of American Folklore. XII. 1899. pp. 301-303, by
F. N. Robinson ; — Engl. Hist. Review. XIV. 1899. pp. 233-234, by W.
A. Craigie ; — M^lusine. IX. 1899. coll. 233-234, by H. Gaidoz.
Erpr og Eitill. Et lidet Bidrag til den nordiske Heltedigt-
nings Historie. Videnskabsselsk. Skr. II. Hist.-filos. Kl. 1898. No. 5.
Kristiania 1898. 8°. pp. 12.
Bidrag til den germanske Heltedigtnings Historie. I. Begyndelsen
af Volsunga saga. In Arkiv. f. nord. Filol. XVII. 1901. pp. 41-53.
Die heimat der altnordischen lieder von den Welsungen und den
Nibelungen. In Beitrage zur Gesch. d. deut. Spr. u. Lit. XXII. 1897.
pp. 115-134 ; XXXV. 1909. pp. 240-271, 465-493-
Cramer, W. Kriemhild. Eine sagengeschichtliche Untersuchung. i. Teil.
Kriemhild-Gudrun nach den Quellen zur Heldensage, mit Ausschluss
des Nibelungenliedes. Colmar 1897. 4°. pp. 44. {School-program).
Fritzner, Johan. Bevise Navnene i de nordiske Volsungasagn, at disse ere
laante fra Tydskerne. In (Norsk) Hist. Tidsskr. I. 1871. pp. 179-186.
50
ISLANDICA
Gildersleeve, Virginia C. Brynhild in legend and literature. In Modern
Philology. VI. 1909. pp. 343-374.
Golther, Wolfgang. Studien zur germanischen Sagengeschichte. I. Der
Valkyrjenmythus. II. tJber das Verbal tniss der nordischen und
deutschen Form der Nibelungensaga. (Abhandl. der kgl. bayer. Akad.
der Wiss. 2 Abth. B. XVIII). Miinchen 1889. 4". pp. 106.
Reviews : Deut. Lit. zeit. XI. 1890. coll. 226-229, by R. Henning ;
reply by Golther, ibid. coll. 333-334 ;—Literaturbl. f. germ. u. rom.
Philol. XI. 1890. coll. 213-218, by B. Symons ;— Ivit. Cbl. XL. 1889.
coll. 763-764, by A. Schullerus ;— Nord. tidskr. (Letterst.) 1889. pp.
291-31 1, by R. Steffen ; — Dania. I. 1890-92. pp. 290-297, by A. Olrik ; —
Cf. Beil. zur Allgem. Zeit. 1890. No. 60. pp. 1-3 (Golther : Die
Bntstehung der Nibelungen-Sage).
Die nordischen Volkslieder von Sigurd. In Zeitschr. f . vergleich.
Litteraturgesch. N. F. II. 1889. pp. 205-212, 269-297.
Ueber die Sage von Siegfried und den Nibelungen. Ibid. N. F.
XII. 1898. pp. 186-208, 289-316.
Grimm, Jacob. J6nakr und seine sohne. In Zeitschr. f. deut. Altert. III.
1843. PP- 151-158.
Grimm, Wilhelm. Bntstehung der altdeutschen Poesie und ihr Verhaltniss
zu der nordischen. In Studien, hrsgg. v. C. Daub u. F. Creuzer. IV.
Heidelberg 1808. pp. 75-121, 216-288. — Repr. in his Kleinere Schriften.
I. 1881. pp. 93-170.
Heinzel, Richard. Ueber die Nibelungensage. In Sitzungsber. der philos.-
hist. CI. der kaiserl. Akademie der Wissensch. zu Wien. CIX. 1885.
pp. 671-718. — Also Sep. repr. Wien 1885. 8°. pp. 50.
Reviews: Deut. Lit. -zeit. VII. 1886. coll. 669-670, by A. F. Schon-
bach;— Lit. Cbl. XXXVII. 1886. coll. 449-454, by B. Symons ;— Anz.
f. deut. Altert. XIII. 1887. pp. 138-146, by S. Singer ;— Zeitschr. f. das
Realschulwesen. III. 3, by S. Singer.
Heusler, Andreas. Die Lieder der Liicke im Codex Regius der Edda. In
Germanistische Abhandlungen Herm. Paul dargebracht. 1902. pp. i-
98. — Also sep. repr. Strassburg 1902. 8°. pp. 98.
Reviews: Journ. of Engl, and Germ. Philol. V. 1903-05. pp. 209-213,
by Finnur J6nsson ; — Deut. Lit. -zeit. XXIII. 1902. coll. 1894-95, by R.
M. Meyer.
Hungerland, Heinz. Zeugnisse der Volsungen- u. Niflungensage aus der
skaldendichtung (8-16 jahrh.) In Arkiv f. nord. Filol. XX. 1904.
pp. 1-43, 105-142. — The first pari also sep. repr. as inaug.-diss. (Kiel).
Lund 1903. 8». pp. (4) + 43 + (4)-
Jaeger, Franz. Ueber einige wesentliche Unterschiede zwischen dem
Nibelungen-Liede und den Liedern der Edda. In XXV. Programm
des k. k. Staats-Gymnasium zu Klagenfurt. 1875. pp. 13-33.
Jiriczek, O. L. Der Vergessenheitstrank in der Nibelungensage. In
Zeitschr. f. vergleich. Litteraturgesch. N. F. VII. 1894. pp. 49-59.
Kauffmann, Friedrich. Zur geschichte der Sigfridsage. In Zeitschr. f.
deut. Philol. XXXI. 1898. pp. 5-23.
MYTHICAL -HEROIC SAGAS 51
Kermode, P. M. C. Saga illustrations of early Manx monuments. In Saga-
Book of the Viking Club. I. 1897. pp. 350-369, illustr.
Koch, Ernst. Ueber die Sage von den Nibelungen. In Jahresbericht iiber
die konigl. Landesschule zu Grimma. 1868. 4°. pp. 3-35. — The same :
Die Nibelungensage nach ihren altesten Ueberliefungen erzahlt und
kritisch untersucht. 2. Auflage. Grimma 1872. 8^ pp. (2) -|- 78.
Landmann, Karl. Die nordische Gestalt der Nibelungensage und die
neueren Nibelungendichtung. Program des Realgymnasium zu Darm-
stadt 1887. 4*^. pp. 54. {Review : Archiv f. das Studium d. neueren
Spr. u. Litt. IvXXX. 1888. pp. 464-465).
Mayer, Chr. Aug. Briinhilde. Bine Untersuchung zur deutschen Helden-
sage. In Zeitschr. f. vergleich. Litteraturgesch. N. F. XVI. 1906. 8".
pp. 119-171. (Die nordische Uberlieferung, pp. 125-159 ; — Die nieder-
deutsche Uberlieferung, pp. 160-164).
Mogk, Eugen. Die alteste Wanderung der deutschen Heldensage nach dem
Norden. In Forschungen zur deutschen Philologie. Festgabe fiir R.
Hildebrand. Leipzig 1894. pp. i-io.
Reviews: Literaturbl. f. germ. u. rom.. Philol. XVI. 1895. col. 73, by
W. Golther ;— Zeitschr. f. deut. Philol. XXVII. 1895. p. 404, by L.
Frankel.
Die germanische Heldendichtung mit besonderer Riicksicht auf die
Sage von Siegfried und Brunhild. In Neue Jahrbiicher fiir das klass.
Altert., Gesch. u. deut. Litt. I. 1898. 8^ pp. 68-80.
Miillenhoff, Karl. Zur geschichte der Nibelungensage. In Zeitschr. f.
deut. Altert. X. 1856. pp. 146-181.
Die alte dichtung von den Nibelungen. i. Von Sigfrids ahnen. Ibid.
XXIII. 1879. pp. 113-173. {Review: Literaturbl. f. germ. u. rom.
Philol. I. 1880. coll. 49-53, by B. Symons).
Deutsche altertumskunde. V. band. 2. abteil. Berlin 1891. pp. 359-
400. (Die eddischen Nibelungenlieder).
Reviews : Zschr. f . die osterreich. Gymnasien. XLII. 1892. pp. 44-55,
by R. Heinzel, repr. in his Kleine Schriften. 1907. pp. 398-314 ; —
Literaturbl. f. germ. u. rom. Philol. XII. 1891. coll. 393-395, by W.
Golther; — Anz. f. deut. Altert. XVIII. 1892. pp. 221-241, by F. Nied-
ner;— Deut. Lit.-zeit. XIII. 1892. coll. 946-948, by A. Heusler ; —
Indogerm. Forsch. I. Anz. 1892. pp. 140-145, by F. Kauffmann.
Miiller, Wilhelm. Versuch einer mythologischen erklarung der Nibelungen-
sage. Berlin 1841. 8**. pp. vi -f- 148.
Neckel, Gustav. Zur Volsunga saga und die Eddaliedern der liicke. In
Zeitschr. f. deut. Philol. XXXVII. 1905. pp. 19-29.
Zu den Eddaliedern der liicke. Ibid. XXXIX. 1907. pp. 293-330 ;
XL. 1908. pp. 219-220, 372-373.
Aus der nordischen Nibelungendichtung. In Germ. -rom. Monats-
schrift. I. 1909. pp. 349-356.
Nicolaysen, Nicolay. Norske Bygninger fra Fortiden. 10. Heft. Christiania
1879. fol.
Contains plates showing ancient carvings in Norwegian churches repre-
senting episodes of the Volsunga saga.
52
ISLANDICA
Nover, Jakob. Ursprung und alteste Gestalt der Nibelungen-Sage. Mainz
1880. 8". pp. 34.
Pag^, Emil. Uber zwei prosaische Darstellungen der Nibelungensage in
der nordischen Litteratur. Chemnitz 188 1. 4". pp.22. {School-program).
Patzig, Hermann. Zur Geschichte des Sigfridsmythus. Berlin 1898. 4". pp.
31. (Programm der Friedrichs-Gymnasium).
Review : Deut. Lit. zeit. XX. 1899. coll. 221-223, by E. Mogk.
Pestalozzi, Rudolf. Siegmunds schwert. In Zeitschr. f. deut. Altert. LH.
1910. pp. 259-269.
Pineau, Leon. Les vieux chants populaires scandinaves. II. ::fepoque
barbare. Paris 1901. pp. 183-329 (Le cycle de Sigurdr).
Polak, L^on. Untersuchungen iiber die Sigfridsagen. Inaugural-Disser-
tation. Berlin 19 10. 8°. pp. 146 + (2).
Review :lMi^r2XVir\i\. f. germ. u. rom. Philol. XXXII. 191 1. coll. 395-
397, by W. Golther.
Raszmann, August. Wodan und die Nibelunge. In Germania. XXVI.
1881. pp. 279-316, 376-379-
Reden, Franz v. Versuch einer kritischen Entwicklung der Geschichte des
hornenen Siegfrieds, oder Sigurds des Schlangentodters, und der
Bestimmung der Epoche seines thatenreichen Lebens und schmahlichen
Todes, und des Unterganges der Giukungen. Karlsruhe u. Baden 1818.
8". pp. ix + 156 + (2), I tbl.
Rieger, Max. Die Nibelungensage. In Germania. III. 1858. pp. 163-198.
Roediger, Max. Die Sage von Ermenrich und Schwanhild. In Zeitschr.
d. Vereins f. Volksk. I. 1891. pp. 241-250.
Rost, Olaf. Sigurd Faavnersbane. Folkelsesning. Odense 1876. 8''. pp. 96.
Sander, [Nils] Fredrik. Hvem Sigurd Faf nersbane ? Ett bidrag till fragans
besvarande hemtadt fran runskriften a Rokstenen i Ostergotland.
Stockholm 1883. 80. pp. iv -f- 248, \ph.
Sarrazin, G. Der Ursprung der Siegfried-Sage. In Zeitschr. f. vergleich.
Litteraturgesch. N. F. XI. 1897. pp. 1 13-124.
Save, Carl. Sigurd-ristningarna a Ramsunds-berget och Gok-stenen
beskrifna. In Kgl. vitterh., hist. o. antiqv. akademiens handlingar.
XXVI. Stockholm 1869. pp. 321-364, 2 pis. — German version: Zur
Nibelungensage. Siegfriedbilder beschrieben und erklart. tJbersetzt
und mit Nachtragen versehen von J. Mestorf. Hamburg 1870. 8°. pp.
88, ^pls.
Schierenberg, G. A. B. Die Gnitaheide. Wo liegt es ? und welches sind die
Dorfer Horus und Kiliandr? In Zeitschr. f. vaterland. Gesch. u.
Altertumskunde. XLVI. 1889. pp. 123-131.
Schofield, W. H. Signy's lament. In Publications of the Mod. Lang.
Association of America. XVII. 1902. pp. 262-295 (cf.W. W. Lawrence's
article, pp. 247-261).
Schiick, Henrik. Sigurdsristningar. In Nord. tidskr. (Letterstedtska).
1903. pp. 193-225. — Repr. in his Studier i nordisk litteratur- och reli-
gionshistoria. I. Stockholm 1904. pp. 172-214.
MYTHICAL - HEROIC SAGAS
53
Schiitt, J. K. G. Die nordische Sage von den Volsungen und Giukungen.
Husum 1845. 4°. pp. 32. {School-program^.
Schiitte, Gudmund. En historisk Parallel til Nibelung-Sagnet. In Arkiv
f. nord. Filol. XXIV. 1908. pp. 1-41. (i. Sigismund, Svaberkongen,
Sigmund.— 2. Sigeberht, Sigvard, Sigfred).
Steiger, Karl. Die verschiedenen Gestaltungen der Siegfriedsage in der
germanischen Literatur. Uebersicht ihrer Entwicklung und ihres
Verhaltnisses zu einander. Hersfeld 1873. 8°. pp. 123 + (2).
Stephens, George. Volsunga-sagan paa en Runsten. In Illustreret Tidende.
13. Mai 1877. fol. pp. 327-328. — Swedish version in Upplands Fornmin-
nesfor. tidskr. II. 1877-90. pp. xxxvi-xxxviii, illustr.
Strieker, Bugen. Floovant und Nibelungensage. In Zeitschr. f. deut.
Philol. XLI. 1909. pp. 31-58.
Symons, Barend. Untersuchungen iiber die sogenannte Volsunga saga.
In Beitrage zur Gesch. der deut. Spr. u. Lit. III. 1876. pp. 199-303. —
Also sep. repr. as Leipzig inaug.-diss. Halle 1876. 8°. pp. (2) + 55 -|-
{1), being chap. I-II. (pp. 199-253 ?» Beitr.).
Zur Helgisage. In Beitrage zur Gesch. d. deut. Spr. u. Lit. IV.
1877. pp. 166-203 ; V. 1878. p. 192.
Sigfrid und Brunhild. Kin beitrag zur geschichte der Nibelungen-
sage. I. Die nordische iiberlieferung. In Zeitschr. f. deut. Philol.
XXIV. 1892. pp. 1-32.
Review: Dania. I. 1890-92. pp. 298-299, by A. Olrik.
For other commentaries, cf. I>i3reks saga.
Ynglinga saga. For bibliography^ see Islandica. III. pp. 68-70.
Yngvars saga vi9forla.
MSS. : AM. 343A, 4^* (15th cent. ) and paper-MSS. A tale written in the
14th cent, about a Swedish chieftain, known from Runic inscriptions.
Sagan om Ingwar Widtfarne och bans Son Swen, fran gamla
Islandskan ofwersatt, och Undersokning om ware Runstenars
Alder, i Anledning af samma Saga, samt Foretal om Sagans
Trowardighet ; hwaruti de forr hos osz utgifna Sagors Warde
tillika stadfastes. Altsammans, til Nordiska Historiens och
Sprakets Forbattring, utgifwet af Nils Reinhold Brocman.
Stockholm 1762. 4°. pp. (2) + xliv + 280 + (6).
The text of the saga with Swedish version fills pp. 1-48.
In Antiquites Russes. II. 1852. fol. pp. 141-169.
Ingvars saga vi5forla. Reykjavik 1886. (^vintyra-sogur. I.
bindi. i. hefti). 8°. pp. 42.
Repr. of the text of "Antiquites Russes."
Latin. — In Antiquites Russes. 1852.
Swedish. — In the edition of i'] 62.
54
ISLANDICA
Braun, Fedor. Hvem var Yngvarr enn vi9f6rli ? Ett bidrag till Sveriges
historia under XI ^rhundradets forsta halft. In Fomvannen. V.
Stockholm 1810. pp. 99-118.
Friesen, Otto von. Hvem var Yngvarr enn viSforli. Ibid. V. 1910. pp.
199-209.
I>i5reks saga af Bern, or Vilkina saga.
MSS.: Cod. Holm. perg. 4 fol. (isthcent., second half); AM. 177, 178
fol. (both from the 17th cent., copies of vellum-codices). This saga,
a compilation and translation of Low German traditions, legends and
lays, was written in Norway in the 12th and the 13th cent., getting its
present form about the middle of the 13th cent. The writer was accord-
ing to some critics (P. E. Miiller, Raszmann, Finnur j6nsson) an
Icelander, while others think he was a Norwegian. The saga contains
many more or less independent tales such as those about Velent and
Vidga (Velents saga; q.v.), Herburt (Herburts pdttr), the Niblungs
(Niflungasaga), Walter, Iron and Apollonius, etc.
Wilkina saga, eller Historien om Konung Thiderich af Bern och
hans Kampar ; samt Niflunga Sagan ; innehallandes nagra
Gothiska Konungars och Hieltars forna Bedrifter i Ryssland,
Polen, Ungern, Italien, Burgundien och Spanien, &c. Sive
Historia Wilkinensium, Theoderici Veronensis, ac Niflungo-
rum ; continens regum 2X(\ve heroum quorundam Gothicorum
res gestas, per Russiam, Poloniam, Hungarian!, Italiam, Bur-
gundiam, atque Hispaniam, &c. Ex MSS. codicibus lingvse
veteris Scandicse, in hodiernam Svecicam atque lyatinam
translata, opera Johannis Peringskiold. Stockholmis A. Dn.
M. DCC. XV. fol. pp. (14) + 522 + (42).
Contents: editor's preface, pp. (3)-(6) ; Formale, (7)- (14) ; text (Ice-
landic with Swedish and Latin versions), pp. 1-522 ; Nogre slachtlinier,
tbls. i-viii, pp. (i)-(24); Register, pp. (25)-(42). The text was pre-
pared by Gu9m. Olafsson, and is based on Cod. Holm. 4 fol. and chart.
100 fol. and in places retranslated from the Didrikskronike. The Swedish
version of the Vilkina saga is by Joh. Burseus, Joh. Axelhielm and Joh.
Hadorph jr., revised by Peringskiold; the Latin version of the whole
work and the Swedish version of the Niflungasaga are by the editor.
(Warmholtz, no. 1352).
Saga Didriks konungs af Bern. Fortselling om Kong Thidrik af
Bern og hans Kaemper, i norsk Bearbeidelse fra det trettende
Aarhundrede efter tydske Kilder. Udgivet af C. R. Unger.
Christiania 1853. 8". pp. xl + 381 + (2), 2facsims.
Text of Cod. Holm. perg. 4 fol. with differing chapters from AM. 177
fol. and variants.
Chap. 356-394 (Grimhildar hefnd), in Th. Mobius's Analecta norraena.
1859. pp. 204-234.— 2. Ausg. 1877. pp. 147-178.
MYTHICAL. HEROIC SAGAS 55
PiQriks saga af Bern udgivet for Samfund til udgivelse af gam-
mel nordisk litteratur ved Henrik Bertelsen. I. -II. Kobenhavn
1905-11. 2 vols. 8°. pp. (4) 4- xcv + 370 ; (4) + 415.
Critical ed. based upon Cod. Holm. perg. 4, fol. with variants of the
other MSS.—i^^z/?>z«/5.- Deut. Ut.-zeit. XXVII. 1906. coll. 1252-53, by
W. Ranisch ; XXX. 1909. coll. 2146-47, by R. C. Boer.
Herburts rimureSa Herburts pdttr [I>idrekss. chap. 231-239]. In Riddara
rimur utg. af Th. Wis^n. Kopenhamn 188 1. pp. xviii-xix, 63-88.
(AM. 604 A, 4°).
Danish. — Saga om Kong Didrik af Bern og bans Ksemper, efter
islandske Haandskrifter fordansket, med oplysende Anmaerk-
ninger af C. C. Rafn. Kjobenbavn 1823. (Nord. Kaempe-
Hist. II.) 8^ pp. (6) 4- iv + 652 + (2).— ^^j/^;-. /;2 Nord.
Fort. Sag. III. 1830. 8". pp. (4) + 516.
Translated from AM. 178 fol.
French. — Histoire legendaire des Francs et des Burgondes aux
III^ et IV^ siecles par E. Beauvois. Paris 1867. 8°. pp. viii +
547-
Sigurd et les Niflungs dans la saga de Thidrik de Bern, pp. 109-198,
267-278. — For reviews, see Volsunga saga.
German. — Wilkina- und Niflunga-Saga oder Dietrich von Bern
und die Nibelungen. Uebersetzt von Friedrich Heinrich von
der Hagen. I. -I II. Bd. Breslau 18 14. (Nord. Heldenrom. I.-
III.) 3 vols. 8". pp. (4) + xii + 592 ; (6) 4- 426 ; (6) + xi +
175. — 2. verbesserte Aufl. I. -II. Bd. Breslau 1855. 2 vols,
8". pp. xxxiv + 351 ; (4) + 504-
Based primarily on the Peringskiold text. — Extracts from this version
in Wollheim da Fonseca's Die National- Litt. der Skandinavier. I. 1875.
pp. 208-287.
Die Sagen von den Wolsungen und Niflungen, den Wilchinen
und Konig Thidrek von Bern in der Thidrekssaga von August
Raszmann. Hannover 1858. (Die deutscben Heldensage u.
ihre Heimat. II.) 8^ pp. xlvi 4- (2) + 704. — 2. Ausgabe.
{Title-ed.). Hannover 1863. 8".
Chapters from the saga trl. by W. Calaminus in Archiv f. das Stud. d.
neueren Spr. u. Lit. XXXIV. 1863. pp. 37-45.
Konig Dietrich von Bern und seine Genossen. Nach der Thidrek-
saga erzablt von Ernst Martin. Halle 1867. 8". pp. xii +
174 + (2).
A paraphrase. Reviews : Blatter f. literar. Unterh. 1868. No. 12 ; —
Magaz. f. die. Lit. des Ausl. 1867. No. 19 ;— AUgem. Lit.-zeit. 1867. No.
19 ;— Zeitschr. f. die osterreich. Gymn. XVIII. 1867. pp. 381-382 ; —
56 ISLANDICA
Zeitschr. f. das Gymnasialwesen. XXI. 1867. pp. 717-718, by W.
Hollenberg. (cf. Germania. XIII. 363).
I/ATIN. — In the edition of 17 15.
Swedish. — Sagan om Didrik af Bern. Bfter svenska handskrifter
utgifven af Gunnar Olof Hylten-Cavallius. Stockholm 1850-
54. (Samlingar utg. af Svenska Fornskrift-Sallskapet. V.
delen). 8^ pp. (6) + xlv + 487.
This version was made c. 1454 from a MS. now lost of the Norwegian
saga ; it is generally known as the Didrikskronika. This ed. is based
on Cod. Skoklost. no. 115, 116, 4°. (i6th cent.) with variants from Cod.
Holm. K45 ( 1 6th cent).
G\umcBliu\s, \^G. W.\ Om en gammal swensk handskrift af Wilkina
Saga. In Iduna. X. haftet. Stockholm 1824. pp. 243-281. (With an
appendix, pp. 282-287, signed at end : H-r. )
Schuck, H. Medeltidsstudier. i . Nar of versattes Didrikskronikan ? /«
vSamlaren. VI. 1885. pp. 60-62.
In the edition of I'ji^.
Konung Thidreks af Bern, och hans Kampars Historia, som af sombliga
kallas Wilkina Saga. At end : Stockholm 1827. 8°. pp. 25. (Transla-
tion of the first 13 chapters of the saga. No more publ. ).
Fabula Theoderici Veronensis svecica. B codice vetusto Bibl. Reg. Holm,
nunc primum edita. {Inaug.-diss., presses B. G. Geijer ; resp. A. Ham-
marskiold). Upsaliae 1833. 4^ pp. (4) + 16 -f- (2). No more publ.
In [Backman's] Nord. Kampadat. 1848. pp. 63-266.
Bertelsen, Henrik. Om Didrik af Berns sagas oprindelige skikkelse, omar-
bejdelseog handskrifter. Kobenhavn 1902. 8". pp. viii + 195. {Inaug.-
diss.).
Reviews: Zeitschr. f. deut. Philol. XXXVII. 1905. pp. 126-143, by R.
C. Boer ;— Arkiv f. nord. Filol. XXI. 1905. pp. 81-86, by B. Mogk ;—
Mod. Lang. Notes. XIX. 1904. pp. 53-54, by C. M. Lotspeich.
Boer, R. C. Uber die handschriften und redactionen der I>i9reks saga. In
Arkiv f. nord. Filol. VII. 189 1. pp. 205-343.
I>i5reks saga und Niflunga saga. In Zeitschr. f . deut. Philol. XXV.
1893. pp. 433-475-
War der verfasser der f>i9reks saga ein gedankenloser kompilator?
In Arkiv f. nord. Filol. XVII. 1901. pp. 339-354. {Cf.^.VeiViVs essay).
Das Hognilied und seine verwandten. Ibid. XX. 1904. pp. 142-184.
Hognis sohn und racher. Ibid. pp. 185-198.
Die urspriingliche darstellung von Hognis tod in der |>i9reks saga.
Ibid. pp. 198-201.
Die dichtungen von dem kampfe im Rosengarten. Ibid. XXIV.
1908. pp. 103-155, 260-291. (Die redactionen des Rosengartens ; — Die
I>i9rekssaga u. der Rosengarten ; — Die skand. volkslieder von Dietrich
und seinen kampen. Ihr verhaltniss zu der deutschen tradition u. zu
der pidrekssaga ; — Das verhaltniss der redactionen des volksliedes zu
MYTHICAL -HEROIC SAGAS
57
einander u. zu der schwed. uebersetz. der I>i9reks saga ; — Andere
bearbeitungen des stoffes).
— Attilas tod in deutschen iiberlieferung und die Hvenische Chronik.
In Beitrage zur Gesch. d. deut. Spr. u. Lit. XXXIV. 1909. pp. 195-
266 {see pp. 207-215).
— Die sagen von Ermanarich und Dietrich von Bern. Halle a. S. 1910.
( Germanistische Handbibliotbek begr. v. J. Zacher. X.) 8''. pp. viii -j-
333-
Reviews: Lit. Cbl. LXI. 1910. coll. 1449-50, by [W.] G[oltlier];—
Deut. Lit.-zeit. XXXI. 1910. coll. 3108-11, by A. Heusler; a reply to
which is Boer's * ' Methodologische bemerkungen iiber die untersuchung
der heldensage. Eine auseinandersetzung mit Andreas Heusler."
Amsterdam 191 1. 8". pp. 28.
— Untersuchungen iiber den ursprung und die entwicklung der Nibel-
ungensage. I. -III. 1906-09.
For contents, reviews, etc., see Volsunga saga.
Busch, Hugo. Die urspriinglichen Lieder vom Ende der Nibelungen. Ein
Beitrag zur Nibelungenfrage. Halle 1882. 8°. pp. 73.
Doring, Bernhard. Die quellen der Niflungasaga in der darstellung der
Thidrekssaga und den von dieser abhangigen fassungen. In Zeitschr.
f. deut. Philol. II. 1870. pp. 1-79, 265-292. — A portion (pp. 1-72) also
sep. repr. as Leipziger inaug.-diss.: tJber die quellen der Niflungasaga
in der altnordischen Thidrekssaga. Halle a. S. 1869. 8". pp. (2) + 72.
Review: Lit. Cbl. XX. 1869. coll. 1330-31.
Dorsch, W. Zur Herbortssage. Halle 1902. {Inaug.-diss.) 8". pp.56.
Edzardi, Anton. Zur I>i5rekssaga. I.-IV. In Germania. XXV. 1880. pp.
47-67, 142-161, 257-272, 384.
Flom, G. T. The noun stems in the Di3rekssaga, MB^., hand II. In The
Journal of English and Germanic Philology. IX. 1910. pp. 27-42.
Golther, Wolfgang. Norddeutsche und siiddeutsche Heldensage und die
altesten Gestalt der Nibelungensage. In Germania. XXXIV. 1889.
pp. 265-297. — Review: Dania. I. 1890-92. pp. 294-297, by A. Olrik.
Grupp, R. Der Wilkinasaga Jarl Iron von Brandinaborg. In IV., V., VI.
Jahresbericht iiber den historischen Verein zu Brandenburg a. H.
Brandenburg [1875]. pp. 35-48.
Heiberg, J. L. Theodorich som den vilde Jaeger. In Dania. IX. 1902. pp.
239-240. ( Cf. Illustr. Deutsche Monatshefte. 1866. no. 22. p. 443, by
W. v. Metzerich).
Heinzel, Richard. Ueber die Walthersage. In Sitzungsber. der philos.-
hist. CI. der kaiserl. Akad. der Wissensch. zu Wien. CXVII. Bd. 2.
1888. 8°. pp. 100.
Ueber die ostgothische Heldensage. Ibid. CXIX. Bd. 3. 1889. pp.
98.
Helm, Karl. Zur kritik der sage von Hertnits kampf mit den Isungen. In
Beitrage zur Gesch. d. deut. Spr. u. Lit. XXXII. 1907. pp. 113-119.
58 ISLANDICA
Holthausen, Ferdinand. Studien zur Thidrekssaga. In Beitrage zur Gescli»
d. deut. Spr. u. Lit. IX. 1884. pp. 451-503. — Also sep. repr. as Leipziger
inaug.-diss. Halle a. S. 1884. 8°. pp. (2) + 53 -J- (i). (i. Soest in der
IHdrekssaga ; — 2. Die geographie der J>i5rekssaga ; — 3. Namen der
heldensage in westfalischen urkunden).
Reviews: Nd. Korrespondenzblatt. 1884. p. 44f.; — Nordisk revy. 1884-
85. 18. col. 48, by O. Klockhoff.
Jiriczek, O. L. Deutsche Heldensage. I. Band. Strassburg 1898. 8°. pp.
xii + 331.
Contents: Die Wielandsage, pp. 1-54 ; Die Brmanariclisage, pp. 55-118 ;
Dietrich von Bern u. sein Sagenkreis, pp. 119-326; Nachtrage u.
Berichtigungen, pp. 327-331. Reviews: Zeitschr. d. Vereinsf. Volksk.
VIII. 1898. pp. 101-103, by A. Heusler ; — Literaturbl. f. germ. u. rom,
Philol. XIX. 1898. coll. 369-71, by W. Golther ;— Museum. VI. pp.
328-330, by R. C. Boer ; — Gott. gel. Anz. 1900. pp. 331-352, by B.
Symons ; — Zeitschr. f. deut. Philol. XXXII. 1900. pp. 371-375, by Fr.
Kauffmann ; reply by the author issued sep. Miinster i. W. 1900. 8'',
pp. 14 ; — Engl. Studien. XXX. 1902. p. 137, by H. Jantzen.
Klockhoff, Oskar. Studier ofver I>i5reks saga af Bern. Upsala 1880.
(Upsala Univ. Arsskr. 1880. Filos., sprakvetensk. och. hist, vetensk.
VI). 80. pp. (2) + 26.
Review: Germania. XXVI. 1881. pp. 242-248, by, A. Edzardi.
Folkvisan om konung Didrik och hans kampar. In Arkiv f . nord.
Filol. XVI. 1900. pp. 37-95, 103-135. (i. Grundformen ; — 2. Visans
kalla). Cf. Forhandl. paa det femte nord. Filologmode. Kristiania
1899. pp. 41-43.
Grimhildsvisan. In Arkiv f. nord. Filol. XXIII. 1907. pp. 143-189.
(i. Forhallandet til Nibelungenlied ; — 2. Forhallandet til aldre tyska
dikter ; — 3. Forhallandet mellem G. och I>i9reks saga samt Svenska og
Hvenska Kronikorna).
Krahmer, A. W. Die Urheimath der Russen in Buropa und die wirkliche
Localitat und Bedeutung der Vorfalle in der Thidreksaga. Bin Gra-
tulationsschreiben zu dem tausendjahrigen Bestehen des russischen
Staates an Feodor Iwanowitsch Buszlajew gerichtet. Moskwa 1862. 8°.
pp. 144.
Learned, M. D. The Saga of Walter of Aquitaine. Baltimore 1892. (Publi-
cations of the Mod. Lang. Assoc, of Arqerica. VII. i.) 8". pp. (8) -|-
208 {see pp. 93-101).
Meyer, Karl. Die Dietrichssage in ihrer geschichtlichen Bntwicklung.
Basel 1868. 8°. pp. (4) + 54 -f (2).
Reviews : Zschr. f. deut. Philol. I. 1869. pp. 375-376, by B. H. Meyer ; —
Heidelb. Jahrbiicher. 1868. pp. 149- 151, by B. Martin.
Miiller, Wilh. Die geschichtliche Grundlage der Dietrichssage. In Jahrb.
f. deutsche Literaturgesch. hrsgg. von Henneberg. I. 1855. pp. 159-
179.
Neumann, Friedrich. Iron und Apollonius. (ThiQrekssaga Cap. 245-275).
In Germania. XXVII. 1882. pp. 1-22.
MYTHICAL - HEROIC SAGAS
59
Pag6, Emil. tjber zwei prosaische Darstellungen der Nibelungensage in
der nordischen Litteratur. In Programm der stadtischen Realschule
I. O. zu Chemnitz. Chemnitz 1881. 4°. pp. 1-23.
Panzer, Friedrich. Hilde-Gudrun. Eine sagen- u. literargeschichtliche
Untersuchung. Halle a. S. 1901. pp. 411-430 (Die Herbortsage).
For reviews, see Sorla pdttr.
Paul, Hermann. Die I>i5rekssaga und das Nibelungenlied. In Sitzungsber.
d. kgl. bayer. Akad. d. Wiss. Phil. -hist. CI. 1900. pp. 297-338. — Also
sep. repr. Miinchen 1900. 8". — For criticism, 5<?<? Boer's article of 1901.
Pineau, L6on. Les vieux chants populaires scandinaves. II. Epoque
barbare. Paris 190 1. pp. 331-385 (Le cycle de Diderik von Bern).
Reviews: Tilskueren. 1902. pp. 919-924, by Fr. de Fontenay; — Deut.
Lit.-zeit. XXIII. 1902. coll. 2397-99, by A. Heusler ; — Mod. Lang.
Notes. XIX. coll. 91-96, by A. Remy ;— Lit. Cbl. LIV. 1903. coll.
1644-45.
Raszmann, August. Die Niflungasaga und das Nibelungenlied. Ein Beitrag
zur Geschichte der deutschen Heldensage. Heilbronn 1877. 8°. pp. vi -f-
258.
Reviews : Anz. f . deut. Altert. IV. 1878. pp. 70-73, by R. Henning ; —
Nord. Tidsskr. f. Filol. N. R. IV. 1879-80. pp. 71-72, by G. Storm ;—
Gott. gel. Anz. 1878. pp. 77-89, by E. Wilken ;— Germania. XXIIL
1878. pp. 73-104, by A. Edzardi ;— Lit. Cbl. XXVIII. 1877. coll. 1185-
86, by B. Doring ;— Jenaer Lit.-zeit. 1378. pp. 538-541, by B. Symons ;—
Revue critique. N. S. V. 1878. pp. 221-225, by A. Chuquet \—for other
reviews, see Abeling, no. 763.
Sandbach, F. E. The heroic saga-cycle of Dietrich of Bern. London 1906.
(Popular studies in mythology, romance and folklore. 15). 8*'. pp. 68.
Schonbach, A. E Ueber die Sage von Biterolf und Dietleip. In Sitzungs-
ber. der philos.-hist. CI. der kaiserl. Akad. der Wissensch. zu Wien.
CXXXVI. Bd. 9. 1897. 8". pp. 39.
Reviews: Anz. f. deut. Altert. XXIV. 1898. pp. 363-369, by O. L.
Jiriczek ;— Deut. Lit.-zeit. XIX. 1898. coll. 553-554, by S. Singer.
Scharowolskij, J. Zur Thidrekssaga. Kiew 1908. 8". (2) -j- 16.
Storm, Gustav. Sagnkredsene om Karl den Store og Didrik af Bern hos de
nordiske Folk. Et Bidrag til Middelalderens littersere Historic. Udg.
af den norske historiske Forening. Kristiania 1874. 8". pp. iv -\- 245 +
(2).
Contents : Indledning ; — Karlamagnus-saga ; — Thidreks-saga ; — De
svensk-danske Kroniker; — De danske Folkeviser; — Folkeviserne fra
Norge, Island og Fseroerne ; — Tillaeg, Rettelser. Reviews : Germania.
XX. 1875. pp. 226-249, by E. Kolbing ;— Gott. gel. Anz. 1875. pp. 1468-
72, by E. Wilken ; — Naer og Fjern (Kjobenhavn). No. 148. p. I2ff., by
S. Grundtvig. {cf. Danm. gamle Folkev. IV. pp. 586-624),
Nye Studier over Thidreks saga. In Aarboger for nord. Oldk.
og Hist. 1877. pp. 297-346. (i. Haandskrifteme ;— 2. Sagaens Kom-
position ; — 3. Sagaens Stedsforhold ; — 4. De tyske Kilder).
Reviews: Germania. XXV. 1880. pp. 240-252, by H. Treutler ;— Jenaer
Lit.-zeit. 1878. pp. 351-352, by A. Edzardi.
6o ISLANDICA
Treutler, Hugo. Zur Thi9rekssaga. In Germania, XX. 1875. pp. 151-
189. — Also sep. repr. as Leipziger inaug.-diss. Wien 1875. 8°. pp. 43.
Wilmanns, Wilhelm. Die Untergang der Nibelungen in alter Sage und
Dichtung. Berlin 1903. (Abhandl. der kgl. Gesellsch. d. Wissensch. zu
Gottingen, phil.-hist. CI. N. F. VII. 2). 4°. pp. 44.
Reviews: Anz. f. deut. Altert. XLVIII. 1906, pp. 5-26, by Joseph
Seemiiller ; — Zschr. f. deut. Philol. XXXVI. 1904. pp. 526-531, by E.
Kettner ;— Lit. Cbl. LV. 1904. coll. 236-237, by R. Spiller ;— Deut. Lit.
zeit. XXVII. 1906. coll. 801-803, by R. Henning.
Wolfskehl, Karl Germanische Werbungssagen. I. Hugdietrich. Jarl Ap-
pollonius. Darmstadt 1893. 8°. pp. v + 33- {Rev.: Zschr. d. Vereins
f. Volksk. IV. 1894. p. 220, by Max Roediger).
For other commentaries, of. Volsunga saga.
f*6ris saga hdleggs.
A lost saga which was connected with the Ans saga bogsveigis. The
subject is known from the f>6ris rimur of the 15th cent. — E. Kolbing :
Beitrage. 1876. pp. 217-220.
I^orsteins t)dttr bsejarmagns ( * ' bsejarbarns ") .
A 14th cent, tale ; events laid in the reign of (3lafur Tryggvason (end
of the loth cent.) MSS.: AM. 510, 40 (end of 15th cent.); 343A, 4<'
(15th cent.).
In Bjorner's Nord. Kampadat. 1737. XV. fol. pp. 29.
In Fornmanna sogur. III. 1827. pp. 175-198.
Danish. — C. C. Rafn's versiori in Oldnordiske Sagaer. III.
1827. pp. 155-175-
German. — Version by C. Ruszwurm in Zschr. f. deut. Mythol.
u. Sittenk. I. 1853. PP- 410-432.
Latin. — In Bjorner's Nord. Kampadat. 1737.
Svb. Egilsson's version in Scripta historica Islandorum. III.
1829. pp. 175-196.
Swedish. — In Bjorner's Nord. Kampadat. 1737.
P>orsteins saga Vikingssonar.
MSS.: AM. 152 fol. (15th cent.), 579, 4° (15th cent.), 556B, 4" (15th
cent. ), etc. Penned in the 14th cent.
Thorstens Viikings-sons saga pa Gammal Gothska af ett aldrigt
Manuscripto afskrefwen och vthsatt pa wart nu wanlige sprak
sampt medh nagra nodige anteckningar forbettrad af regni
Sveoniae antiqvario Jacobo J. Reenhielm. Upsalse. Excudit
Henricus Curio, M. DC. LXXX. 8^ pp. (4) + 140 + (20) +
130 -h (2).
Contents: dedicatory letter to King Charles XI. of Sweden, pp. (2)-
(3) ; preface, p. (4) ; text with Swedish version, pp. 1-140 ; index of
words (The gambla orden), pp. (i)-(i8) ; I^atin poems and letters to
MYTHICAL - HEROIC SAGAS 6l
the editor, pp. (i9)-(2o) ; Notae, pp. 1-130 ; Auctores citati, pp. (i)-
(2). (Wannholtz, no. 2564).
Sagan af Porsteine Wij kings Syne : hsec est Torstani, Wiikingi
filii historia. 5. tit., I. et a. [Upsalse 1697]. ^ol- PP- 95 + (i)-
One of the Rudbeck saga editions, with J. N. Salanus's L,atin version.
(Warmholtz, no. 2564 ; Mobius, Cat. p. 155). The issue was destroyed
by fire.
In Fornaldars. II. 1829. pp. 381-459. — II. 1886. pp. 53-112.
Danish.— />^ Rafn's Nord. Fort. Sag. II. 1829. pp. 309-377.
ENGI.ISH.— Viking Tales of the North. The Sagas of Thorstein,
Viking's son, and Fridthjof the Bold. Translated from the
Icelandic by Rasmus B. Anderson and Jon Bjarnason. Also,
Tegner's Fridthjof s Saga transl. into English by George
Stephens. Chicago 1877. 8°. pp. xviii + 370 {see pp. 1-73).
Latin. — In the edition of 1697.
Swedish. — In the edition of 1680.
APPENDIX.
I. Saxonis Grammatici Gesta Danorum.
Danorum Reguw hevoumqve Historie stilo elega^etia Saxone
Grammatico natione Sialandico necno;? Roskildensis ecclesie
preposito. abhinc supra trecentos annos co?2Scripte et nunc
primu?;^ literaria serie illustrate tersissimeqz;^ impresse. Colophon
f . Aa ii a : E chalcographia nostra [d : lodoci Badii Ascensu']
apud Parrhisios ad Idus Martias M. D. XIIII. luxta Romanae
suppotationew Curiae, /ol. pp. (16) + cxcviii ; st£-s. Aa, a-z,
A-B.
Ed. by Christiern Pedersen. Title in red and with Italian renaissance
border, vign., initials. Last leaf wrongly numbered, ought to be cxcix.
For description of this ed. see " Aarsberetninger og Meddelelser fra det
store Kongelige Bibliothek udg. af Chr. Bruun. I. Bd. Kjobenhavn
1870." pp. 200-207. Cf, also Holder's ed. pp. xvii-xx.
Saxonis Grammatici Danorum Historiae libri XVI, trecentis
abhinc annis conscripti, tanta dictionis elegantia, rerumqw^
gestarum uarietate, ut cum omni uetustate contendere Optimo
iure uidere possint. Accessit rerum memorabilium Index
completissimus . . . Basileae apud Jo. Bebelium, M. D.
XXXIIII. /oL pp. (32) + 190.
Ed. by Joh. Oporinus. Reprint of the ed. of 15 14. For description
see " Aarsberetn. og Meddel. fra det store kgl, Bibl." II. pp. 108-110.
Danica historia libris XVI, annis ab hinc trecentis qvinqvaginta,
svmma verborum elegantia, magna sententiarum grauitate
rerum denique admiranda varietate, intermixtis aliarum quoque
Gentium historijs, conscripta. Auctore Saxone Grammatico
Sialandico Dano, historico lavdatissimo : & quod ea aetate
omnino mirandum, tam verbis quam rebus politissimo. Cum
indice rerum memorabilium locupletissimo. Francofvrti ad
Moenum. Ex ofScina Typopraphica And. Wecheli. M. D.
I.XXVI. /ol. pp. (8) + 342 + (24).
Preface by Philippus Ivonicerus, Reprint of the ed. of 15 14.
Saxonis Grammatici Historiae Danicae libri XVI. Stephanvs
lohannis Stephanivs summo studio recognovit, Notisqz/^
uberioribus illustravit. Sorae. Typis et sumptibus loachmi
Moltkenii Reg. Acad. Hafn. Bibliop. M. D. CXLIV. /ol. pp.
MYTHICAL - HEROIC SAGAS 63
(8) + 384 + (22) ; engr. t.-p. — Stephani Johannis Stepanii
notae vberiores in Historiam Danicam Saxonis Grammatici.
Una cum prolegomenis ad easdem notas. Sorae. Typis Henrici
Crusii, Acad, typogr. Anno Messiae M. D. C. XLV. fol, pp.
60 + 252 + (22.)
Saxonis Grammatici Historiae Danicae libri XVI. E recensione
Stephani Joannis Stephanii, cum prolegomenis et lectionis
varietate edidit Chr. Adolphus Klotzius. Lipsiae 1771. 4°. pp.
(8) 4- 600 + (26).
Cf. Holder's ed. p. xxi. Reviews: Klotzius 's Acta litteraria. VI. 1771.
pp. 434-438 ; — Nova acta eruditorum anno 1771 publ. Lipsiae. pp. 64-
75 ;— Allgem. deut. Bibliothek. XXIV. 1775. pp. 484-485.
Thomae Geysmeri Compendium Historiae Danicae ab initio ad
Waldemarum IV. conscriptum Anno 1431. In Langebek's
Scriptores rerum Danicarum. II. 1773. fol. pp. 286-400,
I facsim.
Saxonis Grammatici Historia Danica. Recensuit et commentariis
illustravit Petrus Erasmus Miiller. Opus morte Miilleri inter-
ruptum absolvit Joannes Matthias Velschow. Partis prioris,
textum et notas breviores complectentis, volumen I. -II. Pars
posterior, prolegomena et notas uberiores complectens. Havniae
1839-58. 2 vols. 8". pp. xii + 1033; (4) + xcix + 387, 5
facsims.
Reviews: Tidsskr. f. Litt. og Kritik. III. pp. 133-142, by H. Estnip ;—
Neue Jahrb. f. Philol. XXXI. 1841. p. iii, by J.
Angers-Fragmentet af et Haandskrift af Saxo Grammaticus. Med en
Indledning udg. af Chr. Bruun. Kjobenhavn 1879. 4°. pp. xxviii -f
(2) -j- 10. — Publ. as * * Lykonskningsskrif t til Kjobenhavn Universitet
ved dets firehundredaars Stiftelsesfest fra det store kongelige Biblio-
thek."
Det i Angers fundne Brudstykke af et Haandskrift af Saxo Grammaticus.
Udg. i fotolithografisk Facsimile af det kongelige danske Videnska-
bernes Selskab [z'^fl? Chr. Bruun]. Kjobenhavn 1879. 4". pp. 6 -f- (2),
^facsims.
Saxonis Grammatici Gesta Danorum herausgegeben von Alfred
Holder. Strassburg 1886. 8°. pp. Ixxxviii + 724.
Bibliography, pp. xi-xxv. Reviews: Nord. Tidsskr. f. Filol. N. R.
VII. 1885-87. pp. 254-255, by A. Olrik ;— Lit. Cbl. XXXVII. 1886.
col. 951, by W. A. ;— Deut. Lit. zeit. VII. 1886. coll. 887-888, by K. E.
H. Krause ; — Iviteraturbl. f. germ. u. rom. Philol. VII. 1886. coll. 356-
357, by W. Martens.
64 ISLANDICA
Danish. — Den Danske Kronicke som Saxo Grammaticus screff,
halfffjerde hundrede Aar forleden : Nu forst af Latinen vdsset,
flittelige off uerseet og forbedret : Aif Anders Soffrinsson Vedel.
{Ki'dbenhav7{\ Anno M. D. LXXV. fol. pp. 547, excl. preface
and index. — New ed, Kjobenhavn 16 10. fol. pp. 547, excl.
preface and index. — New ed. . . . trykt paa ny og tilligemed
Vedels Levnet af C. F. Wegener udg. ved Samfundet til den
danske lyiteraturs Fremme. Kjobenhavn 185 1. 1.8°. pp. (6) +
34 -}- dxlvii + (30) -+ 291 + (2) 4- xxxiii + (2).
The ed. of 1851 is an exact reprint of the first ed.
Den danske Kronikes forste Bog som Saxo Grammaticus paa Latin haver
sammenskrevet . . . fordansket af Mag. Anders Sovringson Vedel . . . og
nu flitteligen overseet, og med tilfojede Antegnelser og Kobberstykker
forbedred af den salige Mands Datter-Datter-S6n [Joh, Laverentzen].
Kjobenhavn 1713. 4**. pp. 60.
Molbech, Chr. Om Udgivelsen af Anders Vedels danske Saxo, etc.
Kiobenhavn 1846. 8°. pp. 46.
Saxonis Grammatici Historia Danica, paa Dansk. EUer Danske
Historic, som Saxo Grammaticus cfter den store Erke-Biskop
Absalons Ordre, udi Kong Valdmar den Andens Tid paa Latin
haver sammenskrevet, indeholdendc det danske Folks Bcdrifter
og Kongernes Bcskrivelsc fra Kong Dan I. indtil Kong Knud,
Waldemars Son. Og nu med Flid paa ny udi det danske Sprog
oversat, samt med Anmserkninger af andre historiskc Skriftcr
oplyst og forklarct. Kjobenhavn 1752. 4°. pp. (6) + 29 +
(8) +607, portr.
Translated by Sejer Schousbolle. The version of the poems is by
Laurids Thura, and was first printed in his "Adskillige poetiske
Sager, tilligemed med Vers som findes hos Saxo Grammaticus. ' ' Kioben-
havn 1 72 1. 4". — Rendering of a few prov-erbs of Saxo's into Danish by
A. J. Bredkiaer, in " Luxdorphiana " 1791. pp. 115-118.
Danmarks Kronike af Saxo Grammaticus fordansket ved Nik.
Fred. Sev. Grundtvig. I. -III. Deel. Kiobenhavn 1818-22. 3
vols. 4". xliv -f 300 + (2) ; (12) + 338 ; (10) + 460.— 2.
Udgave. Kjobenhavn 1855. 8°. pp. (10) + 818. — 3. Udgave.
Kjobenhavn 1873. 8°. pp. 826. — 4. Udgave. Kjobenhavn 1886.
8^
For a specimen of this version publ. in 1815, see Islandica. III. pp.
23-24. — Reviews: Dansk Litteratur-Tid. 1820. no. 19-20. pp. 289-302,^
311-319 ; — Kjobenhavns Skilderi. 1820. Nos. 20-23, by G. L. Baden ; —
Erganzungsbl. zur AUgem. Hall. Zeit. 1822. Nos. 91-92. pp. 721-726,
729-732; 1829. No. 14. pp. 111-112.
MYTHICAL -HEROIC SAGAS 65
Saxo Grammaticus Danmarks Kronike. Oversat af Fr. Winkel
Horn med Illustrationer af Louis Moe. I. -II. Del. Kjoben-
havn, Kristiania 1898. 2 vols. 4". pp. xvi + 427 ; (4) 4- 331 +
(18), illustr.
Review: Lit. Cbl. ly. 1899. coll. 686-687, by A. L.
Sakses Danesaga, fra Dan til Ingeld. Oversat af Jorgen Olrik.
Med Indledning om Sakses Oldhistorie. Kobenhavn 191 1. 8".
Bjarkemal gengivet efter Sakse i olddansk versem&l af Axel Olrik. Saertryk
af Historisk m^nedsskrift [VI. pp. 244-256). Odense 1886. pp. 15.
Danske oldkvad i Sakses historic gengivne af Axel Olrik. Udg. af Selskabet
for historiske kildeskrifters oversaettelse. Kobenhavn 1898, 8". pp. 32.
{Contents: Bjarkemal ; — Ingjaldskvadet ; — Hagbard og Signe ;— Hilde-
brands dodskvad).
Olrik' s version of the Bjarkamdl is rendered into German by W. Ranisch
in his translation of Olrik's Nordisches Geistesleben. 1908. pp. 181-
190.
EngIvISH. — The first nine books of the Danish History of Saxo
Grammaticus translated by Oliver Elton. With some considera-
tions on Saxo's sources, historical methods, and folk-lore by
Frederick York Powell. London 1894. (Publications of the
Folk-lore Society. XXXIII. 1893). 8°. pp. cxxvii + 435 +
(I).
The appendices consist of : i. Passages from later books of Saxo, pp.
391-397 ; — 2. Saxo's Hamlet, pp. 398-413 ; — 3. Genealogies, pp. 414-
417 ; — 4. Last news of Starkad [I>orsteins J)dttr skelks], pp. 418-421. —
Reviews: Arkiv f. nord. Filol. XII. 1896. pp. 76-81, by A. Olrik;—
Anz. f. deut. Altert. XXII. 1896. pp. 343-351, by O. L. Jiriczek ;— Zschr.
d. Vereins f. Volksk. VI. 1896. p. 452, by Max Roediger.
A reprint of this version under the editorship of R. B. Anderson was
publ. by the so-called Norrsena Society. London, New York, etc. 1906.
2 vols. 8°. pp. (16) + xxiv -h 618, 8 pis.
German. — Saxo Grammaticus. Die ersten neun Biicher der dan-
ischen Geschichte. Uebersetzt und erlautert von Hermann
Jantzen. Berlin 1900. 8°. pp. xix -f 533.
Reviews: Tidsskr. f. Filol. 3. R. IX. pp. 178-180, by A. Olrik;—
Studien zur vergleich. Litteraturgesch. I. 1901. pp. 268-269, by W.
Golther ;— Hist. Zschr. LXXXVIII. 1902. pp. 74-77, by E. Mogk ;—
Lit. Cbl. LII. 1901. col. 1 186;— Museum. IX. pp. 251-253, by R. C.
Boer ; — Zschr. f. Kulturgesch. IX. pp. 474-475. by G. Steinhausen.
Erlauterung zu den ersten neun Biichern der danischen
Geschichte des Saxo Grammaticus von Paul Hermann. I. Teil.
tjbersetzung. Leipzig 1901. 8°. pp. (10) + 508, map.
Reviews: Anz. f. deut. Altert. XXIX. 1904. pp. 265-267, by W.
Ranisch ;— Arkiv f. nord. Filol. XVIII. 1902. pp. 384-385, by R. C.
66 ISLANDICA
Boer ;— Tidsskr. f. Filol. 3. R. X. pp. 158-162, by A. Olrik ;— Deut.
Lit. zeit. XXIII. 1902. coll. 544-549, by A. Heusler ; — Revue critique.
N. S. LIV. 1902. pp. 366-368, by L. Pineau ; — Zschr. d. Vereins f.
Volksk. XIII. 1903. pp. 106-107, by Max Roediger ;— Lit. Cbl. LV.
1904. coll. 375-377, by E. Mogk;— Studien zur vergleich. Litteraturgesch.
III. 1903. pp. 249-256, by H. Jantzen ;— Hist. Zschr. LXXXVIII. 1902.
p. 530 ; — Museum. X. 15, by R. C. Boer.
►S^/^^r/zt^w^ 2?2 Ettmiiller's Altnord. Sagenschatz 1870. (v. a.)
Low German. — Dyt is de denscke kroneke de Saxo grammaticus
de poeta ersten gheschreeff in dat latine vnde daer na in dat
dudesck ghesettet, ^/^. s.l.eta. [Liibeck? c. 1490]. 8°. ff. 152.
A translation of the abstract of Saxo, which has been ascribed to Thomas
Gheysmer, but which is of an earlier date. For description see
" Aarberetn.og Meddel. fra det store kgl. Bibliothek ved Chr. Bruun."
I. 1870. pp. 39-43.
Alan, Hans Jensen. Ad criminationes Jobs. Goropii Becani, et aliorum
similium, objectas Saxoni Grammatico, responsio brevis. Hafniae 1627.
4". {Inaugural-dissertation).
The work of Becanus referred to is his Origines Antwerpianae,
Antuerpise 1569. fol.
Baden, G. L- Til F. v. Moltke om vor danske Histories Fader Saxo Gram-
maticus og Trangen til en ny Udgave og Oversaettelse af Saxos paa
Latin skrevne Danske Historic. Odense 1809. 8". pp. (2) +64.
Boer, R. C. Zur danischen heldensage. In Beitrage zur Gesch. d. deut.
Spr. u. Lit. XXII. 1897. pp. 342-390.
Bruun, Chr. Om det nylig fundne Fragment af en Codex af Saxo Gram-
maticus. In Tidsskr. f. Philol. og Paedag. II. 1861. pp. 41-51 ; cf- I-
i860, p. 369.
Daae, Ludvig. Nogle Studier i Saxo Grammaticus. In (Norsk) Hist.
Tidsskr. 4. R. IV. 1907. pp. 129-160.
Dahlmann, F. C. Einleitung in die Kritik der Geschichte von Alt-Dane-
mark. In his Forschungen auf dem Gebiete der Geschichte. I. Altona
1822. pp. 149-402.
Elze, K. Zu Saxo Grammaticus (Miiller-Velschow I. 139). In Zeitschr.
f. deut. Philol. XXI. 1889. p. 200.
Ervallius, Joh. J. Exercitium academicum de Starkatero. (Prseses : Joh.
Hermansson). Upsaliae 1724. 8^ pp. (10) -|- 51 -f (9).
Foss, Anders (1543-1607). Censura de Saxone Grammatico eiusqve inter-
pretibus, scoliastis et recapitulatoribus. In H. F. Rordam's Monu-
menta historiae Danicae. II. Kjobenhavn 1874.
Fries, G. Bemaerkninger til nogle Punkter i Kong Frodes Love for Haeren.
In Aarb. f. nord. Oldk. og Hist. 1882. pp. 233-238.
Goldschmidt, M. J. Et Par Textrettelser til Saxo. In Nord. Tidsskr. f.
Filol. 3. R. V. 1897. p. 185.
MYTHICAL -HEROIC SAGAS 67
Helveg, Fr. Om Sakse og Snorro, navnlig den sidstes syn pa de hedenske
frasagn. In Nord. minedsskr. II. halvirg. Odense 1872. pp. 417-443.
Hjerrild, Henr. Nielsen. Saxo Grammaticus vindicatus, sive diss, philol.-
hist.-critica de puritate lingvae I^atinae et castitate historiae Danicae in
Saxone contra Joh. Gorop. Becanum, etc. Hafniae 1702. 4".
J6nsson, Rev. J6n. Lriserus.-Beow. In Arkiv. f. nord. Filol. XV. 1899.
pp. 255-261.
Haddingjasaga Saxa. In Arkiv. f. nord. Filol. XXII. 1906. pp.
256-271.
Kahle, Bemhard. Nordische kleinigkeiten. i. Die ehernen rosse bei Saxo
grammaticus. In Arkiv f. nord. Filol. XX. 1904. pp. 284-287.
Knabe, C. Pemerkungen zu Saxo. Ibid. XX. 1904. pp. 94-96. (i. Wer
ist der "avus" der Vorrede? — 2. Regulus).
Textkritische bemerkungen zu Saxo. Ibid. XXVII. 191 1. pp. 76-
92.
Langebek, Jacob. Udkast til Saxonis Grammatici Forsvar. In Langebe-
kiana. Kiobenhavn 1794. pp. 299-305.
Latham, R. G. Two dissertations on the Hamlet of Saxo Grammaticus and
of Shakespeare. London 1872. 8°. pp. (2) + 149.
Leyen, F. v. d. Das marchen in der gottersagen der Edda. Berlin 1899.
pp. 71-79 (Die marchenepisode in der Amlethsage. Saxo, Buch III.).
Lysholm, Friederich. Certamen pro virgine Thora Borgarhjortur susc. ab
augustiss. Danorum rege Regnero Lodbrog. Diss, antiq. -herald. -crit.
qvam pro Saxone Grammatico contra Meursium, Loccenium, Joh.
Magnum aliosque defendere conatur. Hafniae 171 1. 4".
EJxercitium historicum sive theses apologeticae pro Saxone Gram-
matico. Hafniae 1712. 4".
Mathiadis, Joh. Historica praecipua libri primi Saxonis, qui regum Dani-
corum et nominis Danici originem, ac regum aliquot primorum res gesta
continet carmine scripta. Addita est series et genealogia regum Dani-
corum, qui ante natum Christum regnarunt. Witebergae 1568. 4".
Molbech, Chr. Saxo Grammaticus, bans Historie og Charakter, og bans
laerde Samtidige i Danmark, under Valdemarernes Tidsalder. Kioben-
havn 1853. 8". pp. (4) 4- 124.
Much, Rudolf. Undensakre-Untersberg. In Zeitschr. f. deut, Altert.
XLVII. 1903. pp. 67-72.
Miillenhoff, Karl. Deutsche altertumskunde. V. Berlin 1891. pp. 300-356
(Excurs iiber die Starka9sdichtung). — Neue vermehrte abdruck besorgt
durch Max Roediger. Berlin 1908. 8°.
Miiller, P. B. Critisk Undersogelse af Danmarks og Norges Sagnhistorie
eller om Trovaerdigheden af Saxos og Snorros Kilder. Saersk. aftr. af
det kgl. danske Vidensk. Selsk. Skr. Kiobenhavn 1823. 4". pp. (4) 4-
314. (kSV^ pp. I-I74)-
For reviews, see Islandica. III. p. 29.
Miiller, Wilh. Siegfried und Freyr. In Zeitschr. f. deut. Altert. III.
1843. pp. 43-53.
68 ISLANDICA
Nehnnann, Jonas. Disputatio hist.-literaria de Saxone Grammatico
historico. Londini Gothorum 1772. 4°. pp. 18.
Olrik, Axel. Kilderne til Sakses oldhistorie. En literatur-historisk under-
sogelse. I. Forsog p& en tvedeling af Sakses oldhistorie. II. Sakses
oldhistorie. Norrone sagaer og danske sagn. Kobenhavn 1892-1894.
2 vols. 8°. pp. (6) 4- 175 ; X + 316.
Vol. i., pp. 1-129, 171-175 were first publ. in Aarb. f. nord. Oldk. og
Hist. 1892. pp. \-\2i/^.— Reviews : Anz. f. deut. Altert. XXIII. 1897.
pp. 137-143, by F. Kauffmann ; — Literaturbl. f. germ. u. rom. Philol.
XV. 1894. coll. 75-76; XVI. 1895. col. 225, by W. Golther ;— Zschr. d.
Vereins f. Volkskunde. V. 1895. p. 112, by E. Mogk ; — Museum. III.
by C. De la Saussaye ;— Finsk tidskr. II. 135, by A. O. Freudenthal ;—
Lit Cbl. XIvVI. 1895. col. 340.— Cf. also Steenstrup's article given
below.
Tvedelingen af Sakses kilder, et genmaele [til Joh. Steenstrup]. In
Arkiv f. nord. Filol. XIV. 1898. pp. 47-93.
Marchen in Saxo Grammaticus. In Zeitschr. d. Vereins f. Volks-
kunde. II. 1892. pp. 1 1 7-1 23, 252-258, 367-374.
Er Uffesagnet indvandret fra England ? Bemserkninger til Miillen-
hoff's Beowulf. In Arkiv f. nord. Filol. VIII. 1892. pp. 368-375.
Nogle personnavne i Starkaddigtningen. Sma bidrag til oplysning
om Nordboernes forbindelse med Osteuropa. In Festskrift til Vilhelm
Thomsen. Kobenhavn 1894. pp. 1 16-130.
Review: Nord. Tidsskr. f. Filol. 3. R. III. 1894. p. 95, by G. Ceder-
schiold.
Ingjaldskvadet. In Dansk Tidsskr. 1898. pp. 164-177.
Bjarkemaal, Danmarks aeldste digt. Ibid. 1900. pp. 1-8.
Danske heltesagn. Tegninger af Lorenz Frolich. Folkeudgave.
Kobenhavn 1901. 4°. pp. 96. {Review: Lit. Cbl. LHI. 1902. col.
1466, by A. L. ).
Danmarks heltedigtning. En oldtidsstudie. I. del. Rolf krake og
den seldre Skjoldungarsekke. Kobenhavn 1903. II. del. Starkad den
gamle og den yngre Skjoldungarsekke. Kobenhavn 1910. 2 vols. 8°.
PP- (8) + 353; 322. In progress.
Reviews: of vol. i.: Arkiv f. nord. Filol. XXI. 1905. pp. 276-280, by
W. Ranisch ;— Anz. f. deut. Altert. XXX. 1906. pp. 26-36, by A.
Heusler ;— Zschr. d. Vereins f. Volksk. XIV. 1904. pp. 250-252, by E.
Mogk; — Nord. tidsskr. (Letterst. ) 1903. pp. 410-414, by Karl Morten-
sen ; — Samtiden. XVII. pp. 46-49, by Alf Larsen ; — Literaturbl. f. germ,
u. rom. Philol. XXVIII. 1907. coll. 8-9, by W. Golther ;— Revue
critique. N. S. LVI. 1903. p. 487, by L. Pineau ; — Hojskolebladet.
1903. coll. 1075-78, by M. Kristensen ;— Gotlandsk Budstikke. V. 1904.
pp. 22-23, by E. Rordam ; — of vol. ii.: Literaturbl. f. germ. u. rom.
Philol. XXXII. 1911. coll. 393-395, by W. Golther.
Svinefylking og "hamalt." Et par bemserkninger til Sakses sagn -
verden. In Danske Studier. 1907. pp. 214-220.
Starkadsdigtningens udspring. In Sprogl. og hist, afhandlinger
viede Sophus Bugges minde. Kristiania 1908. pp. 268-277.
— Arnald Islaending. In Nordisk tidskrift (Letterstedtska). 1911.
pp. 250-262.
MYTHICAL - HEROIC SAGAS 69
Olrik, Jorgen. Studier over Tilblivelsen af Sakses Vaerk. In (Dansk) Hist.
Tidsskr. 8. R. II. 1909. pp. 211-263.
"Avnebag." Forklaring til en Gaade i Amled-Sagnet [Miiller-
Velschow. I. 141-142]. In Maal og Minde. 191 1. pp. 98-100.
Paludan-Miiller, Caspar. Hvad var Saxo Grammaticus ? og hvor er hans
Grav. Kt historisk-kritisk Stridsskrift, Nykjobing 1861. 8". pp. 112.
( School-program ) .
Paullini, C. F, Dissertatio curiosa de Starcatero, famosissimo gigante
boreali. Florentise 1677. 4®. (Warmholtz, no. 2570).
Petersen, N. M. Danmarks Historie i Hedenold. I. Del. Sagnhistorie.
Kobenhavn 1834. 8®. pp. (4) + 429.-2. Oplag. 1854. 8°. pp. 10 -f 416.
Pineau, L^on. Saxo Grammaticus quid et quo modo ad gesta Danorum
conficienda ex carminibus patrio sermone traditis hauserit. Turonibus
1901. 4^ pp. 115. {Paris Univ. inaug.-diss).
Plesner, C. U. A. Et Brudstykke af en hidtil ukjendt Codex af Saxo. In
Aarsberetn. fra det kgl. Geheime-Archiv. VI. Kjobenhavn 1877. 4°. pp.
1-8 (Tillseg), ifacsim.
Rasmussen, M. N. C. Kail. Om to nylig fundne Fragmenter af en Codex
af Saxo. Kjobenhavn 1855. 4°. pp. 17, i facsim.
"Saersk. Aftr. af Aarsberetn. fra det kgl. Geheime-Archiv. I." Review :
Nyt hist. Tidsskr. VI. 1856. pp. 597-599, by E. C. Werlauff.
Reimer, Geo. Dissertatio hist.-literaria de vita, eruditione et scriptis Saxonis
Grammatici. Holmstadii 1762. 4". pp. 54.
Schroder, Ludvig. Haddings Saga efter Axel Olriks Tydning. In Hojskole-
bladet. 1904. 4°. coll. 681-90.
Schiick, Henrik. Smarre bidrag till nordisk litteraturhistoria. 2. Var
Saxo praepositus i Roeskilde ? In Arkiv f . nord. Filol. XII. 1896. pp.
222-233.
Studier i nordisk litteratur- och religionshistoria. II. Stockholm
1904. pp. 31-105 (Saxos Balderssaga).
Sievers, Eduard. Beowulf und Saxo. In Berichte iiber Verhandl. der
kgl. sachs. Gesellsch. der Wissensch. Philol.-hist. CI. XLVII. Leipzig
1895. pp. i75-ig2.— Also sep. repr. 8". pp. 20. (i. Heremod;— 2.
Beowulfs Drachenkampf ; — 3. Scyld-Skyoldus).
Steenstrup, Johannes. Saxo Grammaticus og den danske og. svenske
Oldtidshistorie. (I Anledning af A. Olriks Skrift " Kilderne til Sakses
Oldhistorie"). In Arkiv f. nord. Filol. XIII. 1897. pp. 101-161.
[Stephanius, S. H.] Breves notae ac emendationes in Saxonem Gram-
maticum. Lugduni Batavorum 1627. 12®.
[ ] Florilegium sententiarum ex Saxone Grammatico. Lugduni
Batavorum 1627. 12°.
Stjerna, Knut. Skolds hadanfard. In Studier tillagnade Henrik Schiick.
Stockholm 1905. pp. 1 10-134.
Suhm, P. F. Critisk Historie af Danmark i den hedenske Tid fra Odin til
Gorm den gamle. I. -IV. Bind. Kiobenhavn 1774-81. 4^ 4 vols, and a
fol. vol. with genealog. tbls.
Reviews: Nye Kritisk Journal. 1775. coll. 41-44, 275-278; 1777. coll.
89-96, by Jakob Baden.
-O ISLANDICA
Historische Darstellung der nordischen Fabelzeit. Aus dem Dani-
schen iibertragen von F. D. Grater. I. -II. Abtheil. Leipzig 1803-04.
(Geschichte der Danen. I. Bd.) 2 vols. 8". pp. liv + 442 ; (4) + 472 +
(i). Translation of vol. i. ^Suhm's Historie af Danmark. 1782.
Tiander, K. Poiezdki skaninavov v Bieloe more. S.-Peterburg 1906. pp.
314-359.
Torfason, I>orm69ur. Series dynastarum et regum Danise, a primo eorum
Skioldo Odini filio ad Gormum Grandsevum . . . secundum monument-
orum Islandicorum harmoniam deducta & concinnata . . . Hafniae 1702.
4". pp. (22) + 514- — Title-ed.: Universi Septentrionis Antiqvitates
seriem dynastarum et regum Daniae . . . exhibientes . . . Hafnise 1705.
4«. pp. (16) 4- 514 + (4).
Torfseana. Sive Thormodi Torfsei notse posteriores in Seriem regum
Danise, epistolse latinse, & index in Seriem regum Daniae. Hafniae 1777.
4®. pp. xxxviii -h (2) + 185 4- (48), portr.
Reviews : Nye Kritisk Journal. 1777. coll. 172-174, by Jacob Baden ; —
Gott. Anz. 1777. p. 979£f.
Westhovius, Willichius. Illustres sententiarum flores ex Saxonis Gram-
matici sedecim historiarum libris lecti. Lipsiae 1617, 4".
II. Hvenske Kronike.
This chronicle of the death of the Niblungs was written in Latin in the 16th
cent, on the island of Hven in the Sound between Zeeland and Sweden,
and was based on popular tradition, which however was of German
origin. Its author was, it is supposed, Jakob Jonsen, a clergyman.
The Latin original is lost and only a Danish version of it exists.
Om Hueen imellem Sielandt og Skaane. In Danmarks gamle
Folkeviser. udg. af S. Grundtvig. I. 1853. 4^ pp. 38-44; cf.
III. 1862. pp. 769-770.
Ed. from the Copenhagen MSS. (Univ. Bibl. Add. 107, fol.)
Die Hvenische Chronik in diplomatischem Abdruck nach der
Stockholmer Handschrift nebst den Zeugnissen Vedels und
Stephanius und den Hvenischen Volkstiberlieferungen hrsgg.
von Otto lyuitpold Jiriczek. Berlin 1892. (Acta Germanica.
III. Bd. 2. H.) 8°. pp. (2) + xvii + 39-
Reviews: Nord. Tidsskr. f. Filol. 3. R. I. Bd. 1893. p. 193, by A.
Olrik ;— Literaturbl. f. germ. u. rom. Philol. XV. 1894. col. 76, by
W. Golther ; — Archiv f. das Studium d. neueren Spr. u. Lit. XCI. 1893.
pp. 297-298, by M. Roediger.
German. — Die hvensche Chronik. In A. Raszmann's Die
deutschen Heldensage und ihre Heimat. II. 1858 {title-ed,
1866). pp. I 16-130.
MYTHICAL -HEROIC SAGAS 71
Boer, R. C. Attilas tod in deutschen iiberlieferung und die Hvenische
chronik. In Beitr. zur Gesch. d. deut. Spr. u. Lit. XXXIV. 1909. pp.
195-266 {see pp. 216-266).
Brockstedt, Gustav. Uber entstehungszeit und verfasser der Hvenschen
chronik. In Zeitschr. f. deut. Altert. LI. 1909. pp. 287-290.
III. Spurious sagas.
Ambdles saga.
The story of Aml65i ( Hamlet) was known in ancient Iceland, as is shown
by a verse ascribed to Snsebjorn galti H61msteinsson (loth cent), but
that saga was never committed to writing. It is, however, likely that
it lived among the people and was changed and modified as time went
on, and that its final form is the story of Brjdm, printed in J6n Arna-
son's fslenzkar pj69s6gur og aefintyri. II. pp. 505-508. In the 17th
century the Ambdles saga was written, dealing with the same story, but
its subject is probably to be traced ultimately to Saxo's Danish history,
although Zenker considers it to be independent of that work.
Sagan af Ambales kongi. Reykjavik, (Einar PorQarson), 1886.
sm. 8". pp. 87.
Hamlet in Iceland. Being the Icelandic romantic Ambales saga,
edited and translated, with extracts from five Ambales rimur
and other illustrative texts, for the most part now first printed,
and an introductory essay by Israel Gollancz. London 1898.
(Northern Library. Vol. III.). 8°. pp. xcviii -f 284, i tbl.
Reviews : Jahrb. d. deut. Shakespeare Gesellsch. XXXV. 1899. pp. 335-
336, by A. Brandl ;— Lit. Cbl. LII. 1901. coll. 1149-50 ;—Nord. Tidsskr.
f. Filol. 3. R. VII. 1898. pp. 132-137, by Finnur j6nsson ;— Englische
Studien. XXVII. 1900. pp. I27-I3i,by H. Jantzen ;— Anz. f. deut. Altert.
XXVI. 1900. pp. 274-277, by F. Better ; — Le moyen age. 1899. pp. 190-
192, by L. Duvau ; — Anglia. Beiblatt. IX. 1899. pp. 224-226, by E.
Mogk ;— The Academy. LIV. 1898. pp. 187-188 ;— Literature. III. 1898.
p. 102.
Better, Ferd. Bie Hamletsage. In Zeitschr. f. deut. Altert. XXXVI.
1892. pp. 1-25.
Gollancz, Israel. The saga of Hamlet, with special reference to the Icelandic
saga of Ambales. In Transactions of the New Shakspere Society.
1887-92. Part III. (Proceedings) pp. 52-55.
Jiriczek, O. L. Bie Amlethsage auf Island. In Beitrage zur Volkskunde.
Festschrift Karl Weinhold dargebracht. Breslau 1896. ( Germanistische
Abhandlungen hrsgg. von F. Vogt. XII. ) pp. 59-108.-^/^0 sep. repr. 8°.
Hamlet in Iran. In Zeitschr. d. Vereins f. Volksk. X. 1900. pp.
353-365.
Olrik, Axel. Amledsagnet p& Island. In Arkiv f. nord. Filol. XV. 1898.
pp. 360-376.
Chiefly a review of GoUancz's edition.
72 ISLANDICA
Setala, E. N. KuUervo-Hamlet. Bin sagenvergleichender Versuch.
Helsingfors 1911. 8°. pp. v + 198. Sep. repr. frotn Finnisch-ugrische
Forschungen {of which vol. III. 1904 contained, pp. 61-97 : I. Die
nordischen Hamletfassung ; II. Angenommene vereinzelt dastehende
Fassung der Hamletsage).
Save, Carl. Om Hamlets namn ocli betydelsen deraf. Undersokning. In
Nordisk Universitets Tidskrift. X. arg. 4. h. Uppsala 1866. pp. 87-
102. — Also sep. repr. 8°. pp. (2) + 16.
Zenker, Rudolf. Boeve-Amlethus. Das altfranzosische Epos von Boeve de
Hamptone und der Ursprung der Hamletsage. Berlin 1904. (Literarhist.
Forsch. hrsgg. von Schick u. Waldberg. XXII. ) 8*'. pp. xx + 418,
{^see : Die Ambalessage, pp. 127-192).
Reviews: Anglia. Beiblatt. XVII. 1906. pp. 332-334, by Konrad
Meier ; — Jahrb. d. deut. Shakespeare Gesellsch. XLII. 1906. pp. 285-
295, by H. Anders.
Wetz, W. J. Schick's Corpus Hamleticum. In Zeitschr. f. vergleich.
Litteraturgesch. N. F. XVII. 1909. pp. 286-298.
Andra saga jarls.
There is no evidence of an old written saga of Andri jarl, but the story
was made the subject of rimur in the 15th cent, (by Sigur9r blindi?)
and these were long ill-famed for profanity (Ondrur or Andra rimur
hinar fornu). In the 19th cent, the subject was again treated by two
rimur-poets (Hannes Bjarnason and Gisli KonrdQsson : Rimur af Andra
jalli. 1834 and 1905), and they based their work on a written saga, a
prose rendering of the old rimur ; it was possibly written in the i8th
century.
Saga af Andra jarli, Helga hinum pru9a og Hogna Hjarandasyni.
Gefin ut eptir einu handriti. Reykjavik 1895. 8". pp. (2) +
86+ (2).
Kolbing, E. Andra-rimur. In his Beitrage zur vergleich gesch. d. romant.
poesie u. prosa des mittelalters. 1876. pp. 230-234.
porkelsson, J6n. Om digtningen pa Island i det 15. og 16. arhundrede.
Kobenhavn 1888. pp. 284-291.
Huldar saga.
Huldar saga is mentioned in the Sturlunga saga (Vigf^sson's ed. II. p.
270), but it has not been preserved in writing. There exists, however,
a Huldar saga in three recensions, all of which date from the i8th
century, but it probably has no connection with the old saga. One of
these recensions has been printed in Icelandic (recension II ; ascribed
to J6n Esp61in), and another in Danish version (recension I; a late
i8th cent. MS. of this recension is in the Fiske Icelandic collection).
Sagan af Huld hinni miklu og fjolkunnugu trolldrotningu.
Akureyri, (Oddur Bjornsson), 1911. 8°. pp. 60.
Danish. — Hulde. Fragment af en romantisk Fortaelling, hidtil
udtrykt [!], oversat af det gamle Skandinaviske ved W. H.
F. Abrahamson. In Det Skandinaviske Literatur-Selskabs
Skrifter. 1805. I. Bd. pp. 262-334.
MYTHICAL -HEROIC SAGAS 73
Maurer, Konrad. Die Huldar saga. Aus den Abhandlungen der k. bayer.
Akademie der Wiss. I. CI. XX. Bd. II. Abth. [pp. 223-321]. Miinchen
1894. 4°- pp. 99.
Review: Lit. Cbl. XLV. 1894. coll. 1774-75, by E. Mogk.
Errata and Addenda.
p. 3. 1. 19. Add: Review: Zeitschr. f. deut. Philol. I. 1869. pp. 416-
418, by Th. Mobius.
p. 5. 1. 17. I.-IV. Bandchen. Breslau 1814-15. Read: I.-V. Bandchen.
Breslau 1814-28.
p. 5. 1. 43. Add: Review: Germania. II. 1857. pp. 507-508, by I. V.
Zingerle.
p. 12. After \. 2,'^ add: (II.) In Orkneyinga saga ed. by G. Vigftisson.
1887. pp. 1-4 ; English version in Orkneyingers' Saga trl. by G. W.
Dasent. 1894. pp. 1-4.
p. 25. After 1. 33 add : Hammershaimb, V. U. ed. Faeroiske Kvaeder
benhorende til Hervarar saga. In Antiquarisk Tidsskrift. 1849-51.
pp. 57-78.
ISLANDICA
AN ANNUAL RELATING TO ICELAND
AND THE
FISKE ICELANDIC COLLECTION
CORNELL UNIVERSITY LIBRARY
EDITED BY
GKORGE WILLIAM HARRIS
WBRARIAN
VOLUME VI.
ICEI.ANDIC AUTHORS OF TO-DAY
By HALLDCr HERMANNSSON
Issued by Cornei^i. University Library
ITHACA, NEW York
1913
iiv
ICELANDIC AUTHORS
OP TO-DAY
WITH AN APPENDIX GIVING A LIST OF WORKS DEALING
WITH MODERN ICELANDIC LITERATURE
BY
HALI.DOR HERMANNSSON
Issued by^Cornei<i< University Library
ITHACA, N. Y.
1913
ANDRUS & CHURCH, PRINTERS
ITHACA, N. Y.
<
EXTRACTS FROM THE WILL OF THE LATE
WILIvARD FISKE
" I give and bequeath to the Cornell University at Ithaca,
New York, all my books relating to Iceland and the old Scandi-
navian literature and history. ..."
" I give and bequeath to the said Cornell University . . .
the sum of Five Thousand (5000) Dollars, to have and to hold
for ever, in trust, nevertheless, to receive the income thereof, and
to use and expend the said income for the purposes of the publi-
cation of an annual volume relating to Iceland and the said
Icelandic Collection in the library of the said University."
In pursuance of these provisions the following volumes have
been issued :
ISLANDICA
ISLANDICA
ISLANDICA
ISLANDICA
ISLANDICA
I. Bibliography of the Icelandic Sagas, by
Halld6r Hermannsson. 1908.
II. The Northmen in America, by Halldor
Hermannsson. 1909.
III. Bibliography of the Sagas of the Kings of
Norway and related Sagas and Tales, by
Halldor Hermannsson. 19 10.
VI. The Ancient L,aws of Norway and Iceland,
by Halldor Hermannsson . 1 9 11 .
V. Bibliography of the Mythical- Heroic Sagas,
by Halldor Hermannsson. 191 2.
PREFACE
Perhaps few nations could more properly be called a literary
people than the Icelanders, not only because in proportion to
their numbers they have made a larger contribution to literature
than any other people, but also because of the interest the Ice-
landic nation as a whole has taken in literature from the earliest
times dowm to the present day. Many foreigners on visiting
Iceland have been astonished to find so much culture and literary
interest in all classes of the population, and have wondered how
such an interest could have been kept alive through centuries of
political humiliation and of great sufferings from natural causes
as well as from maladministration. The explanation of this
doubtless lies in the fact that, once having obtained a firm hold
upon the mind of the people, the ancient Icelandic literature, in
spite of many vicissitudes, never entirely lost its grasp. The
language itself bears witness to the persistence of this early
influence. Large as the island is, and difl&cult as is communica-
tion between its various parts, it may be said almost without
qualification that no dialects have developed there, and this must
be due to the unifying influence of the early literature, and to a
continuous literary activity on the part of the people.
The history of Icelandic literature begins with the settlement
of the country by the Norwegians. Among the settlers there
were many poets, and these were held in high esteem by their
countrymen, who were as fond of good poetry as they were of
good saga-telling. And soon it came about that among the
Scandinavian nations the Icelanders had a monopoly, as it were,
of the art of poetry, and became the main authorities on Scandi-
navian history and traditions. In the twelfth and thirteenth
centuries most of these oral traditions were recorded in writing ;
it is needless here to dwell upon the importance of the record for
Iceland as well as the whole Teutonic race. Following the loss
of political independence in the latter half of the thirteenth
century, the literary production of Iceland declined — yet it never
entirely ceased ; even in the dark and dreary fifteenth century
there were a few poets of some note. From the beginning of
Vlll
that century we find such poems as the satirical ' ' SkiQarima ' ' ,
although poems on religious subjects were much more common.
Of the religious poets, one of the best was the sturdy patriot Jon
Arason, the last Roman Catholic bishop of Iceland, who, about
the year 1530 brought the first printing-press to Iceland.
It is customary to date the beginnings of modern Icelandic
literature from the middle of the sixteenth century ; that is, from
the introduction of the Reformation. The changes from the
poetry of the preceding period, however, were at first not very
marked ; but with the translation into Icelandic of the New
Testament (1540), of the whole Bible (1584), and of other re-
ligious works, the foundations were laid for a new prose literature.
Before the close of the century an interest was also re-awakened
in historical and antiquarian studies such as Icelandic scholars
ever since have so diligently pursued, which have always met
with appreciation and understanding from the people at large.
Many of the earlier works of the sort, however, were written in
Latin, and were printed outside of Iceland. Nor would it be fair
to judge the literature of the two following centuries solely by
the printed books of the time. The only printing-press in the
country was under the direction of the bishops of Holar, and
was almost exclusively given over to the publication of religious
works in prose and verse. Other productions remained in
manuscript, and circulated thus among the people ; some of these
have since been printed, but many still continue unpublished.
During all that time there was a marked preponderance of poetry
over prose. Of hymn-writers there were many, and the
"rimur "-poets were equally numerous. Many (one might,
perhaps, say most) of them are now forgotten ; but two poets
of the seventeenth century hold a permanent place in the
literature of their country : Hallgrimur Petursson, the author of
the Passion- Hymns, and Stefan Olafsson, lyrical poet and satirist.
The foreign influence, which was considerable, did much injury to
the written language, and especially to the prose literature. About
the middle of the eighteenth century the evil had gone so far
that there were persons who actually, and in all seriousness,
advocated the introduction of Danish as the the official written
language for Iceland. The brilliant and versatile Eggert
Olafsson, poet and naturalist, sounded a warning, and instituted
IX
a movement to purify the language and to arouse the national
spirit. Circumstances in part, and in part the method he adopted
in his attempted reform, brought it about that he did not himself
meet with much success ; yet his warning was not uttered in
vain.
The latter part of the eighteenth century in Iceland, as
elsewhere, became imbued with the spirit of enlightenment, and
took, as it was called, a more practical view of things, but lacked
an understanding for national traditions and their importance ;
nevertheless the leaders of that movement did much for the
education of the people. Particularly active was Magnus
Stephensen, who for a long time was the most conspicuous
figure among them. A more organized literary activity also
became noticeable. In 1768 a literary society, the first one
among Icelanders, was founded, called ' Hi9 osynilega felag.'
This, however, accomplished very little. In 1780 " Hi9 islenzka
Lserdomslistafelag " was founded by Icelanders in Copenhagen,
and for fifteen years thereafter published an annual. Its im-
mediate successor was *' Hi9 islenzka LandsuppfraeQingarfelag ",
which was organized in Iceland in 1796, and which, under various
names, issued many useful books during a period of about thirty
years. In 1816 " Hi9 islenzka Bokmentafelag " was founded,
and, having continued up to the present, it can now look back
upon nearly a hundred years of eminent usefulness. But in spite
of the great good which all these societies accomplished, they
could not bring about any essential change in the literature, or
infuse into it new life and spirit. They merely prepared the way
for change and new life. It must not be forgotten that the
Royal Society of Northern Antiquities rendered a great service
in making accessible to the reading public the old prose texts —
which were welcomed by all Icelanders. The popularity in Ice-
land of the publications of that Society is clearly shown in the
list of subscribers to the ''Fornmanna sogur", and by the
friendly reception accorded to the two volumes of Icelandic sagas
proper (fslendinga sogur).
A renewed and more active interest in the saga literature was
thus aroused at a time when there was great political unrest all
over Europe, and when various nations were clamoring for
liberty and a recognition of their nationality. The Icelandic
students in Copenhagen seized the opportunity, and became the
leaders in a movement for reform in their native country. Their
organ, the annual '* Fjolnir" (1835-46), is now among the most
highly regarded works in the modern literature of Iceland,
although it met with considerable opposition at the time. Only
the linguistic and literary side of this movement concerns us
here. Then, of course, the chief stress, was laid upon the
question of nationality. The Icelanders were a nation in them-
selves, and were right in demanding to be treated as such. Their
claim to recognition was mainly based upon their possession of a
separate language and literature of their own, and hence it
would be of paramount importance to keep the language pure.
This language, the reformers felt, had been corrupted through
the admixture of foreign elements, and, so far, little had been done
to prevent the injurious process from continuing. Were nothing
done, they feared that the language would ultimately lose its
native characteristics. A careful study of the ancient national
literature, they believed, would afford a standard to follow in re-
forming and preserving the language. It was, however, no indis-
criminate re-establishment of Old Icelandic as a literary medium
that these men advocated, no rehabilitation of the archaic, such
as Eggert Olafsson had attempted in the preceding century. On
the contrary, there was a full recognition of the changes to which
the language had been subject ; and where these changes were
seen to be a natural development they were to be respected. It
was the foreign importations or imitations that were to be
banished. The literature of the day also came in for severe
criticism. The " rimur "-poets still flourished, and enjoyed
great popularity ; in the pages of the "Fjolnir" their works
were analyzed, and their insipidity and shallowness exposed
without mercy. For a time this attack rendered the periodical
an object of dislike in Iceland, but it gave a hard blow to the
* * rimur. ' ' The devotional literature, still constituted the larger
portion of printed books, and that found little favor with the re-
formers, who made a plea for a more generous output of secular
literature. As one of them said— himself a theologian : ' 'Although
our ultimate goal be Heaven, we must not forget that the road
thereto leads over the earth, and therefore earthly things must
not be neglected." But they did not rest in mere analysis and
XI
censure ; they were as competent to build up as to tear down.
Tomas Saemundsson's patriotic enthusiasm for progress has
since found an echo in every Icelandic heart ; Konra9 Gislason's
prose gave the best possible example of a clear and correct style ;
and Jonas Hallgrimsson's poetry was as perfect in outward form
as it was lofty in sentiment. It was upon the foundations laid
by such men as these that the literature of the nineteenth century
was built ; and the linguistic reforms they inaugurated have
made Icelandic one of the purest of written languages.
Space does not permit even a brief outline of the literature sub-
sequent to the beginnings of this renaissance, and we must resist
the temptation even to mention the chief points in the development
that followed it. This development was somewhat slow at first,
but the results have been satisfactory. Never in modern times
has Icelandic literature been more flourishing than it is at
present. Never before, since the settlement of the country, has
such an earnest effort been made by this small nation to assert
its independence both intellectually and politically. Considering
the size of the population, the literary output is very large ; and
in quality as well as variety it is, I believe, worthy of all respect.
The poets are as numerous as ever, but they do not now hold
such a dominant position as formerly ; novelists and writers of
short stories have increased in numbers, and claim more attention
even than the poets. Until recently, the drama had been but a
small element in Icelandic literature, conditions having been un-
favorable to its growth ; but now there are Icelandic dramatists
who have won recognition even outside of their native land.
Historical and philological studies, for which the Icelanders have
always had a predilection, are pursued with as much zeal as ever,
yet in a more critical and scholarly way ; and research in the
natural and physical sciences is being carried on by a number of
able students, the investigation of natural phenomena in Iceland
itself being, of course, their special field. It is to be hoped that
an added stimulus to scientific research has been given by the
recent establishment of a national university.
Foreign writers have frequently and justly pointed out the
great discrepancy between the intellectual and the material
culture of Iceland, and have commented upon the Icelanders'
customary indifference to practical affairs. They have usually
Xll
been unable to account for this indifference, but it has its ex-
planation, of course, in Icelandic history. For centuries the
island was governed from the Danish capital, far away across the
sea, and the inhabitants were seldom consulted about the affairs
of their land ; or their counsels, when solicited, were often dis-
regarded. Furthermore, the commercial monopoly under which
the country suffered for two centuries paralysed all enterprise,
and stifled the initiative of the people. Accordingly, an indif-
ference to practical affairs became habitual, and the nation found
a solace in literary pursuits. A change of attitude was first
noticeable when, after a long and weary struggle, in which Jon
SigurSsson, the eminent scholar and one of Iceland's greatest men,
took the leading part, a partial autonomy was granted to the island
in 1874 ; but the change is more easily marked since 1904, when
the seat of government was transferred from Copenhagen to
Reykjavik. To-day the national spirit is at length fully awake,
and the Icelanders are determined to work with might and main
for the material welfare of their country. The progress that has
been made even in this short period is in many respects most re-
markable. The government has done everything in its power to
promote industries, farming, and commercial enterprises, and to
improve the means of communication ; in a word, it has done all
that it could to better the condition of the people. Nor has the
matter of education been neglected. The Icelanders are a nation
of some 90,000 people, occupying a vast, rugged, and infertile
country, yet maintaining a university with four faculties, a
college, two popular high-schools ( ' 'realskolar' ' ), four agricultural
schools, one nautical school, and contributing freely to the sup-
port of other more elementary educational institutions. Such a
people can scarcely be deemed neglectful of public instruction, or
bereft of national courage in the face of difi&culties. I doubt
whether anywhere else in the world there is a group of men of
an equal number with so much fortitude and vitality as the
Icelandic nation.
And now let us turn to the present volume. And first as to
the method of presentation : I have chosen the bio-bibliograph-
ical form for two reasons. For one, this kind of book at present
seems to be popular. Almost every country now has its " Who's
Who", and some have several, covering different fields. As for
XUl
the second reason, I think that by this method, perhaps, it is
easier within a limited space to display the literary activity of a
nation in its various phases than by a summary sketch in the
form of a literary history. I have included only living authors,
and of these only such as are of some consequence. If all who
have published a work or works of some bulk had been included,
the list would have been greatly extended, and the number of
entries doubled, or more than doubled. Such an extension would
hardly have added much to the value of the book ; — and I was
also restricted as to space. In the case of each author listed the
principal biographical data have here been recorded, and particu-
larly such facts as have a bearing upon his literary work ; and
at the end of the paragraph (under the heading Biogr. ) references
are given to books or articles in periodicals on the author in
question, where further information about him and his work can
be had. As to academical degrees, I may add that when no
other college is mentioned the degree of A.B. is from the College
of Iceland, while the higher degrees unless otherwise specified
are from the University of Copenhagen ; the Theological and
Medical Schools, often referred to, now represent faculties in the
University of Iceland. The candidate's degree {candidatus juris,
medicines, magisterii, theologicB^, most nearly corresponds to the
doctoral degree in American universities. Titles of books in
Icelandic are usually accompanied by an English translation,
while titles of articles in periodicals, as a rule, are given only in
English ; titles in other languages, whether of books or articles,
are ordinarily given in those languages. For the sake of clear-
ness it would have been desirable to quote titles in a font differ-
ing from the type for the rest of the material, but the lack of
Icelandic characters in other types than ordinary roman made
this impossible.
The Appendix contains a list of principal works on Icelandic
literature subsequent to the middle of the sixteenth century.
The list is not exhaustive, but I trust it may be helpful to any
who desire information on the subject. Of late, more has been
written about Iceland in German than in any other language,
and for the most part the German writers, such as Maurer,
Schweitzer, Poestion, Kiichler, and Herrmann, have shown
adequate knowledge and a sympathy with their subject. The
XIV
Icelanders are under special obligation to Herr Poestion for his
excellent works and his unflagging interest in their country.
Many of the authors mentioned in the following pages have
been kind enough at my request to furnish information about
themselves and their works. For this I desire here publicly to
thank them. I wish also to record my indebtedness to Mr.
J6hann Kristjansson, the genealogist, for various items of
information with which he has supplied me.
H. H.
CoRNELi. University Library,
Junk, 1913.
ICELANDIC AUTHORS
OF TO-DAY.
Amason, GuSmundur, theologian ;
b. Muna3arnes, Myrasysla, April 4, 1881 ; grad. of the Meadville Theologi-
cal School, 1908 ; studied in Berlin, 1908-09 ; minister of the First Unitarian
(Icelandic) Church, Winnipeg, Man. — Author: Many articles on religion,
philosophy, and literature in the monthly "Heimir," organ of the Icelandic
Unitarian Association, of which he has been the editor since 1910.
Am6rsson, Einar, jurist ;
b. Minna-Mosfell, Arnessysla, Feb. 24, 1880 ; A. B., 1901 ; Cand. Juris, 1906 ;
editor of the weekly "Fjallkonan" 1907; assistant in the third Government
Bureau, Reykjavik, 1907-08; docent in the Law School, 1908-11 ; since
Sept. 22, 191 1 professor in the University of Iceland, Reykjavik. — Author:
Ny logfrseOisleg formdlab6k (New juridical formulary. 191 1) ; fslenzkur
kirkjur^ttur (Icelandic ecclesiastical law. 1912); Rikisr^ttindi Islands (The
rights of the Icelandic state. 1908 ; with Dr. J6n I>orkfclsson ) . Treatises in
the "Andvari": on the position of Iceland toward other states until the
introduction of the Reformation (1910; with Dr. J6n I>orkelsson), on the
union between Iceland and Denmark since the Reformation (1911), on the
highest judicial power in Icelandic cases (1912), on the Norwegian and
Danish Council of State in its attitude toward Iceland (1912 ; a criticism of
Dr. Knud Berlin's work on the subject).
Baldwinson, Baldwin L^rus, journalist ;
b. Akureyri, Oct. 26, 1856 ; emigrated to Canada 1873 ; immigration agent
for the Canadian government, 1886-96, member of the Manitoba Legislature
for Gimli district, 1899- 1906. Kdited the immigration-paper ' * Landneminn ",
Reykjavik (1893-94), and since 1898 has been the editor of the Icelandic
weekly " Heimskringla ", Winnipeg, Man. Canada. — Author: Hagskyrslur
frd fslendingabyggdum i Canada (Statistical reports from the Icelandic
settlements in Canada. 1892) ; Manitoba um aldam6tin (M. at the beginning
of the 2oth cent. 1900). — Translator : Robert Manton, by J. M. Jelly (1904);
Hvammverjarnir, by Jos. Hatton (1905).
Biogr.: Sunnanfari X. p. 65, portr. — Bimrei9in. XIV. pp. 129-133, portr.
BdrQarson, GuSmundur Gu5mundsson, geologist ;
b. Borg in Ogurhreppur, fsaf jarQarsysla, Jan. 3, 1880 ; student in College of
Iceland, 1897-1901 ; since 1902 has been a farmer (Kjorseyri, Borgarhreppur,
Strandasysla); 1907 he was granted a stipend of the Japetus Steenstrup
Fund (Copenhagen) to carry on geological researches in Iceland, and has
for several years received a stipend from the Carlsberg Fund for the same
purpose ; spent the winter 1909-10 in Copenhagen and Stockholm, where
with the aid of the Icelandic government he pursued geological studies. —
Author: Purpura lapillus L. i hsevede Lag paa Nordkysten af Island (in
2 ISLANDICA
* * Videnskabel. Meddel. fra den naturhist. Forening," Copenhagen 1906);
Mserker efter Klima- og Niveauforandringer ved Htinafl6i i Island (in the
same periodical, 19 10), an abstract of which in English (Traces of changes
of climate and level at Hdnafl6i) was included in " Die Veranderungen des
Klimas seit der Maximum der letzten Eiszeit. Eine Samml. von Berichten
hrsgg. von dem Exekutiv-Kommittee des 11. internat. Geologen-Kongress,
Stockholm 1910"; also articles in periodicals, on carnivorous plants
(Timarit B6kmf^l., 1907), on the enemies of the eider-duck ( Andvari, 1904),
on construction of houses (BdnaQarrit, 1904), and on ballooning and flying
(Eimreidin, 1910).
Benedictsson, Margret J6nsd6ttir, journalist, reformer ;
b. in Iceland, March 16, 1866 ; emigrated to Canada 1886, and received her
education in the public schools of Dakota ; moved afterwards to Manitoba,
where in 1893 she married S. B. Benedictsson (see below) ; became Unitarian
and woman suffrage worker, delivered lectures on the cause, and organized
Icelandic woman suffrage societies in Winnipeg, Argyle, Gimli, and
Mountain N. D. Founded in Selkirk, Man. 1898 the Icelandic monthly
" Freyja ", the first woman suffrage paper in Canada ; from 1902-10 it was
publ. in Winnipeg. — Author: Numerous articles and poems in "Freyja",
"The Maple I^eaf Almanak", and other Icelandic-Canadian papers. —
Translator: Dora Thorne, by C. M. Braeme (1900); Karmel nj6snari, by
Sylv. Cobb jr. (1901); Ei9ur Helenar Harlow, by L. Waisbrooker (1902);
Heimili Hildu, by R. Graul (1906); f biskupskerrunni, by M. Michelson
(1907); and many articles, tales, and poems in "Freyja" and other
periodicals.
Benedictsson, Sigfiis Benedict, poet, journalist ;
b. Heidarsel, Nor5ur-M<ilasysla, April 28, 1865 ; studied one year at the
Agricultural School of Ei9ar ; emigrated to America 1888 ; with his wife,
Mrs. M. J. B. (see above), he founded the periodical "Freyja", and after
its transfer to Winnipeg was the manager of " Freyja Printing and Publish-
ing Co."; editor of the weekly " Selkirkingur " 1900-02, of "The Maple
Leaf Almanak " 1900-05, and of the " Tuttugasta oldin " 1909-10. Lives
at present in Winnipeg, Man. — Author : Lj69m3eli (Poems. 1905); numerous
articles and poems in the Icelandic-Canadian periodicals.
Benediktsd6ttir, Unnur, poet ; pseudonym : Hulda ;
b. Au9nar, Su9ur-f>ingeyjarsysla, Aug. 6, 1881 ; married 1905 Sig. Sigfdsson,
Hfisavik. — Author: KvaeQi (Poems. 1909).
Benediktsson, Einar, poet ;
b. Elli9avatn, Oct. 31, 1864, son of Benedikt Sveinsson {d. 1899), the
politician and leader of the liberal party; A. B., 1884 ; Cand. Juris, 1892;
1896 founded the paper " Dagskrd " and was editor of it until 1898 ; it was
originally planned as a daily paper, and as such it was published from June
to Aug. 1896 only. Superior Court attorney 1898-1904 ; 1903 organized the
so-called ' ' Landvarnarflokkur ' ' which opposed the amendment to the
constitution proposed by the government ; prefect (syslumaQur) of Rangdr-
ICELANDIC AUTHORS 3
vallasysla 1904-07. Since his retirement lives outside of Iceland, usually
in England. — Author: Sogur og kvae3i (Stories and poems. 1897 ; one of
these stories, Falkeredet, appeared in Norwegian translation in the fort-
nightly " Kringsjaa ", 1899) ; Aldam6talj65 (Songs at the commencement of
the century. 1900); Ny valtyskan og landsr^ttindin (1902; a political
pamphlet); Hafblik, kvseSi og songvar (Seagleams, poems and songs.
1906). An essay on Henrik Ibsen (Skirnir, 1906) ; many articles and
poems in periodicals, and many of those he wrote for the " Dagskrd " are
of particular interest ; he also wrote a play, Hjd hofninni (Near the harbor),
which was staged in Reykjavik in 1895 but was never printed. — Editor:
Urvalsrit (Selected works) of Sigurdur Brei5fjor3 (1894); Utsyn (The out-
look 1892 ; with f>orl. J. Bjarnason), a publication which was to contain
selections from the world's literature, translated into Icelandic, but only one
number appeared, containing translations from American authors. — Trans-
lator: P^tur Gautur, by Henrik Ibsen (1901); Hrafninn, by E. A. Poe
(Utsyn, 1892).
Biogr.: Breidablik. II. pp. 22-25.— Skirnir. IvXXIX. pp. 340-356, portr.
Benediktsson, Kristjdn Asgeir, novelist ; pseudonym : Snaer
Snseland ;
b. As in Kelduhverfi, Nor5ur-I>ingeyjarsysla, Aug. 23, i860 ; grad. of M63ru-
vellir High-School 1885 ; teacher for some years in various places in NorQur-
pingeyjarsysla and Nor9ur-Mtilasysla ; went to Canada in 1894, and has
since been engaged in journalism (on the " Heimskringla " ), and employed
in government offices. — Author: Valid (The choice. 1898; a novel); in
periodicals have appeared the following stories : Cskin ( Heimskringla,
1895), Lj6si3 i hriSinni (Oldin, 1895), and Holdsveikin (Eimrei9in, 1897);
many other contributions to periodicals. — Translator : Mr. Potter frd Texas,
by A. C. Gunter (1903).
Bergmann, Fribrik Jdnsson, theologian ;
b. Gar9svik, Eyjafjardarsysla, April 15, 1858; cameto America 1875 ; A.B.,
Norwegian Lutheran College, Decorah, Iowa, 1881 ; studied theology in the
University of Christiania 1883-85, and in the Lutheran Seminary, Phila-
delphia, 1886 ; ordained, 1886; minister of Icelandic parishes in North Dakota
1 886- 1 903, of the Icelandic Southern parish in Winnipeg 1903-09 ; vice-
president of the Icelandic Lutheran Synod in America 1886-99, and edited
one of its periodicals, the annual "Aldam6t" 1891-1903 ; severed his con-
nections with the Synod in 1909 and has since lived in Winnipeg, where he
has edited the monthly " Breidablik " since 1906, and was for some time
teacher of Icelandic in Wesley College, Winnipeg. — Author: Eina lifid
(1899 ; five sermons); Island um aldam6tin (Iceland at the end of the 19th
cent., sketches from a journey. 1901); Vafurlogar (1906; a collection of
essays); ViSreisnarvon kirkjunnar (The hope of the restoration of the
church. 1911); several papers in the "Aldam6t": on views of life (1891),
on the value of the Old Testament (1893), on pains of life (1894), on the
signs of the times (1895), on ideals (1896), on Philip Melanchthon (1897),
Quo vadis (1898), on the letter and the spirit (1901), what demands should
4 ISLANDICA
our nation make of its poets (1902), on the vocation of the disciple (1902)^
and other articles and sermons. Articles in the * ' Breidablik ' ' and
" Sameiningin." In 0. S. Thorgeirsson's " Almanak" several biographical
sketches, and articles on the history of the Icelandic settlements in North
Dakota (1902) and in Winnipeg (1903-07). Contributor to Jacobs' and
Haas' IvUtheran Cyclopedia (1911).
Biogr.: Sunnanfari. VIII. pp. 33-34, portr.— 09inn. VIII. p. 10, portr.
Bjarnarson, I>6rhallur, theologian ;
b. Laufds, Su3ur-I>ingeyjarsysla, Dec. 2, 1855; A. B., 1877; Cand. Theol.,
1883 ; minister of Reykholt 1884 ; docent in the Theol. School, 1885-94,
director (Lector Theol. ), 1894-1908 ; since 1908 Bishop of Iceland ; Knight of
Danebrog 1902, etc. Member of Althing for Borgarfjardarsysla 1894-99,
1902-07, and speaker of the Lower House 1897-99 ; president of the Icelandic
Agricultural Society 1901-07, and as such edited its publication, " BdnaQar.
rit", to which he has contributed several articles; chairman of the inter-
parliamentary committee on agricultural affairs 1904-05. — Author: Many
contributions in *'Kirkjubla9i9 " (1891-97) which he founded and edited,
also in "Nytt kirkjublad" since 1906, chiefly articles on theological
and educational subjects; lecture on the papacy (Timarit B6kmf., 1897) ;
biography of Rev. f><5rarinn Bodvarsson (Andvari, 1897); article on Konrd5
Gislason (Skirnir, 1907). — Editor: Sk61alj69 (Poems for schools. 1901, 3d
ed. 1909). ^/<7/«/ editor: Fornsogupsettir (1899-1901); Lesb6k handa
bornum og unglingum (Reader for children and young people. 3 vols.
1907-10). — Translator: Kristilegur barnalaerd6mur, by Th. Klaveness
(1899, 4th ed. 1 9 10); the first half of Um uppeldi, by Herbert Spencer
(1884).
Biogr.: Odinn. II. pp. 9-10, portr. — BreiQablik. IV. p. 17, portr.— Gu9-
fraeQingatal. pp. 293-296.
Bjaraason, Agiist [H^onarson] , philosopher ;
h. Bildudalur, Aug. 20, 1875 ; A. B., Bfterslaegtens Skole in Copenhagen,
1894; A. M. (philosophy), 1901 ; Ph. D., 1911 ; Hannes Arnason stipen-
diary 1901-05, and pursued philosophical studies in the universities of
Copenhagen, Berlin and Strassburg ; during the winter 1904-05 gave
popular lectures on the history of religions in Reykjavik ; teacher in the
College of Iceland 1905-11 ; since Sept. 22, 191 1 professor of philosophy.
University of Iceland, Reykjavik. — Author: Upphaf kristninnar og
hofundur hennar Jestis Kristur (The origin of Christianity and its founder
Jesus Christ. 1904); Andatrtiin krufin (Spiritualism analyzed. 1906); Yfir-
lit yfir sogu mannsandans (Survey of the intellectual history of man-
kind), a history of philosophy from earliest times down to the present, of
which four vols, have appeared : Andatrtiin og frampr6un triiarbragQanna
(Animism and the evolution of religions. 1905), Austurlond (The Orient,
covering the oriental religions including Christianity. 1908), Hellas (1910),
and Nitjdnda oldin (The nineteenth century. 1906); Jean Marie Guyau, en
Fremstilling og en Kritik af hans Filosofi (1911, doctor's dissertation).
Also numerous contributions to periodicals, such as articles and essays on
ICELANDIC AUTHORS 5
university extension (Arny, 1901), and in the "Skirnir": on the moral
teachings of Epictetus ( 1910), on the new materialism ( 1910), and on Guyau
(1912); also poems original and translated from English and German
(Goethe, Heine, Poe, Ivongfellow).
Biogr.: Kobenhavns Universitets Festskrift, Nov. 191 1. pp. 80-81. — (39inn.
II. pp. 69-70, portr.
Bjamason, Bjom, philologist ;
b, Vi5fj6r5ur, July 3, 1873 ; A. B., 1895 ; A. M. (Scandinavian philology),
190 1 ; Ph. D., 1905; teacher in public schools in fsafj6r9ur, 1905-08;
since Oct. i, 1908 teacher in the Teachers' School, Reykjavik. — Author:
Sagnakver (Folk-tales. 2 vols. 1900-03); Nordboernes legemlige Uddannelse
i Oldtiden (1905, doctor's dissertation), an Icelandic edition of which, with
alterations, appeared under the title : fprdttir fornmanna d Nordurlondum
(The sports and pastimes of the ancient Scandinavians. 1908); also an
article on the same subject (Tim. B6kmf. 1904); reviews in the quarterly
' ' Skirnir, ' ' of which he has been editor since 1910. Contributor to Johannes
Hoops' Reallexikon der germanischen Altertumskunde. — Translator :
IJrania, by C. Flammarion (1898); Ur dagb6k Siberiufara, by Korolenko
(1897); .^fintyri handa bornum og unglingum (Fairy tales for children and
young people. 1903); H. Ussing's treatise on the^modern literature of
Denmark (Eimrei9in, 1898).
Biogr.: 65inn. I. pp. 92-93, portr.
Bjarnason, J6hann Magnus, novelist ;
b. Medalnes, NorQur-Mtilasysla, May 24, 1866 ; emigrated to Canada (Nova
Scotia) 1875, and was educated in the public schools there ; since 1889 has
been a public school teacher in Marshland, Manitoba. — Author: Sogur og
kvaeSi (Stories and poems. 1892), containing five stories ; Lj69mseli (Poems.
1898); Eirikur Hansson, skdldsaga frd Nyja Skotlandi (E. H., a novel from
Nova Scotia. 3 vols. 1899-1903); Braziliufararnir, skdldsaga ( The emigrants
to Brazil, a novel. 2 vols. 1905-08); Vornsetur d Elgsheiclum, sogur frd
Nyja Skotlandi (Spring nights on Moose heaths, stories from Nova Scotia.
1910) containing seven stories, some of which had been published before ;
a few other stories in various papers: Hj6nadj6fullinn ( Heimskringla,
1895), J6n Vesturfari (Logberg, 1896), SofnuQurinn j I>istilhverfi (lyogberg,
1897), Ari litli kemur i skola (BreiQablik, 1907); also Bessabref (Heims-
kringla, 1893-94). A biographical sketch of Magntis Brynj61fsson
(Eimreidin, 1912). Has also written several plays, but they have not been
printed.
Biogr.: BreiQablik. I. pp. 106-110, portr.
Bjarnason, J6n, theologian ;
b. pvottd, Su3ur-Mtilasysla, Nov. 15, 1845; A. B., 1866; Cand. Theol.,
Theological School, 1869 ; ordained, 1869 ; teacher in Reykjavik, 1870-73 ;
went to America in 1873, and was professor in Luther College, Deborah,
Iowa, 1873-75; editor of the Norwegian weekly paper "Budstikken ",
Minneapolis, Minnesota, 1875-77 ; minister of the Icelandic congregation
6 ISLANDICA
of New Iceland, Manitoba, 1877-80 ; minister of Dvergasteinn, Iceland,
1880-84; went back to Canada 1884, and became minister of the First
IvUtheran Church, Winnipeg, Manitoba, which position he still holds;
principal leader in the organisation of the Icelandic Evangelic-Lutheran
Synod of America in 1885, was its president 1885-1908, and has been the
editor of its organ, the monthly " Sameiningin ", since its foundation,
1886. — Author: GuQspjallamdl, pr^dikanir d sunnudogmn og hdtiQum
kirkjudrsins (Gospel talks, sermons on Sundays and church feasts. 1900);
many sermons on special occasions, such as the millenary of the colonization
of Iceland (1874), the three hundred and fiftieth anniversary of the transla-
tion of the New Testament into Icelandic (1891), and the nine hundreth
anniversary of the introduction of Christianity in Iceland (1900); Nau3-
synleg hugvekja (A necessary admonition. 1879), a censure of some
doctrines of the Norwegian Lutheran Synod ; Island a9 bldsa upp ( Iceland
is being laid bare. 1888), a criticism of Icelandic conditions, which was
supplemented by his paper on Icelandic nihilism (1889), causing consider-
able controversy. In " Aldam6t " and " Aram6t ", the two annual publica-
tions of the Evang.-Luth. Synod are printed sixteen of his sermons
and other papers, among which is especially to be mentioned Apologia pro
vita sua (1909). In the twenty- seven vols, of "Sameiningin " there are, of
course, a very great number of contributions from his pen on religious and
other subjects, as well as translations ; many articles in " Logberg ", one of
which, at least, was separately issued, Um vatnsveitingar (On irrigation.
1890), a paper of controversial character. Contributor to Jacobs' and Haas*
The Lutheran Encyclopedia (1911). — Translator: Ur heimi baenarinnar,
by D. G. Monrad (1888); Hva3 er bibliu-kritik, by C. Asschenfeldt-
Hansen (1904); Ben Htir, by Lew Wallace (i9o8ff. ); Dina Morris (from
Adam Bede), by George Eliot (Aldam6t, 1903). Translated into English
(with R. B. Anderson) Fri9j)j6fs saga and I>orsteins saga Vikingssonar,
publ. in Viking Tales (1877).
Biogr.: Sunnanfari. I. pp. 93-96, portr. — Ver9i lj6s. IV. pp. 102-107,
portr. — Bjarmi. II. pp. 25-28, portr. — OSinn. VII. p. 9, portr. — Aram6L
1909. pp. 18-56.
Bjamason, Ldra [Mikaelina] , musician ;
(born Gu9johnsen) wife of the preceding ; has edited two musical works i
Laufbl69 (Leaves. 1900), and Songb6k bandalaganna og sunnudaga-
sk61anna (1912).
Bjarnason, Ldrus [Kristjdn Ingvaldur H^onarson], jurist ;
b. Flatey in Brei9ifj6r9ur, March 27, 1866 ; A. B., 1885 ; Cand. Juris, 1891 ;
acting Superior Court attorney, 1891-92 ; acting prefect of fsafjar9arsysla,
1892-94 ; prefect of Snsefellsnes- og Hnappadalssysla, 1894-1908 ; appointed
first dean of the Law School, Reykjavik, May 30, 1908 ; since Sept. 22, 19JI,
professor of law, University of Iceland, Reykjavik. Member of Althing for
Snaefellsnessysla, 1901-07, member chosen by the Crown, 1909-11, since
191 1 member for Reykjavik ; member of the Council of Iceland Bank since
1902 ; member of the interparliamentary committee on church affairs 1904^
ICELANDIC AUTHORS 7
member of the interparliamentary committee on the Danish-Icelandic union
1907; Knight of Danebrog, 1904. — Author: Treatise on loss of debts by
lapse of time ( Logf raedingur, 1901); two articles on the revision of the
Icelandic constitution (Andvari, 1902 and 1903); Forelobige Bemaerkninger
om Islands statsretlige Stilling (in : Betaenking afgiven af den dansk-
islandske Kommission, 1908); numerous articles in periodicals, especially
in "I>j6961fur" and "Reykjavik."
Biogr.: Sunnanfari, IV. p. 65, portr. — (39inn. V. pp. 9-11, portr.
Bjarnason, Torfi, agriculturist ;
h. Skard on Skardstrond, Aug. 28, 1838 ; 1866-67 was in Scotland studying
agricultural conditions ; about 1870 invented and introduced into Iceland
a new mowing scythe which has been used there since ; 1873 travelled in
United States ; 1870 bought the farm Olafsdalur in Dalasysla, and in 1880
founded there the first agricultural school in Iceland with some support
partly from the districts of the Western Quarter, partly from the government,
and still receives from the latter an appropriation for giving instruction
in agriculture. — Author : Treatise on what could be done to avert the great
mortality in Iceland (1867), awarded the prize of Isaac Sharp, the philan-
thropist; letters from Scotland (Ny f^lagsrit, 1867); on draining (Timarit
Bmf., 1881); on popular education, on fermented hay, etc. (Andvari, 1884);
on cooperative societies (Andvari, 1893); on cultivation of the homefield
(Andvari, 1912); in the " Bdnadarrit " there are many contributions from
his pen : on fermented hay (1888), on the trade of farmers (1893), on
agricultural instruction (1892), on weaning (1908), on store-houses of hay,
(1909 and 1911), etc.
Biogr.: Sunnanfari. IX. pp. 9-12, portr. — 69inn. VIII. pp. 17-21, portr.
Bjarnason, P>orleifur [Jon H^onarson] , educator ;
b. Flatey in Brei9ifj6r9ur, Nov. 7, 1863 ; A. B., 1884 ; Cand. Mag. (classical
and Scandinavian philology), 1892 ; teacher (Latin and history) in College
of Iceland, Reykjavik, since 1896 ; travelled in Germany 1897-98 study-
ing educational methods ; took the initiative in the founding of the Public
Library in Reykjavik, 1900, and has since been its treasurer; has been
member of the central committee of the Home Rule party. — Author:
Mannkynssaga handa unglingum (Universal history for young people.
1905, 2d ed. 1908); paper on Switzerland (Timarit Bmf., 1902); essays
in the "Skirnir": on Jonas Lie (1908), on Abraham Lincoln (1909), on
the youth of J6n SigurQsson and his first dealings with public affairs
(1911); also reviews and shorter articles in other periodicals. Donsk
lestrarb6k (Danish reader. 1895, 2d ed. 1905, with Bjarni j6nsson). — Editor:
Utsyn (1892, with Binar Benetiktsson ) ; Br^f J6ns Sigur9ssonar (191 1,
with J6n Jensson); J6n Sigur9sson's letters to the representatives of the
Icelandic Patriotic Society (Andvari, 191 1).
Bjamh68insd6ttir, Briet, journalist ;
b. Haukagil, Hiinavatnssysla, Sept. 27, 1856; was student in the Laugaland
School for girls ; married 1888 Valdimar Asmundsson (a?. 1902), the editor
8 ISLANDICA
of "Fjallkonan"; founded " Kvennabla9i9 " 1895 and has been its editor
since; editor of " Barnabla9i9 " 1898-1903 ; has taken active part in the
suffrage movement, and was one of the first women' elected to the City
Council, Reykjavik ; president of the Society for the Rights of Women
(Kvennr^ttindaf^lagid), founded in i^^ .—Author : Fyrirlestur um hagi og
r^ttindi kvenna (Lecture on the conditions and rights of women. 1888);
Sveitalifi9 og Reykjavikurlifi9 (Country life and the life in R. 1894); Livet
p& Island i det nittende Arhundrede (Nordisk tidskrift, 1905); a series of
articles on the history of the movement for the emancipation of women
(Skirnir, 1907-09). The papers she has edited have been largely written by
her.
Biogr.: 69inn. IV. pp. 12-13, portr.
Bjarnhebinsson, Ssemundur, physician ;
b. Bo9varsh61ar, Hdnavatnssysla, Aug. 26, 1863; A. B., 1890; Cand. Med.
& Chir., 1897; district physician of SkagafjarSarsysla, 1897-1898 ; since
Oct. I, 1898, physician and director of the Odd Fellows' hospital for the
leprous, Laugarnes near Reykjavik ; extraordinary docent, University of
Iceland, since 19 11 ; received the title of honorary professor, 1912. — Author;
Beretning om Oddfellow-Ordenens Spedalskhedshospital i Laugarnes
(Ugeskr. for Laeger, 1900); Kystes hydatiques et les lepreux en Islande,
and Contribution a la question des localisations dites rares de la lepre
tubereuse (Lepra, V. 1895; also in Danish: Bibliotek for Lseger, 1906);
Leprosy in Iceland (Der zweite Leprakonferenz. Mittheil. u. Verhandl. I.
1909); history of leprosy in Iceland (Skirnir, 1910). — Translator: Holds-
veikismdliQ, serstaklega a9 pvi er fsland snertir, by Edv. Ehlers (1895).
Bjornsson, Benedikt, novelist ; pseudonym : Bjorn Austraeni ;
b, Febr. 8, 1879 ; grad. of Modruvellir High School, 1899; teacher in Husavik,
SuSur-I^ingeyjarsysla. — Author: Milli fjalls og fjoru (Between mountain
and beach, eight stories of Icelandic country life. 1910); two other stories :
Kviksyndi (Nyjar kvoldvokur, 1910), and Veidifor (Skirnir, 1912); an article
on modern Icelandic literature (Skirnir, 1906). — Editor: KvaeQi og sogur,
by J6hann Gunnar SigurQsson (1909), with a biography of the poet.
Bjornsson, Gubmundur, physician ;
b. Grof in ViQidalur, Hiinavatnssysla, Oct. 12, 1864; A. B., 1887; Cand.
Med. & Chir., 1894; acting docent, 1894-95, docent in the Medical School
and district physician of Reykjavik, 1895-1906 ; surgeon-general of Iceland
since Oct. i, 1906; 1896 was sent by the government to Norway to study
the treatment of leprosy ; 1905-06 studied in hospitals in Berlin and Paris ;
member of the City Council, Reykjavik, 1900-06 ; member of the Althing for
Reykjavik, 1905-08 ; has been an active Good Templar for many years. —
Author : Um matvseli og munaSarvoru (On victuals and articles of luxury.
1895); Indberetning til Ministeriet for Island om Spedalskheden i Norge
samt Forslag til Foranstaltninger imod Spedalskheden paa Island (1897);
Skyrslur um heilsufar og heilbrig9ismdlefni d fslandi 1905-06 (Rapport sur
r^tat sanitaire et medicale pour 1905-06); Mannska9ar d fslandi (Loss of
ICELANDIC AUTHORS g
lives due to accidents in Iceland. 1912); Um dfenga drykki (On alcoholic
drinks. 1899); Um dfengisnautn sem pjo^armein og rd5 til a3 titryma henni
(On consumption of alcohol as national evil and measures for its extirpation.
1910); several articles in 'Skirnir" on hygiene and related subjects, as on
boarding schools for children (1905), on septic tanks (1908), on typhoid
fever (1908), on insurance for sickness (1909); on reform of the sanitary
organization' in Iceland (Andvari, 1896); also contributions to the hygienic
journal "Kir" (1899-1900), of which he was one of the editors; a few
articles on language reform in periodicals.— Trawj/a/or.- Um berklaveiki,
by S. A Knopf (1903), and another pamphlet on the same subject (1898).
Biogr.: Sunnanfari. VIII. pp. 65-66, portr.— 63inn. II. pp. 65-66, portr.
Bjomsson, Simon, called DalaskMd, poet ;
b. Akrar, SkagafjarQarsysla, 1844 ; a prolific writer of rimur, a form of
poetry now almost extinct in Iceland, but which flourished there for
centuries down to the middle of the nineteenth century ; he has travelled
all over Iceland, selling his works and writing poems on persons he met, and
for special occasions ; lives now in his home district.— A uiAor: Collections
of poems under various titles : Smamunir (3 pts. j 872-73), Freyja (1874),
Bragi (1876), Starkadur (1877), Sneglu-Halli (1883), K6rmakur (1886),
Stfifur (1892), Sighvatur (1905), PlallfreQur (1909); the following rimur:
of Kjartan (3lafsson (1871; 2d ed. 1890), of Bui AndriQarson (1872), of
Gunnlaugur ormstunga (1878; id ed. 1906); of H6r3ur H61mverjakappi
(1879), of Geirar3ur and Klinborg (1884), of Armann and Helga (1891), of
Hdvardur fsfirQingur (1891), of Hrafn Hrutfirdingur (1911), of Ing61fur
Arnarson (1912). Collected much of the material for the biography of the
poet Hjdlmar J6nsson (called B61u-Hjalmar, d. 1871), by Brynj61fur
J6nsson ( 191 1).
Biogr.: 63inn. II. p. 14, portr.
Bjornsson, Stefdn, journalist ;
b. Kolfreyjustadur, Su9ur-M61asysla, March 14, 1876; A. B., 1900; Cand.
Theol., Theological School, 1903 ; went to Canada 1904, and since 1905 has
been editor of the Icelandic weekly "Logberg", Winnipeg, Man., Canada.
— Translator: 6likir erfingjar, by G. Boothby (1910); Lifs e3a li9inn, by
H. Conway (1907 ) ; ErfSaskrd Lormes, by Chas. Garvice ( 1909) ; Kjord6ttirin,
by A. C. Gunter (1909;; Fanginn 1 Zenda, and Rupert Hentzau, by Anthony
Hope (1908 ) ; Denver og Helga, by A. W. Marchmont ( 1906 ) ; Hefnd Mari6ns,
by E. P. Oppenheim (1911).
Bjornsson, f*orsteinn, theologian ;
b. Baer in Borgarfjordur, July 2, 1876; A. B., 1898; Cand. Theol., Theo-
logical School, 1902 ; engaged for some time in temperance work and
journalism ; went to America 1909, and lives in Winnipeg, Man., Canada. —
Author: Skuggamyndir, alpydlegar frdsagnir {ir sogu pdvad6msins
(Shadows, popular tales from the history of the papacy. 1908); fslenzkir
hofu91aerd6mar (1912), an exposition of the doctrines of Lutheranism,
Uuitarianism, and the new theology. Several contributions to periodical
literature, chiefly on temperance, a few poems and biographical sketches.
lO
ISLANDICA
Blondal, Bjorg [Caritas l^orldksddttir] ,
b. Vesturh6psli61ar, Hiinavatnssysla, Jan. 30, 1874; A. B., Copenhagen,
1901 ; Cand. Phil., 1902; wife of Sigfus Blondal (see below). — Author:
Contributions to periodicals, e. g., treatise on mothers (Skirnir, 1907). —
Translator: Matur og drykkur, by Chr. Jiirgensen (1906-08); on the
position and conditions of women, by H. Hoffding (Skirnir, 1910); in
* ' BimreiQin " : a story by Kipling (1903), and several stories by Selma
Lagerlof (1903-09).
Blondal, Hannes Stephensen, poet ;
b. Oct. 25, 1863 ; grad. of the Modruvellir High School, 1882 ; engaged in
business for a time, and lived a few years in Canada, but returned to Iceland
1907, and is now bank clerk in Reykjavik. — Author: Three collections of
poems: Nokkur kvaedi (1887), Kvaedi (1891), Kvae9i (1901).
Blondal, Sigfus [Benedikt Bjornsson], philologist, poet;
b. Hjallaland, Htinavatnssysla, Oct. 2, 1874 ; A. B., 1892 ; Cand. Mag.
(classical philology and English), 1898 ; acting vice-inspecteur in Regensen
1899 ; in England and France, 1900-01 ; assistant in the Royal Library,
Copenhagen, 1901-07, since 1907 sub-librarian ; secretary of the Icelandic
Literary Society, Copenhagen, 1905-11, and since 1912 secretary of the
Icelandic Literature Society (HiQislenzka FrseQaf^lag). — Author: Algierske
Soroveres Tog til Island Aar 1627 (Nord og Syd, 1896); Alfred Tennyson
(Timarit Bmf., 1903); Katalogisering og Opstilling af Boger (1912; sep.
repr. from Dahl's Haandbog i Bibliotekskundskab ) ; contributor to the
Encyclopaedia Britannica on modern Icelandic literature ; many poems,
articles, and reviews in various periodicals ; for some years has been engaged
upon an Icelandic-Danish dictionary, for the completion of which he has
received government support. — Editor: ^fisaga J6ns Olafssonar Indiafara,
samin af honum sjdlfum 1661 (Autobiography of J. 6. 1908-09); Odysseifs-
kvi9a H6mers, an Icelandic prose version, by Sveinbjorn Egilsson (1912);
Katalog over Erhvervelser af nyere udenlandsk Litteratur ved Statens
offentlige Biblioteker ii9ii(i9i2); Katalog over Erhvervelser af udenlandsk
teknisk Litteratur ved Kobenhavns kommunale og Foreningsbiblioteker i
191 1 (1912). — Translator: Nokkur forngrisk kvseQi (A few poems from the
ancient Greek of Theocritus and Aristophanes. "Arny", 1901); Jon
Olafssons Oplevelser som Bosseskytte under Christian IV., nedskrevne
af ham selv (1905); Jon Olafssons Oplevelser som Ostindiefarer under
Christian IV., nedskrevne af ham selv (1907); Draumur Makars, by V.
Korolenko (1897).
Borgfirbingur, Sighvatur Grimsson, historian, genealogist ;
b. Nyibser, BorgarfjarQarsysla, Dec. 20, 1840; received no education in hi»
youth, but taught himself to read and write ; has been a farmer and lived
in different places, longest at H6f9i in Dyrafj6r9ur, devoting all spare
moments to literary work, copying manuscripts, translating, and writing ;
lives at present in Reykjavik. — Author : Sagan af Natani Ketilssyni (1892);
Sigurdur Brei5fjor9 (1912); Um verzlun (1910), a brief outline of the
ICELANDIC AUTHORS II
history of the Icelandic trade ; of his unprinted works there are especially
to be mentioned the lives of the Icelandic clergy (in 15 vols. ), which together
with other of his MSS. have been secured by the National Library in
Reykjavik. — Editor: Fjdrdrdpsmdli9 i Htinapingi, by Gisli Konrddsson
(1898), also the same author's autobiography (Timarit B6kmf^l., 1897). —
Translator : Cyprianus (1904).
Biogr.: (35inn. II. pp. 30-31, portr.
Briem, Eirikur [Eggertsson] , educator ;
b. Melgraseyri, July 17, 1846; A. B., 1864; Cand. Theol., Theological
School, 1867 ; secretary to the bishop of Iceland, 1867-74 ; minister of
I>ingeyrar, 1874-80; dean of Hiinavatnssysla, 1877-80; docent in the
Theological School, 1880-1911; professor honoris causa, 1911 ; Commander
of Danebrog, 1906, etc. Member of Althing for H6navatnssysla 1881-91,
member chosen by the Crown since 1901, speaker of the united Althing 1901-
07 ; inspector of the National Bank of Iceland, 1885-1910; member of the
interparliamentary committee on church affairs, 1904-05 ; founded the
Reykjavik Trust Bank (S6fnunarsj65ur) 1885. and has been its president
since ; president of the Icelandic Archeological Society since 1893. —
Author: Reikningsb6k (Arithmetic. 1869, 9th ed. 1906); Hugsunarfraedi
i |)rongri merkingu (Text-book of logic. 1897); Stafrofskver (Abecedary.
1893, 5th ed. 1908); biographical sketch of Jon Sigur9sson (Andvari, 1880),
and two articles on economy (Andvari, 1884 and 1888); biography of Sae-
mundur Eyj61fsson (B6na9arrit, 1897); on the introduction of Christianity
into Iceland and its influence on the people (Ver5i ]j6s, 1900), and various
other articles. — Translator: Hin postullega trtiarjdtning, by G. Lisco
(1873); the latter half of Um uppeldi, by Herbert Spencer (I884).
Biogr.: Sunnanfari. III. pp. 25-26, portr.— Cainn. II. pp. 33-35, portr. —
Bjarmi. V. p. 153, portr.
Briem, Halldor [Eggertsson] , educator ;
b. Bspih611, Sept. 5, 1852 ; A. B., 1871 ; Cand. Theol., Theological School,
1875 ; went to America, 1876, was ordained there 1880, and did ministerial
work among the Icelanders in New Iceland and Winnipeg until 1882, when
he returned to Iceland ; teacher in the Moclruvellir High School, 1882-1907 ;
since 1908 second assistant librarian, National Library, Reykjavik. — Author:
Kennslub6k i ensku (English primer. 1873, 2d ed. 1875); Ny kennslub6ki
ensku (A new English primer. 1889); Kennslub6k i flatamdlsfrse9i (Text-
book of plane geometry. 1889, 2d ed. 1904); Kennslub6k i pykkvamdlsfrsedi
(Text-book of stereometry. 1892, 2d ed. 1912); Yfirlit yfir goSafrseQi
NorQurlanda (A view of Scandinavian mythology. 1886); Stutt dgrip af
islenzkri mdllysingu handa alpy3usk61um (Short Icelandic grammar for
common schools. 1891, 2d ed. 1910); Agrip af Islands sogu (Epitome of
Icelandic history. 1903); two plays: Herra S61skj61d (1892), Ingimundur
gamli (1901). — Editor: " Framfari " (1877-80), the first Icelandic newspaper
to be published in America, printed at Lund, Keewatin, Man., Canada. —
Translator: Hr6i Hottur (Robin Hood. 1900).
Biogr,: 69inn. VI. p. 50, portr. — Minningarrit hins ev.-liit. kirkjufdl.
fslend. i Vesturheimi. pp. 65-67, portr.
12 ISLANDICA
Briem, Valdimar [Olafsson] , hymnologist ;
b. Grund, EyjafjarQarsysla, Feb. i, 1848; A. B., 1869; Cand. Theol.,
Theological School, 1872 ; minister of Hrepph61ar and St6ri Ntipur,
Arnessysla, since 1873; dean of Arnessysla since 1897; vice-bishop of
Skdlholt diocese since 1909 ; member of the committees on the hymn-book,
and on the ritual of the Icelandic church ; Knight of Danebrog, 1897. —
Author: Barnasdlmar (Hymns for children. 1893); Bibl]ulj69 (Poems on
Biblical subjects. 2 vols. 1896-97); Davi3 sdlmar i islenzkum sdlmabuningi
(The Psalter rendered into Icelandic hymns. 1898); Kristin barnafrae9i i
lj69um (Catechism in verse. 1906); LJ69 6r Jobsb6k (Songs from the book
of Job. 1908); a great number of hymns and religious poems, original and
translated in various periodicals, chiefly in " Sameiningin " , "Kirkjubla9 ",
"VerQi Ijos", and " Nytt kirk j ublad " ; in the "Aldam6t" were published
some of his longer poems (Kirkjan, 1892; Landskjdlftalj69, 1898; Island
og fsrael, 1899; Gu9 veit l)a9, 1901 ; Tibrd, and Undir feldi, 1902); in the
hymn-book now used in the Icelandic church there are about 30 hymns
by him ; to periodicals he has also contributed numerous articles on religious
and church affairs. He wrote the annual "Frettirfrd fslandi", publ. by
the Icelandic Literary Society, for the years 1871-78. To Dr. Thoroddsen's
biography of Bishop P^tur Petursson he contributed an appreciation of the
bishop as a writer of religious works (pp. 258-267).
Biogr.: Sameiningin. V. pp. 161-165, portr ; VII. pp. 5-8. — Ver9i lj6s.
III. pp. 67-78, portr. — CSinn. III. pp. 29-31, portr. — Bjarmi. II, pp. 5-6,
portr.
Danielsson, Olafur [Dan] , mathematician ;
b. ViQvik, Skagafjar9arsysla, Oct. 30, 1877 ; A. B., 1897 ; awarded the gold
medal of the University of Copenhagen, 1902, for an essay on a mathematical
prize-question ; Cand. Mag., 1904 ; Ph. D., 1909 ; since 1908 has been teacher
in the Teachers' School, Reykjavik. — Author: Nogle Bemaerkninger om
en Gruppe algebraiske Flader, der kunne biinges til at svare entydig til en
Plan Punkt for Punkt (1909; doctor's dissertation); Reikningsb6k (Text-
book of arithmetic. 1906); an article on the average age of Icelanders
during the latter half of the 19th century (Skirnir, 1905).
Biogr.: Kobenhavns Universitets Festskrift. Nov., 1911. p. 72. — 69inn. V.
p. 76, portr.
DaviQsson, GuQmundur, forester ;
b. Kdradalstunga in Vatnsdalur, Nov. 8, 1874 ; grad. of Flensborg High
School, 1900; teacher in Reykjavik. — Author: Sk6graektarrit (Book of
forestry. 1912).
Einarsson, IndriSi, dramatist, statistician ;
b. Hiisabakki, SkagafjarQarsysla, April 30, 1851, grandson of Gisli KonrdQs-
son {d. 1877), the historian ; A. B., 1872; Cand. Polit, 1877; studied in the
Univ. of Edinburgh, 1877-78 ; auditor of the official accounts of Iceland
1880-1904, and as such was the editor of the " Landshagsskyrslur "
(Statistical reports of Iceland), and the principal contributor ; commissary
ICELANDIC AUTHORS
13
in the Department of Finance and Statistics, Reykjavik, 1904-09, since 1909
chief of department. Member of Althing for Vestmanneyjasysla, 1891. —
Author: Nyjdrsn6ttin (The new year's night, a fairy play in 3 acts. 1872,
2d revised ed. 1907), written 1869, and played by the students in College of
Icel. 1 87 1, and in Reykjavik 1907-08, translated into German by Paul
Herrmann: Die Neujahrsnacht (1910); Hellismenn (The Cave-dwellers,
a historical drama in 5 acts. 1897), written in 1871-72, played in 1873 and
1895 in Reykjavik ; Skipid sekkur (The ship sinks, a modern drama in 4
acts. 1902), written 1891-97, played in 1904; Sver5 og bagall (Sword and
crozier, a historical drama in 5 acts, from the Sturlunga age. 1899), written
1897-98, translated into Danish by Henrik Ussing : Svaerd og Krumstav
( 1901), into German by Carl Kiichler : Schwert und Krummstab( 1900), into
English by L. M. Hollander: Sword and crozier (Poet-lore, 1912); a play
in 2 acts entitled : Systkinin i Fremstadal, written 1881-82, was staged in
Reykjavik 1894, but has never been printed. In addition to his numerous
contributions to the statistical reports mentioned above, he has written
articles for other periodicals, chiefly on statistical and economical topics ;
thus he contributed to the "Timarit B6kmf61." three treatises : on personal
property in Iceland 1878 ( 1880), on Icelandic parliamentary elections ( 1884),
and on money (1890); three articles in "Skirnir": on national theaters
( 1907), on money value in Iceland ( 1907), and personal reminiscences of J6n
SigurQsson (1911). On temperance there are many articles from his pen,
and he edited the "Good-Templar" for 1888, and the proceedings of the
Grand Lodge of Iceland of the Order of Good-Templars for 1886 and 1891. —
Translator: Meginatri9i J)j69megunarfraec)innar, by Maurice Block (1879);
Vikingarnir d Hdlogalandi, by Henrik Ibsen (1892, with Eggert 6. Brim ;
played in Reykjavik during two theater seasons).
Biogr.: Sunnanfari. X. pp. 73-74, portr. — OSinn. III. pp. 79-80, portr. —
Templar. XXVIII. pp. 1-2, portr.— Poet- Lore. XXIV. pp. 284-289.
Einarsson, Magniis, veterinarian ;
b. HoskuldsstaSir, Nordur Miilasysla, April 16, 1870; A. B., 1891 ; Cand.
Phil., 1892; afterwards turned to veterinary surgery, and graduated from
the Danish Veterinary College, 1896 ; since 1896 veterinary surgeon for the
South and West Quarters of Iceland, residing in Reykjavik. — Author: Um
fjdrkldQa (Scab in sheep. 1897); FjdrkldSinn (1911); numerous articles on
veterinary surgery and on diseases of domestic animals in various periodicals,
principally in " BAnadarrit " and " Freyr ", the latter of which he has
edited with two others since 1904 ; he has also written for periodicals
(Andvari, 1909, etc.) articles against introducing prohibition in Iceland.
Einarsson, Sigfiis, musician ;
b, Eyrarbakki, Jan. 30, 1877; A. B., 1898; Cand. Phil., 1899; studied for
some time law, but afterwards studied music under Vald. Lince and August
Enna; was the founder and director of the Musical Club of Icelandic
students in Copenhagen, and gave public concerts there ; 1904 gave concerts
in Iceland with Brynj61fur I>orldksson, and in the following years in Iceland
and Norway with his wife Valborg Einarsson (bom Hellemann). Since
14
ISLANDICA
1907 has received a stipend from the government for furthering musical
knowledge and instruction in music in Iceland ; organist of the Reykjavik
Cathedral since 1913. — Author: Stutt kenslub6k i hlj6mfr3e5i (Short text-
book of music. 1910) ; essay on the teaching of music in schools (EimreiQin,
1903 ) ; several reviews and articles in periodicals. Compositions : f slenzk
songlog fyrir fj6rar karlmannaraddir (Icelandic songs for four male voices.
1903); LofgjorQ iax Davidssdlmum (Praise from the Psalter, for male and
female voices with accompaniment. 1904); All)y9u-s6ngl6g (Popular songs.
1911); Tvo songlog, Zwei Lieder (1911); Till natten (1903); Til fdnans
(1906); j6nasHallgrimsson(i907); A5 Logbergi (1907); Pjetur Gu9johnsen
(1912). — Editor: Bdra bid (1905); H6rpuhlj6mar (15 Icelandic songs for
four male voices. 1905); Sk61a-s6ngvar (School songs. 3 parts. 1906-11);
Kirkjus6iigsb6k J6nasar Helgasonar (Book of church music by J. H. 1906);
popular songs forming vol. 3. of Barnab6k Unga Islands (1907); All)y9u-
songlog II. ( 17 Icelandic popular songs. 1912).
Biogr.: 6dinn. IV. pp. 21-22, portr.
Erlingsson, l^orsteinn, poet ;
b. St6ramork, Rangdrvallasysla, Sept. 27, 1858; A, B., 1883; Cand. Phil.,
1884 ; studied law for some time, but later pursued studies in philology and
literature, especially Old Norse ; 1895 made an archeological trip through
the southern and western districts of Iceland, and 1896 visited United States
at the invitation of Miss Cornelia Horsford for investigating ruins in
Massachusetts, supposed to be of Norse origin ; 1896- 1900 editor of the
weekly paper " Bjarki " at Sey9isfj6r9ur ; 1901-02 editor of " Arnfir9ingur "
at Bildudalur ; since 1902 has resided in Reykjavik. Has for some years
received a stipend from the government for literary work. — Author : I>yrnar
(Thorns, a collection of poems. 1897, 2d ed. enlarged 1905); Ruins of the
Saga Time : being an account of travels and explorations in Iceland in the
summer of 1895 (1899); Me9an um semur (1908), a political pamphlet.
Among his numerous contributions to periodicals are especially to be
mentioned a review of foreign books on Iceland and Icelandic literature
publ. in 1892 (Timarit B6kmf^l., 1894), and articles in * ' Sunnanfari " and
" Dyravinurinn "; an essay on Benedikt Grondal (in the book dedicated to
Grondal on his eightieth birth-day, 1906), and one on Sey9isfjor9ur
(Bimrei9in, 1903-04). — Editor: f slenzkar sogur og sagnir (Icelandic tales
and traditions. 1906). — Translator : Hei9rtin (1901-02 ; collection of trans-
lations of minor works by Marcel Prevost, Turgenef, and others, repr. from
the " Arnfir9ingur ").
Biogr.: Eimrei9in. I. pp. 121-125 ; XIII. pp. 42-60. — Sunnanfari. IV. pp.
92-93, portr. — 69inn. I. pp. 41-42, portr. — Heimir. IV. pp. 122-140. —
Buterpe (a Finnish-Swedish weekly). Sept. 27, 1902 (by Rolf Norden-
streng).
Finnbogason, GuSmundur, philosopher, essayist ;
b. Arnarstapi, pingeyjarsysla, June 6, 1873 ; A. B., 1896 ; Mag. Art.,
(philosophy; major: psychology), 1901 ; Dr. Phil., 1911 ; received a
stipend from the government for four years (1901-04) to study schools and
ICELANDIC AUTHORS 15
methods of instruction in Scandinavian countries and to work out plans
for school reform in Iceland; editor of " Skirnir " 1905-07; Hannes
Arnason stipendiary, 1907-11, and pursued philosophical studies in Copen-
hagen, Berlin, and Paris, 1907-10, during the winter 1910-11 giving popular
lectures on philosophy in Reykjavik ; since 191 1 assistant librarian in the
National Library, Reykjavik. — Author: LyOmentun, hugleidingar og
■tillogur (Popular education, reflections and suggestions. 1903); ftaliuferQ
(Trip to Italy. 1908); Bannmdlid (Prohibition. 1911); Den sympatiske
Forstaaelse (1911, doctor's dissertation); Hugur og heimur (Mind and
world. 1912 ; popular lectures on philosophy) ; several essays in •' Skirnir " :
on boarding schools (1905), on Egill Skallagrimsson (1905), on Einar
Benediktsson (1905), on William James (1905), on small and great nations
(1906), on K6rmakur and Steinger9ur (1907), on Jonas Hallgrimsson
(1907), on T6mas Saemundsson (1907), on energy and civilization (1910),
on belief in verbosity and obscurity ( 1912). An essay on Matthias Jochums-
son as author of obituary poems (in the M. J. memorial volume, 1905), and
on the poetry of Benedikt Grondal (in the B. G. memorial volume, 1906);
a great number of articles in various periodicals on educational and other
subjects. — Editor : Afmselisdagar (Birthday-book with selections from Ice.
landic poets. 1907); Lesb6k handa bornum og unglingum (Reader for
children and young people. 3 vols. 1907-10). — Translator: Cdaudleiki
mannsins, by William James (1905); f>ytur i sk6ginum, a story by V.
Korolenko (1897); essay on modem Norwegian literature, by Bjomstj.
Bjornson (Eimrei9in, 1898), on art, by Henri Bergson (Skirnir, 1906), on
pragmatism, by William James (Skirnir, 1912), and many other articles
and stories by various authors (J. Lie, Herm. Bang, S. Lagerlof, L. Tolstoy,
G. Simmel, etc. )
Biogr.: Kobenhavns Universitets Festskrift, Nov., 191 1. pp. 77-78.
FriQfinnsson, J6n, musician ;
b. f>or\'aldssta9ir, Su9ur-Mtilasysla, Aug. 16, 1865; came to Canada 1876;
organist of the Argyle Church, 1897-1905 ; real estate agent in Winnipeg,
Man., Canada. — Author: T61f songlog (Twelve musical compositions.
1904); Vor (Spring, barytone solo with piano accompaniment. 1913);
V6ggulj69 (Cradle-song. 1913); also a few compositions publ. in periodicals
(Eimrei5in, 1902, etc.).
Fribjonsson, Gubmundur, poet ;
b. Silalsekur, Su9ur-I>ingeyjarsysla, Oct. 24, 1869 ; grad. of MoQruvellir High
School, 1893; farmer at Sandur, Su9ur-I>ingeyjarsysla.— ^«/A£>r.- Einir
(Juniper, four stories. 1898); Ur heimahogum (From the home pastures, a
collection of poems. 1902); Undir beru lopti (In the open air, six stories.
1904); 6l6f i Asi (1907), a story claimed to be confessions of a married
woman. Has been a prolific contributor to periodicals, his articles covering
a variety of subjects, and there scarcely is an Icelandic periodical which has
not at one time or another published something from his pen ; his principal
•contributions are, however, poems and stories. In the "EimreiQin" have
appeared: Konan kemur i mannheim (1897), D6ttir min (1900), Afi og
I6 ISLANDICA
amma (1901), essay on the poets of I>ingeyjarsysla with selections from
their poems (1902), Systir min (1902), Ami i Urclarbdsi (1902, a poem),
description of life in I>ingeyjarsysla at the beginning of the 20th century
(1906), on dreams (1907), essay on J6nas Hallgrimsson and T6mas
Saemundsson (1907), on independance with special reference to Iceland
(1909 and 1910), on women in ancient Iceland (1912), on patriotism (1912),
and others. In "Skirnir ": an article on dreams (1909), and two essays on
Stephen G. Stephdnsson (1907 and 1912). In the Norwegian fortnightly
"Kringsjaa" a sketch of life in Iceland (1899).
Biogr.: Sunnanfari. X. pp. 33-34, portr. — (39inn. III. pp. 40-41, portr. —
BreiQablik. III. p. 11, portr.
FriSjonsson, Sigurjon, poet ;
b. Silalaekur, Su9ur-f>ingeyjarsysla, Sept. 22, 1867 ; brother of the preced-
ing ; grad. of Ei9ar Agricultural School, 1887 ; farmer at Einarsstadir, SuQur
I>ingeyjarsysla. — Author : Two stories in ' ' Bimreidin ' ' ( Hinn prongi vegur,
poems in prose. 1903; Hridarbylur. 1904), three stories in " Skirnir "
(Hvi hefur pti yfirgefiQ mig. 1907 ; Ur hlidinni yfir m6num. 191 1 ; Ur austri
og vestri. 1911); many poems in these and other periodicals, especially in
'* OcJinn " ; articles, chiefly on literary subjects, in " Stefnir " and " NorQri."
Biogr.: Bimreidin. VIII. pp. 95-100 ; XII. pp. 123-125. — 65inn. III. pp.
40-41, portr.
FriQriksson, Fribrik, poet, clergyman ;
h. Hdls in Svarfadardalur, May 25, 1868; A. B., 1893; Cand. Phil., 1894,
and studied for some time philology; Cand. Theol., Theol. School, 1900;
ordained 1900 as chaplain to the Laugarnes Hospital for the leprous ; since
1898 has been the director of the Reykjavik branch of Y. M. C. A. —
Author: S6nglj69 (Songs. 1909); Nokkrir songvar handa bornum (Some
songs for children. 1909); Morm6na-villan (The Mormon heresy. 1901);
several sermons and other pamphlets on religious subjects. Many of his
earlier poems in "Sunnanfari" and other papers. — Editor: ^skan, a
fortnightly paper for children (1904-09); the monthly bulletins of Y. M. C.
A. (1898, 1909-10). — Translator: Nokkrir sdlmar (1909).
Biogr.: Bjarmi. III. p. 161, portr.
Fribriksson, J>6ra, teacher ;
b. Reykjavik; daughter of Halld6r Kr. Fri9riksson, the philologist.
Educated in Reykjavik and Copenhagen. Teacher in public schools in
Reykjavik. — Author: Stutt landafrae9i fyrir byrjendur (Short text-book of
geography for beginners. 1897); Litil kennslub6k i donsku handa barna-
sk61um (Short Danish primer for elementary schools. 2 vols. 1900-01); two
essays in ''Skirnir", on Rembrandt (1907), and on the Maid of Orleans
(1908); several articles in " Kvennabla5i9 " and other papers.
Gislason, Sigurbjom Astvaldur, pamphleteer ;
b. Glaesibaer, Skagafjar9arsysla, Jan. i, 1876 ; A. B., 1897 ; Cand. Theol.,
Theological School, 1900; visited Denmark and Norway 1900-01, and has
since been in the service of the Danish Home Mission, residing in
ICELANDIC AUTHORS
17
Reykjavik. — Author : Smdsaga 6r Reykjavikurlifinu (A story from the R.
life. 1902); George Miiller (1911); Reikningsb6k (A text-book of arithe-
metic. 5 parts. 1911-12); numerous tracts, partly issued separately, partly in
the two series "Vekjarinn" (1903-06), and " Heimilisvinurinn " (1904-06),
both of which he edited. — Translator : Tracts and pamphlets, by B. Blume
(1902), Fr. E. Clark (1903), O. Funcke (1902), C. V. Bondo (1908), and
many others.
Gfslason, J^orsteinn Vilhjdlmur, poet, journalist ;
b. St8erri-Ar8k6gur, EyjafjarSarsysla, Jan. 26, 1867 ; A. B., 1892 ; Cand.
Phil., 1893 ; studied Scandinavian philology and literature until he returned
to Iceland, 1896; editor of the monthly "Sunnanfari ", 1896-98; editor of
"Island", 1897-99; editor of "Bjarki", Sey5isfj6r3ur, 1899-1903; editor
of the monthly illustrated paper "CQinn", since 1905, and the weekly
paper "I^ogretta", Reykjavik, since 1906. — Author: Kvae9i (Poems.
1893); Nokkur kvaeQi ( A f ew poems. 1904); Riss (Sketches. 1905); J6nas
Hallgrimsson (1903, a lecture). Wrote the foreign news in "Skirnir" 1904
and since 1910 ; two essays on Matthias Jochumsson, his life and poetry (in
the M. J. memorial volume, 1905); biography of Benedikt Grondal ( Andvari,
1909); poems for the visit of King Frederick VIII. to Iceland (1908). —
Translator: Arni, by Bjornstj. Bjornson (1897); ^fintyriS af P6tri
Pislarkrdk, by A. v. Chamisso (1902); Nylendupresturinn, by Kristofer
Janson (1902); Spdnskar ngetur, by Borge Janssen (1900); Sj6mannalif, by
R. Kipling (1907); Nasreddin (1904); fvar hKijdrn (Ivanhoe), by W. Scott
(1910); Quo vadis?, by H. Sienkiewicz (1905); I>rjdr sogur, by C. Ewald
and Bertha v. Suttner (1909); Orustan vi9 mylluna, by E. Zola (1903).
Grondal, Benedikt l^orvaldsson, poet ;
b. Hvammur, in Nor9urdrdalur, Aug. 9, 1870; A. B., 1893; at present
secretary to the prefect (baejarf6geti) of Reykjavik. — Author: Many poems
in periodicals ; a story (Sidasti r69urinn) in "Skirnir" (1912).
Gronfeldt, l^ora P>orleifsd6ttir, writer on domestic science ;
daughter of Rev. I>orleifur J6nsson, philologist and clergyman of Skinna-
sta9ur {d. 1911 ) ; wife of H. J. Gronfeldt, Hvitdrvellirin BorgarfjarQarsysla. —
Author: Stutt matrei9slub6k fyrir sveitaheimili (Short cook-book for
country homes. 1906).
Gublaugsson, Jonas, poet ;
b. Stadarhraun, Myrasysla, Sept. 27, 1887 ; student in College of Iceland,
1901-05 ; engaged in newspaper work in Reykjavik, 1905-06 ; editor of
"Valurinn", fsafjorQur, 1906-07; travelled in England, Germany, and
Scandinavia, and for some time was connected with the Danish ' ' Social-
Demokraten"; editor of "Reykjavik", 1909 ; since 1909 has lived in Den-
mark and Norway, engaged in journalism (on "Riget" and other papers)
and literary work. — Author: Vorbl6m (Spring flowers, a collection of
poems. 1905); Dagsbriin (Dawn, songs and poems. 1909); Tvistimid
(Double stars, 1906 ; a collection of poems to which Sig. SigurQsson also
contributed); Sange fra Nordhavet, islandske Digte (1911); Viddemes
1 8 ISLANDICA
Poesi (1912), the last two written in Danish; a story (DauSinn) in
"Skirnir" (1910); many poems in periodicals, — Translator: Maria Grubbe,
ty J. P. Jakobsen (1910); F61ki9 vi5 hafi9, by Harry Soiberg (1909).
Biogr.: 63inn. V. pp. 61-62, portr. — Unga Island. III. pp. 12-13, portr. —
Bogvennen. Sept., 1912. p. 6, portr.
Gubmundsson, Gu9mundur, poet ;
b. Hr61fsta9ahellir, Rangdrvallasysla, Sept. 6, 1874; A. B., 1897; Cand.
Phil., Reykjavik, 1898 ; studied for some time medicine ; associate editor of
" Valurinn ", fsafjorQur, 1906-07 ; founder and editor of the paper " Dagur ",
1909. — Author: Ivj69m8eli (Poems. 1900); GuSbjorg i Dal (1902, a poem);
Strengleikar (Lays. 1903); Gigjan (The fiddle, a collection of poems. 1906);
Fri9ur d jor9u (Peace on earth, poems. 1911); Kristjdn j6nsson skdld
(1908, a lecture); a story, Tota (fsland, 1897); OrgeliQ (The organ. 1902;
a story publ. under the pseudonym : Asmundur Vikingur) ; numerous poems
and articles in periodicals ; great number of poems written for special
occasions separately printed. — Translator: Nihilistinn undir fossinum
(1907, an anonymous story); Bifreidin, utlendar sogur (1909); Blindi
t6nsnillingurinn, by V. Korolenko (1912); many poems and stories in
various periodicals.
Biogr.: (39inn. I. p. 84, portr.
Gubmundsson, Sigurbur, philologist ;
b. ^sustaQir, Hdnavatnssysla, Sept. 3, 1876; A. B., 1901 ; A. M.,
(Scandinavian philology and literature), 1910 ; granted a stipend by the
government during the years 1912-13 for researches in Icelandic literature ;
lives in Reykjavik. — Author: Essay on f>orsteinn Brlingsson (EimreiSin,
1907); essay on references to Danes in modern Icelandic poetry (Eimrei9in,
1909); many articles and reviews in various periodicals (Nor9urland,
Ing61fur, etc.). — Translator: J. L. Heiberg's essay on ancient controversies
about Christianity (Eimrei9in, 1904).
Gubmundsson, Valtyr, philologist ;
b. Arbakki, Htinavatnssysla, March 11, i860; A. B., 1883; A. M.,
(Scandinavian philology), 1887; Ph. D., 1889; decent of Icelandic history
and literature. University of Copenhagen, since 1890 ; visited United States
1896 at the invitation of Miss Cornelia Horsford to investigate ruins in
Massachusetts supposed to be of Norse origin. Member of the board
of directors of the Icelandic Literary Society (Copenhagen branch)
1885-1905, of the Royal Society for Northern Antiquaries since 1892, and of
the society called "De danske Atlanterhavsoer " since 1903. Member of
Althing for Vestmanneyjasysla 1894-1901, for Gullbringu- og Kj6sarsysla
1903-09, for Sey9isfj6r9ur since 191 1. Knight of Danebrog, 1904. Founded
the periodical "Eimrei9in" 1895, and has since been its editor. — Author:
Um merki Islands (The flag of Iceland. 1885, a lecture); Privatboligen paa
Island i Sagatiden samt delvis i det ovrige Norden (1889, doctor's disserta-
tion); Den islandske Bolig i Fristatstiden (1894); Nordboernes Skibe i
Vikinge- og Sagatiden (1900); Die Fortschritte Islands im 19. Jahrhundert,
ICELANDIC AUTHORS 19
iibersetzt von R. Palleske (1902); Islands Kultur ved Aarhundredskiftet
1900 (1902), translated into German by R. Palleske : Island am Beginn des
20. Jahrhunderts (1904); F6stbrse3ralag (p>rjdr ritgerdir tileinkaSar Pdli
Melste9, 1892); Manngjold-hundraQ ( Germanistische Abhandlungen zum
LXX. Geburtstag Konrad v. Maurers, 1893); Solvkursen ved Aar 1000
(Festskrift til L. F. A. Wimmer, 1909); LitklaeQi (Arkiv f. nord. Filol.,
1892); reviews of foreign books on Iceland and Icelandic literature (Timarit
Bmf61., 1892 and 1893); Skandinavische Verhaltnisse : Kleidung, Wirtschaft
(Paul's Grundriss der german. Philologie. III. 2d ed. 1900); contributor
to Johannes Hoop's Reallexikon der german. Altertumskunde. Of the
numerous articles and reviews published in "Eimreidin", the following
may especially be mentioned : on the national rights of Iceland and the
constitutional changes (1896), on the organization of the Althing (1897), on
the poor laws and municipal government in the old Icelandic Republic
(1898), on amendments to the Icelandic constitution (1890), on progress in
Iceland during the 19th century (1900, transl. into German by Palleske),
on the platforms of the Icelandic political parties (1903), on the old
Icelandic horse fights (1903), on salaries of public officials (1905 and 1906),
on J6n Sigur9sson (1911), on Steingrimur Thorsteinsson (1911), etc.; many
articles in other periodicals, both Icelandic and Danish. — Editor: C.
Rosenberg's Traek af L/ivet paa Island i Fristatstiden (1894); Fr. Winkel
Horn's Danish version of Snorri Sturlusons (3lafs saga Tryggvasonar ( 1900),
G. Storm's Danish version of (3lafs saga helga, by Snorri (1906); Kvaedi og
pyQingar, by GuQmundur Einarsson (1908). — Translator: Fornislenzk
mdlmyndalysing, by L. F. A. Wimmer (1885), etc.
Biogr.: Indbydelsesskrift til Kjobenhavns Universitets Reformation sf est,
1889. — Bricka, Dansk biograf. Lexikon. VI. pp. 283-284. — Sunnanfari. VII.
p. 32, portr.
Gunnarsson, Gunnar, poet, novelist ;
b. ValJ)j6fssta9ur, Su5ur-Miilasysla, May 18, 1889 ; student in Askov High
School, Denmark, 1907-09, otherwise self-taught. Lives at present in
Copenhagen, engaged in journalism and literary work. — Author: Vorlj6d
(Spring songs. 1906); M69urminuing (In memory of mother, poems. 1906);
Digte (1911); Ormarr Orlygsson, af Borgslaegtens Historic, Roman (1912);
Den danske Frue paa Hof, af Borgslaegtens Historic (1912); poems and
stories in "Bimreidin" (1910), *'65inn " (1907), and "Logr^tta" (Augu
dauSans, Sdttin, and many other stories. 1912-13). Contributor to many
Danish periodicals and dailies, also to Norwegian, Swedish, German, and
French papers.
Biogr.: Bogvennen, Aug. 19 12, p. 10, portr.
Guttormsson, Guttormur J6nsson, poet ;
h. Icelandic River, Man., Canada, Dec. 15, 1878, of Icelandic parents.
Farmer at Icelandic River. He is the only native of America who has
written a book in Icelandic. — Author: J6n Austfirdingur og nokkur
smdkvae9i (John from the Eastfjords, and a few short poems. 1909).
20 ISLANDICA
Hafstein, Hannes [l^drbur], poet, jurist ;
b. M69ruvellir, Eyjafjar3arsysla, Dec. 4, 1861 ; A. B., 1880; Cand. Juris,
1886 ; acting prefect of Dalasysla, 1886 ; Superior Court attorney, 1887-89 ;
chief of the governor-general's bureau (landritari), 1889-95 ; prefect of
fsafjarQarsysla and fsafj6r9ur, 1895-1904 ; minister (rdQherra) for Iceland,
Febr. i, 1904 to March 31, 1909, and since July 25, 1912 ; third director of the
Bank of Iceland, 1909-12. Member of Althing for fsafjardarsysla 1900, for
Eyjafjaraarsysla since 1903. Commander of Danebrog, 1907, etc. Grand
Officer of the French L,egion of Honor, 1908. — Author: Ymisleg lj6dmaeli
(Various poems. 1893); was one of the editors of " Verdandi " ( 1882) to which
he contributed several poems ; biography of J6nas Hallgrimsson in his Poems
(1884) of which he was one of the editors ; treatise on the Icelandic National
Assembly of 185 1 (Andvari, 1902); poems in various periodicals. — Editor:
Kvae9i og kvicilingar, by Hjdlmar j6nsson (B61u-Hjdlmar, 1888), with
biography of the author. — Translator: Poems from the Danish, German
(Heine's Buch der Lieder), and English have appeared in periodicals
(Timarit Bmfa., 1896; I>j6561fur, 1896; and others).
Biogr.: Sunnanfari. III. p. 49, portr. — Illustreret Tidende. XI^V. pp. 145-
146, portr.— Verdens.Speilet. II. pp. 565-567, portr.— Det nye Aarhundrede.
I. pp. 306-310, portr.— 63inn. I. pp. 9, 12-14, portr.; II. pp. 41-42, portr. —
Heimir. V. pp. 75-92, portr. — Ing61fur. IX. pp. 198-200.
Hallddrsson, Olafur, jurist ;
b. Hof in Vopnafjor9ur, May 15, 1855; A. B., 1877; Cand. Juris, 1882;
assistant in the Icelandic government bureau, Copenhagen, 1883-89, chief,
1889-1909. Councillor of Conference, 1904 ; Knight of Danebrog, 1894, etc. —
Author: Treatise on modern Icelandic legislation (Jahrbuch der internat.
Vereinung fiir vergleich. Rechtswissenschaft u. Volkwirtschaftslehre zu
Berlin, 1899). — Editor: J6nsb6k, Kong Magnus Hakonssons Lovbog (1904);
Ivovsamling for Island, vols. XX. -XXI. (1887-89, with H. Stephensen).
Hannesson, Gubmundur, physician, pamphleteer ;
b, Gu91augssta9ir, H6navatnssysla, Sept. 9, 1865 ; A. B., 1887 ; Cand. Med,
& Chir., 1894 ; district physician of Skagafjardarsysla 1894-96, of Eyjafjar9-
arsysla 1896-1907, of Reykjavik 1907-11 ; since Sept. 22, 191 1 professor of
medicine, University of Iceland, Reykjavik. — Author: 1 apturelding,
nokkrar greinar um landsmdl (Dawn, a few articles on politics, 1906 ; transl.
into Danish, in " Tilskueren " ) ; an article on Japan (Skirnir, 1906);
contributions to various periodicals. — Translator : Opi9 br^f til klerka og
kennimanna, by Leo Tolstoy (1903).
Biogr,: 69inn. III. pp. 13-15, portr. —Sunnanfari. IX. pp. 37-38, portr.
Hansen, [Rasmus] Morten, educator ;
b. Hafnarfjordur, Oct. 20, 1855; A. B., 1877; Cand. Theol,, Theological
School, 1879 ; teacher in the Reykjavik primary school 1883, since 1890 its
director. Member of the board of directors of the Icelandic I^iterary Society
1886-1909, and of the Icelandic Teachers' Association. — Author : Reiknings-
b6k handa alj)y9usk61um (Text-book of arithmetic for common schools.
ICELANDIC AUTHORS
21
1890, 6th ed. 191 1); Landafrae9i handa bamask61um (Text-book of
geography for primary schools. 1894, 4th ed. 1907).
Biogr.: Unga Island. IX. pp. 9-12, portr.
Helgason, Einar, horticulturist ;
b. Kristsnes, Eyjafjar3arsysla, June 25, 1867 ; grad. of EiOar Agricultural
School, 1887 ; grad. of Horticultural High School, Vilvorde, Denmark, 1897 ;
since 1898 horticultural adviser of the Icelandic Agricultural Society ; since
1900 director of the Horticultural Experimental Station, Reykjavik. —
Author: Many articles on horticulture and agriculture in "Timarit
Bmf^l." (1898), '• Btina9arrit " (since 1899), and "Freyr" of which he has
been one of the editors since its foundation, 1903 ; article on agriculture in
Iceland, in " Berattelse ofver andra nordiska Landbrukskongressen i
Stockholm, 1897"; on horticulture in Iceland, in "Nordisk illustreret
Havebrugslexikon " (1902); on the Experimental Station, Reykjavik, in
*' Aarsberetning om det kgl. danske Landhusholdningsselskabs Virksomhed
1906."
Biogr.: 69inn. V. pp. 17-20, portr.
Helgason, Helgi, musician ;
b. Reykjavik, Jan. 23, 1848 ; learned the trade of a carpenter, but studied
music besides, was in Copenhagen 1875-76 and 1878-79 for that purpose ;
organized the first Icelandic brass band 1876, and was its leader until 1902,
when he left Iceland and went to America ; in his new home Wynyard
P. O., Sask., Canada, has organized a brass band of Icelanders, called the
Wikingband ; decorated with the order of Danebrog, 1890. — Compositions :
Hundra9dra afmseli Reykjavikur (1886); Bruardrdpa (1891); fslenzk
songl 6g (20 musical compositions. 1892), and many others.
Biogr.: Sunnanfari. VII. pp. 93-95, portr. — Hojskolebladet. 190 1. No. 30.
<;oll. 949-956, portr.
Helgason, J6n, theologian ;
b. Gar9ar on Alptanes, June 21, 1866; A. B., 1886; Cand. Theol., 1892;
studied at the Universities of Greifswald and Erlangen, 1894 ; docent in the
Theological School, Reykjavik, 1894-1908, director (lector theol.), 1908-11 ;
since Sept. 22, 191 1, professor of theology, University of Iceland ; ordained,
1895 ; assistant minister of the Reykjavik Cathedral, 1894-1908 ; member of
the interparliamentary committee on church affairs, 1904-05. Knight of
Danebrog, 1905. — Author: SoguleguruppruniNyjaTestamentisins, einstak-
ra rita pess og safnsins i heild sinni (Historical origin of the New Testa-
ment, of its individual parts and of the whole collection. 1904); Almenn
kristnisaga (History of Christianity. I. 1912); several sermons published
separately ; numerous contributions to religious periodicals, especially to
be found in the monthly "Ver3i lj6s" (1896-1904), of which he was the
founder and editor, and in the "Nytt kirkjublaQ" (since 1904), of which
he was associate editor in 1906-07 ; essays on the books of Moses (Timarit
Bmf^l., 1900), on the origin of the Old Testament (Timarit Bmf^l., 1901),
on the ministers and the creeds (Skirnir, 1909). List of graduates from the
22 ISLANDICA
College of Iceland 1846-96 (in the memorial volume of the fiftieth anni-
versary of the College, 1896); list of graduates from the Theological School
1847-97 (in the memorial volume of the fiftieth anniversary of the School,
1897); four biographies in Bricka's Dansk biografisk Leksikon ; a few
articles in Danish periodicals. — Editor: Sdlmar og andleglj6cl til notkunar
i barnask61um og vi9 barnagudsj)j6nustur ( 1902, 2d ed. 1908) ; the following
works of his father, Helgi Hdlfddnarson {d. 1894) : Sannleikur kristind6msins
(1894), Kristileg siQfrseQi (1895), Saga fornkirkjunnar (3d pt. 1896), Stutt
dgrip af pr^dikunarfraeQi (1896), Pr^dikanir d ollum sunnu- og helgidogum
kirkjudrsins (1896); Br^f T6masar Saemundssonar (1907, selections from
these letters he had previously edited in "TimaritBmf61.", 1896); Bibliusogur,
by Tang (1898, augmented and rewritten). — Translator : In the new trans-
lation of the New Testament (1906), the following writings: The gospels
of Mathew and John, the epistle to the Romans, and the epistles to the
Corinthians; TakiQ sinnaskipti, by Skovgaard-Petersen (1900, a sermon).
Biogr.: Cdinn. VI. pp 73-74, portr.— Hannes |>orsteinsson, GuafrseSinga-
tal, pp. 164-167.
Hinriksson, J6n, poet ;
b. St6ru Reykir, Su9ur-J>ingeyjarsysla, Oct. 24, 1829 ; was a farmer until
1899 ; lives at HelluvaQ, Su5ur-I>ingeyjarsysla. — Author: Lj63maeli (Poems.
1909).
Biogr.: Bimrei9in. XII. pp. 118-121. — 65inn. VII. p. 36, portr.
Hjaltason, Gubmundur, story- writer, journalist ;
b. Asbjarnarsta9ir, Myrasysla, 1853 ; student in Gausdal High School,
Norway, 1875-77, in Askov High School, Denmark, 1877-80 ; lectured in
Denmark and Norway, on Iceland and Icelandic literature ; returned to
Iceland in 188 1, and during the winter taught school in various places in
North Iceland until 1903, in the summer he worked at farming ; in Norway,
1903-09, lecturing; returned to Iceland in 1909 and has since lived in
Hafnarfjor9ur ; associate editor of the "Skinfaxi", the organ of the
Icelandic Young Peoples' Societies ; for the years 191 2-13 receives an ap-
propriation from the government for popular lectures in country districts. —
Author: Fj61udalur (1875, an epic and other poems); Melabl6m (1882, a
collection of stories and tales); J6kulr6s (1883, two stories); Dalar6sir
(1885, two stories). To Icelandic papers he has contributed a great number
of articles on a variety of subjects, but principally on popular high schools,
education, religion, and poetry ; he has likewise written much in Danish,
Norwegian, and Swedish periodicals on Iceland, its people, literature and
history.
Biogr.: Sk61abla9i9. I. pp. 11-12 ; II. p. 13, portr. — 09inn. V. pp. 27-28,
portr. — Unga Island. V. pp. 4-5, portr.
Hjorleifsson, Einar [Gisli], novelist, journalist ;
^. GoSdalir, SkagafjarQarsysla, Dec. 6, 1859; A. B., 1881 ; Cand. Phil.,
1882 ; studied for some time political economy ; went to America, 1885 ;
1886-88 associate editor of the weekly "Heimskringla", Winnipeg, Man.,
Canada ; 1888-95 editor of the weekly "Logberg"; returned to Iceland in
ICELANDIC AUTHORS 23
1895, and was associate editor of " fsafold " 1895-1901, and of " Sunnanfari "
1900-GI ; editor of " Nordurland ", Akureyri, 1901-04, of "Fjallkonan"
1904-06, of "Skirnir" 1908-09. Since 1910 has received from the govern-
ment a stipend for literary work ; lives in Reykjavik. — Author: Hvom
eiQinn d jeg ad rjiifa (Which of the two oaths shall I break ? 1880); Upp og
niSur (Up and down. 1882), a story in letters publ. in "VerQandi" of
which he was one of the editors ; Vonir ( Hopes, a story from America.
1890), was translated into German, by M. Lehmann-Filh^s, in ** Die Frau '*
(1894); the last two stories were translated into Danish, by Holger Wiehe
under the title : To Fortsellinger fra Island ( 1900) ; Lj63maeli ( Poems. 1893) ;
Vestan hafs og austan (On the West and East side of the Ocean. 1901, 2d
ed. 1908), containing the novels : Vonir, Litli Hvammur, and Ordugasti
hjallinn, the last two of which were translated into German, by Franz
Kuntze : Klein-Hvammur (1909), and Die steilste Hohe (Westermanns
Monatshefte, 1911); Smselingjar (1908, five short stories); Ofurefli
(Superior force, 1908), translated into Danish, by Olaf Hansen: Overmagt
(1909), into German, by Erich von Mendelsohn: Die Ubermacht (1912);
Gull (Gold. 1911) a continuation of the Ofurefli ; Briiin (Eimreidin, 1896),
translated into Bohemian (Most) by Al. Koudelka (O. S. Vetti) in the
paper "Hlas"; G69 bo9 (EimreiSin, 1900); in "Skimir" have appeared
the following stories (not included in any of his collections) : A
vegam6tum (1908), Marjas (1908), and Vistaskipti (1908-09); biography
of Bjarni Th6rarensen, in the edition of his Poems (1884); Vestur-fslend-
ingar (Icelanders in America. 1895); Vesturfor (Trip to America. 1909);
Tildrog stj6rnarb6tarinnar (The events leading to the constitutional
amendment. 1902); Frjdlst sambandsland (1907), a survey of the political
struggle between Iceland and Denmark, also published in Danish : Danmark
og Island, en historisk Redegorelse (1907); a few other political pamphlets
and articles; Samband vi5 framli9na (Communicating with the dead.
1905), a spiritualistic pamphlet, and an essay on the same subject (Skirnir,
1905). Papers on reading (Timarit Bmf^l., 1896), on popular education in
Iceland (1899), on the government by an earl in Iceland (Andvari, 1912),
on some women of the Icelandic sagas (Skirnir, 1909), etc.; numerous
essays, reviews, and articles in periodicals. — Translator: Allan Quatermain,
(1891, 2d ed. 1906), Ndmar Sal6m6ns (1888, 2d ed. 1906), I>okuly3urinn
(1894), all by H. Rider Haggard ; Kongurinn i GuM, by J. Ruskin (1891);
Eptir dauQann, by W. T. Stead (1907) ; Warren Hastings, by Lord Macaulay
(1912), etc.
Biogr.: Sunnanfari. III. pp. 49-50, portr.— BreiQablik. II. pp. 25-26,
portr. — Almanak 6lafs S. Thorgeirssonar. 1906. pp. 59-61.
Holm, Torfhildur I>orsteinsd6ttir, novelist ;
h. Kdlfafellsstadur, Austur-Skaptafellssysla, Feb. 2, 1845 ; was educated in
Reykjavik and Copenhagen ; 1874 married Jakob Holm {d. 1875); lived in
Canada, 1877-90 ; lives at present in Reykjavik ; has received for some
years a stipend from the government for literary work. — Author:
Brynj61fur Sveinsson biskup (1882, 2d ed. 1912, a historical novel of the
17th cent); Sogur og aefintyri (Stories and fairy tales. 1884); Smdsogur
24 ISLANDICA
handa bornum og unglingum (Stories for children and young people.
1886); Kjartan og Gudriin (1886, a novel); Elding (Lightning, a historical
novel of the loth cent. 1889); Hogni og Ingibjorg (1889, a novel);
Barnasogur (Stories for children, 1890); Tibrd (2 pts. 1892-93, an
annual for children). In the periodical "Draupnir" which she founded
and edited for seventeen years (1891-1908. 12 vols.), are the following
original writings : Seint firnist forn dst (1891), a story; J6n biskup Vidalm
(1892-93), a historical novel of the i8th cent; Alfasveinninn og dlfamaerin
(1893), a story ; J6n biskup Arason (1902-08), a historical novel of the 16th
cent. Since 1901 has edited the weekly paper 'Dvol", chiefly devoted to
literature, in which have appeared some original stories from her pen, and
many translations from other languages (Plato's Apology of Socrates, etc. ) —
Editor: Gizur J^orvaldsson, a drama by Eggert 6. Brim (Draupnir, 1895-
99)-
Biogr.: CSinn. III. pp. 61-62, portr.
Jakobsson, J6n, librarian ;
b. Hjaltastadur, Nor3ur Miilasysla, Dec. 6, i860 ; A. B., 1880 ; Cand. Phil.,
1881 ; studied for some time classical philology ; director of the Icelandic
Archeological Museum, 1897-1907 ; assistant librarian 1895-1906, and
librarian of the National Library, Reykjavik, since 1906. Member of
Althing for SkagafjarQarsysla 1893-99, for Hunavatnssysla 1903-07. Knight
•of Danebrog, 1907. — Author: A few articles in "Arb6k hins islenzka
Fornleifaf flags''. Compiler of the accessions catalogues of the National
Library, 1904-11. — Translator: Einfalt Hf, by Charles Wagner (1912).
Biogr.: CSinn. VI. pp. 49-50, portr.
Jensson, J6n, jurist ;
b. Reykjavik, Nov. 23, 1855; A. B., 1876; Cand. Juris, 1882; assistant in
the Icelandic government bureau, Copenhagen, 1882-83 ; chief of governor-
general's bureau (landritari), 1883-89; since 1889 associate justice of the
Superior Court of Iceland. Member of Althing for Reykjavik, 1894-99.
Knight of Danebrog, 1907. — Author: Several political pamphlets (1903-08).
— Editor : (with Magntis Stephensen, and afterwards with J6n Magnusson)
Lagasafn handa alpySu (Collection of laws for the general public. 4 vols.
1888-1900); (with I>orleifur Bjarnason) Br^f J6ns SigurSssonar (1911).
Jochumsson, Matthias, poet, dramatist ;
b. Sk6gar, Bardastrandarsysla, Nov. 11, 1835; A. B., 1863; Cand. Theol.,
Theological School, 1865 ; minister of the Kjalarnesping, 1866-73 I spent a
year in foreign travel; editor of "I>j6361fur ", 1875-80; minister of Oddi
1880-86, of Akureyri, 1886-1900 ; receives an honorary pension from the
government for his literary services. Member of the committee on the hymn-
book, 1878. Knight of Danebrog, 1899, etc. Honorary member of the Ice-
landic Literary Society, and the Viking Club, London. Lives in Akureyri. —
Author: Lj69maeli (Poems. 1884); Lj69m8eli (Poems, original and trans-
lated. 5 vols. 1902-06); Vig Snorra Sturlusonar (The slaying of S. S. 1879);
Grettislj63 (Poems from the Grettis saga. 1897). Utilegumennirnir (The
ICELANDIC AUTHORS
25
liighwaymen, a play. 1864, 2d ed. revised, with the title : Skugga-Sveinn.
1898); Helgi hint! magri (1890, a historical play); Hinn sanni {)j63vilji
(The true public opinion. 1898, a comedy); Vesturfararnir (The emigrants,
a play. 1898; was written 1875); J6n Arason (1900, a tragedy); Aldam6t
(The meeting of the centuries. 1901, a play). Chicag6for 1893 (1893, an
account of his trip to the Chicago World's Fair); Frd Danmorku (From
Denmark. 1905; papers on Danish history, literature, etc., and poems).
To periodicals he has been a prolific contributor, and his first articles
which were printed date from about i860 ; his articles have been chiefly on
literature and religious questions ; his religious opinions always have been
advanced, and he has therefore frequently been involved in controversies ;
the greatest number of his articles have appeared in " I>j6961fur ",
"LyQur", a fortnightly paper he edited 1889-91, "Nordurland", and in
**Nor9ri". Of his later essays may be mentioned: the outlook for the
church and Christianity in Iceland (Skirnir, 1906), religion and church in
Denmark (KimreiSin, 1902), the church in Iceland from 1000 to 1150
(Skirnir, 1907), the church and Christianity (Eimreidin, 1907), Bishop
J6n Arason (Eimreidin, 1912), etc. — Translator: Manfred, by Lord Byron
(1875); Gisli S6rsson, a drama by Miss H. B. Barmby (1902); B6ndinn, a
poem by A. Hovden (1907); Brandur, by Henrik Ibsen (1898); Hamlet
(1878), Macbeth (1874), 6tell6 (1882), R6meo og Jiilia (1887), by W.
Shakespeare; Fri9j)j6fssaga, by Esaias Tegn^r (1866, 3d ed. 1906); in the
collection Svanhvit (1877), many poems from various tongues; selected
Swedish poems of the 19th cent. (Eimreiclin, 1910-11); most of his other
poetical translations have been included in the collected poems mentioned
above ; Sogur herlseknisins, novels by Z. Topelius (4 vols. 1904-09 ; one
vol. 1898; the first portions of this version were publ. in "Oldin" 1893-
96).
Biogr.: 11. n6v. 1835-11. n6v. 1905. Matthias Jochumsson. f tilefni af 70
dra afmaeli hans. Reykjavik, 1905. 8". p. 112, illustr. — Bricka, Dansk
biograf. Lexikon. VIII. pp. 493-494. — Sunnanfari. VI. pp. 17-19, portr. —
(39inii. I. pp. 57-58, 77, 61, portr.— Nytt kirkjubla3. VII. pp. 193-194,
portr. — Sameiningin. IV. pp. 113-116; VI. pp. 46-48.
Johannesson, Jdhannes L^rus Lynge, essayist ;
b. Hestur, Borgarfjardarsysla, Nov. 14, 1859; A. B., 1886; Cand. Theol.,
Theological School, 1886 ; since 1890 minister of SuQurdalaping, Dala-
sysla. — Author : Treatise on modern Icelandic metrical art (Timarit Bmf^l.
1895); an essay on family names (Skirnir, 1909); various articles in
•*I>j6a61fur", "Sk61abla9ia", etc.
Jdhannesson, SigurSur J6n, poet ;
b. Marbseli, Skagaf jardarsysla, Nov. 25, 1841 ; was a farmer in Iceland, and
emigrated to Canada, 1873 ; was one of the founders of the weekly paper
" Logberg ", 1888. Lives in Winnipeg, Man., Canada. — Author: Lj6amaeli
(Poems. 1897); Nokkur lj63maeli og pyddar sogur (A few poems and
translated stories. 1899); Kvae9i (Poems. 1905); Fommenjar (Antiquities,
a poem. 1907). — Translator: Nokkrar skemtisogur (1907).
26 ISLANDICA
Jdhannesson, SigurSur Julius, poet ;
b. Laekur, Olves, Jan. 9, 1868; A. B., 1897; Cand. Phil., Reykjavik, 1898;
studied for some time medicine in the Medical School, Reykjavik ; went to
America, 1899; M. D., National Medical University, Chicago, 111., 1907;
practising physician since 1908, at present in Wynyard, Sask., Canada. —
Author: Sogur og kvseQi (Stories and poems. 2 pts. 1900-03); Kvistir
(Twigs, a collection of poems. 1910); numerous articles in periodicals,
chiefly in those papers he edited : * ' JBskan " , a fortnightly for children,
1897-99, "Dagskrd", a weekly, 1898-99, and "Dagskrd II" (Winnipeg),
1901-03. — Editor (with Arn6r Arnason).- Ritverk Gests Pdlssonar (vol. i.
1902). — Translator: Vatnsf)r6in, by B. Bellamy (1902); Logreglu-
spsejarinn, by A. C. Gunter (1901); Fiskimaerin, by Bjornstj. Bjornson
(Dagskrd, 1898); Si9b6k og songvar fyrir Independent Order of Foresters
(1901).
Biogr.: 69inn. VI. pp. 5-6, portr.— lyogberg. Dec. 21., 1911, portr.—
Heimir. IV. pp. 82-84, portr.
J6hannsd6ttir, Maria, novelist ;
b. ViQidalsd, Strandasysla, June 4, 1886 ; nurse in the Hospital for
lepers, Laugarnes. — Author: Systurnar frd Graenadal (The sisters from
Greendale, a novel. 1908); two short stories: Bndurminningar (Skirnir,
1909), and Helgi (Skirnir, 1911); a few poems in "Kvennabla5i5."
Johannsdottir, Olafia, journalist ;
b. Mosfell, GuUbringusysla, Oct. 22, 1868 ; was the first woman to get a
degree from the College of Iceland, 1891 ; founder of the Icelandic Women's
Society, a suffrage organization, 1894 ; editor of the juvenile paper
**^skan" 1899, joint editor of the monthly "Frams6kn " 1 899-1 901 ; lives
at present in Norway. — Author: Articles in the "Arsrit hins islenzka
kvennf flags'' (1894-99), and other papers, on woman suffrage, temperance,
etc. — Editor: Daglegt lj6s (1908, selections of Biblical passages).
Biogr.: ^skan. XIII. pp. 81-82, portr. — Bjarmi. IV. pp. 186-187, portr.
J6hannsson, Eggert, journalist ;
b. Vindheimar, SkagafjarQarsysla, Nov. i, i860; came to America, 1876;
associate editor of "Ivcifur", Winnipeg, 1883-86; one of the founders of
the weekly "Heimskringla", 1886, and was associate editor or editor of it
until 1897 ; editor of the monthly " Oldin ", a literary paper, 1894-97 ; clerk
in the Land Titles Office, Winnipeg, Man., Canada. — Author: Numerous
articles in the periodicals he edited. — Translator: Kotungurinn e9a Fall
Bastilar, by A. Dumas (1896); Valdimar munkur, by S. Cobb, jr. (1894, 2d
ed. 1905); On to Richmond, by A. F. Grant (1887); Bldraunin, by Chas.
Read (1888, 2d ed. 1911); Vladimir nihilisti, by A. Rochefort (1889);
Kapitola, by B. D. B. N. Southworth (1896, 2d ed. 1905); Jipi, by Carmen
Sylva (1889), — all publ. originally in the " Heimskringla. "
Biogr.: Almanak Olafs S. Thorgeirssonar. 1906. pp. 74-78.
ICELANDIC AUTHORS 27
J6hannsson, Gestur, poet ;
b. Sy9ri Vellir, H6navatnssysla, Aug. 24, 1850 ; came to America, 1887 ;
postmaster at Poplar Park, Man., Canada, since 1903. — Author: Lj69maeli
(Poems. 1900); a few articles in periodicals.
Biogr.: Heimskringla. XIX. no, 11.
J6nasson, Hermann, agriculturist ;
b. V]9iker, Sudiir I>ingeyjarsysla, Oct. 22, 1858; grad. of H61ar Agricul-
tural School 1884, and afterwards studied agriculture in Denmark ; director
of the H61ar Agricultural School, 1888-96; farmer, 1 890-1 905 ; manager of
the Laugarnes Hospital for lepers, 1905-10. Member of Althing for
H<inavatnssysla, 1901-08 ; member of the interparliamentary committee on
agricultural affairs, 1904-05. — Author: Several treatises on agriculture in
the annual "B^nadarrit ", which he founded in 1887 and edited until 1899
(13 vols. ) ; among these are one on the feeding of domestic animals (1887),
and on soils (1890); f>egnskylduvinna (Andvari, 1908, sep. repr., also 2d
ed. 1909 ; a proposal to introduce in Iceland compulsory service for men
on public works, corresponding to military service in other countries,
and similar to what was suggested by William James in his essay on the
moral equivalent of war); Draumar (Dreams. 1912 ; personal experiences).
Biogr.: 65inn. VI. pp. 57-58, portr.
Jdnasson, Jonas, novelist ;
b. Ulfd, Eyjafjar3arsysla, Aug. 7, 1856 ; A. B., 1880 ; Cand. Theol., Theolog-
ical School, 1883 ; minister of St6ruvellir 1883-85, since 1885 minister of
Grundarping, Byjafjardarsysla, and since 1905 also teacher in the Akureyri
High School ; dean of Byjafjardarsysla, 1897-1905. Lives in Akureyri. —
Author: Stories in the "I9unn": Gletni lifsins (1885), Brot tir aevisogu
(1885), Yfirmenn og undirgefnir (1885), Bjorn i Gerdum (1886), OffriQ
(1887), and Frelsisherinn (1888); Randidur i Hvassafelli (1892, a historical
novel of the 15th cent. ) ; the following stories which appeared in " I>j6961f-
ur": I>riggja pela flaskan (1888), AbtiQarr^tturinn (1890), Kdlfager9-
isbraedur (1891), Magn6sar pdttr og GuQriinar (1893), and Hungurvofan
(1895), the last three being historical novels of the i8th cent., the last one
translated into Danish by J. R. Zerlang : Hungersnod (lUustreret Tidende,
1898), and into German by H. Erkes : Das Hungergespenst (Rheinischer
Hausfreund, 1907); two stories in "Nor9urlj6sid": Jed6k (1891), and
Fr^ttimar i selinu (1891-92, a fragment); EiQurinn (EimreiQin, 1897),
translated into Danish by J. R. Zerlang: En Ed (Illustreret Tidende,
1899), into German by M. Lehmann-Filh€s : Die Bid (Berliner evangel.
Sonntagsblatt, 1898); in the monthly "Nyjar kvoldvokur", a literary
magazine which he has edited since 1907, have appeared : j61asongur (a
Christmas story, 1911), and Ur bloQum J6ns halta (191 1). Four of his novels
were translated into German by Carl Kiichler under the title : Lebensliigen
(1903), and the same four (Brot <xx aevisogu, Hungurvofan, Eidurinn, and
Gletni lifsins) into Danish by Margrethe Lobner Jorgensen under the title :
Sagamennesker, Skildringer fra islandsk Folkeliv (1912). Ny donsk or9a-
28 ISLANDICA
b6k (Danish-Icelandic dictionary. 1896); Stafrofskver (Abecedary. 1899,
2d ed. 1908); Reikningsb6k (Text-book of arithmetic, 1906-07, and another
for children, 1911); Opinberun gu9s (Divine revelation. 1904, a lecture);
fslenzk mdlfraeQi fyrir byrjendur (Icelandic grammar for beginners. 1909).
Wrote the " Fr^ttir frd fslandi ", 1878-84. An essay on Icelandic literature
in the 19th cent. (Timarit Bmf^l., 1881), and many reviews in "Nyjar
kvoldvokur"; an article on the religious instruction of children (Timarit
um uppeldi, 1892); an essay on popular superstitions in Iceland regarding
birth and death (Maal og Minne, 1911). — Editor: I>j69trti og J)j69sagnir
(Popular superstitions and folk tales. 1908). — Translator : Many articles
and stories in "I5unn", and "Nyjar kvoldvokur"; in the latter : Viking-
urinn, by F. Marryat (1907), and Ben H<ir, by ly. Wallace (1908), etc.
Biogr.: Bogvennen. May, 1912. p. 9, portr.
Jdnasson, Sigtryggur, journalist ;
b. Bakki in Oxnadalur, Febr. 8, 1852 ; came to America, 1872 ; one of the
founders of ** Framfari ", the first Icelandic paper in Canada and its editor
for a short time (1880), also one of the founders of the weekly " Logberg "
(1888), and was its editor 1895-1901 ; was for some time immigration agent
for the Canadian government ; liberal member of the Manitoba legislature
for Gimli district 1896-99, and 1907-11. Lives at present in Winnipeg,
Man. — Translator: f leiQslu, by H. Conway (1895); Phroso, by Anthony
Hope (1899); Rau9ir demantar, by J. McCarthy (1897); Sddmennirnir, by
H, S. Merriman (1898); HofuQglaepurinn (1901), and Leikinn glaepamadur
(1900), by R. Ottolengui.
Biogr.: Sunnanfari. VIII. pp. 57-58, portr.— Brei9ablik. I. p. 158, portr.—
Almanak 6. S. Th. 1907. pp. 21-43, portr.— Odinn. VIII. pp. 57-58, portr.
Jonsson, Bjami, miscellaneous writer ;
b. Sept. II, 1862; grad. of the MoSruvellir High School, 1884; has since
been engaged in teaching and newspaper work, at present in Reykjavik. —
Author: Sveitalifi9 d fslandi (Country -life in Iceland. 1890, a lecture); Um
Eggert 6lafsson (1892, a lecture); Lei9arvisir vi5 islenzkukennslu i bama-
sk61um ( Guide to the teaching of Icelandic in children's schools. 1892 ) ; and
a few other pamphlets. Since 1907 he has been the editor of " Bjarmi ", a
religious fortnightly paper, in which he has published several articles on
Icelandic divines and hymn-writers ; his early contributions to the periodical
literature are especially to be found in the " fsafold ". — Editor : fslenzkir
textar vi9 fj6rr6ddu9 log i "de tusen Hjems Sange " (1891). — Translator:
Kvoldmdlti9arb6rnin, a poem by Esaias Tegn^r (1890); I>y9ing tr^arinnar
fyrir J)ann sem vill komast dfram i heiminum, by C. Skovgaard-Petersen
(1904).
J6nsson, Bjami, poet, journalist ;
b. Mi9mork, Rangdrvallasysla, Oct. 13, 1863; A. B., 1888; Cand. Mag.,
(Classical philology and German), 1894 ; instructor (German) in the College
of Iceland, 1894-1904 ; since 1910 so-called adviser on trade and commerce
( vi9skiptard9anautur) to the government, which position he will hold to the
end of 19 13. Member of Althing for Dalasysla since 1908. — Author:
ICELANDIC AUTHORS 29
Daudastundin (The hour of death, a poem. 1893); Bjorn og GuQrfin (1897,
a novel); Baldursbrd (Daisy, a collection of poems. 1898); Taekifaeri og
tiningur (1906, a collection of poems); Kolbrtin (1910, a poem); various
pamphlets and writings on political and other questions, such as the
collection : Ekki veldur sd er varir ( 1908), made up of papers and addresses ;
Om islandsk Kunst og Politik, Foredrag (1910). Many contributions to
periodicals, particularly to those of which he has been the editor or
associate editor : the weekly "Ing61fur" (1903-04), "Huginn" (1907-08),
"Sumargjof" (1905-08), a literary annual, "^ringi" (1908), a short-lived
humorous publication probably chiefly written by him, and other papers ;
Donsk lestrarb6k (Danish reader. 1895, 3d ed. 1909, with I>orl. J.
Bjarnason).— ^rfiV<?r.- Lj6dm3eli, by Gisli Brynjtilfsson (1888, with Halld6r
Bjarnason). — Translator: Two collections of poems under the titles:
Misvindi (Changeable winds. 1907), and BH3vindi (Balmy winds. 1909);
Brii9kaupslagi9 (1897), and A gu9s vegum (1910), novels by Bjornstj.
Bjornson ; f pri3ja og fj6r5a lid, a novel by Hall Caine (1909); Ingvi
konungur, historical novel by G. Freytag (1906); Hulidsheimar, poem
by Arne Garborg (1906); Nadescha, an epic (1898), and Sogur (1907), by J.
L. Runeberg.
Biogr.: 69inn, V. pp. 29-30, portr.
J6nsson, Bjorn B [ jomsson] , theologian ;
b. As, Kelduhverfi, June 19, 1870, a nephew of the poet Kristjdn j6nsson
(fl?. 1869); came to America, 1876; educated in public schools in Manitoba
and North Dakota, and later in Gustavus Adolphus College, St. Peter, Minn. ;
grad. of the Theolog. Seminary of the Evang. -Lutheran Church at Chicago,
1893, B. D., 1905 ; ordained 1893, and has been minister of the Icelandic
Lutheran church in Minneota since 1894 ; secretary of the Icelandic Evang.-
Lutheran Synod of America 1898- 1906, president since 1908 ; for some years
chairman of the Board of Education, Minneota ; since 1908 chaplain of the
Senate of the Minnesota legislature. Lives in Minneota, Minn., U. S. —
Author ; Meiri elsku hefir enginn ( 1906, a tale), publ. under the pseudonym
Grimur Grimsson, under which he has publ. other tales and poems in
periodicals. Numerous contributions to periodicals; was the editor of
"Kennarinn " (1897-1901), a Sunday school paper, of the annual "Aram6t"
(1906-09), the organ of the Icelandic Synod, and contributed several papers
to it (on the apostolic confession, 1907 ; on the Augsburg confession, 1908,
etc.); in the "Aldam6t" there are two articles by him (1899 and 1903);
associate editor of the " Sameiningin ", the monthly of the Icelandic Synod,
since 1907; editor of the "Vinland" (1902-04), a monthly, the first Ice-
landic paper to be published in United States, in which are to be found
many articles from his yen.— Editor: Lj69maeli, by Kristjdn j6nsson
(1907).
Biogr.: Sameiningin. VIII. pp. iio-iii.— Breidablik, III. p. i, portr.
J6nsson, Brynj61fur, poet, archseologist ;
d. Minni-N6pur, Amessysla, Sept. 26, 1838 ; autodidact ; since about 1870
has supported himself chiefly by teaching ; in the summers of 1 892-1909,
30
ISLANDICA
travelled through Iceland for the Icelandic Archaeological Society with the
purpose of registering old monuments, excavating and investigating ruins
and historical places. Lives at present in Ger9iskot, Arnessysla. — Author :
Skuggsjd og rddgdta (Mirror and enigma, a philosophical poem. 1875);
Kvaedi (Poems. 1889); Gu5rdn 6svifsd6ttir (1892, an epic); Saga af |>uriai
formanni og Kambsrdnsmonnum (History of I>uri9ur the helmsman and the
robbers of Kambur. 1893-97); B61u-Hjdlmarssaga (Biography of the poet
Hjdlmar j6nsson of B61a. 1911); Saga Natans Ketilssonar og Skdld-R6su
(History of N. K. and Sk.-R. 1912) ; a treatise on the so-called pri9jungam6t
in Rangdrvallasysla and Arnessysla (Timarit J6ns P^turssonar, 1869-70); an
essay on the true foundation of orthography (Timarit Bmf^l., 1885); an
article on life and conditions in his home district (EimreiQin, 1907). In
the **Arb6k hins islenzka Fornleifafelags " there are annual reports of his
archaeological travels for the Society, and many others articles on archaeolog-
ical, topographical, and historical subjects, of which one on the so-called
hofSaletur (1900) was translated into German by M. Lehmann-Filh^s
(Zeitschr. des Vereins f. Volkskunde, 1899); he has also compiled an index
to the first 25 vols. (1880-1904) of the "Arbok" (1906); many articles in
other periodicals. — Editor: Dulraenar smdsogur (Mysterious tales. 1907).
— Translator: Saga J6seps Garibalda, by W. Ostergaard (1909).
Biogr.: Skirnir. LXXXII. pp. 351-360.— 63inn. IV. pp. 50-52, portr.
J6nsson, Elin [Rannveig Eggertsdottir] , born Briem ;
b. Espih611, Eyjafjar9arsysla, Oct. 19, 1856 ; director of the Women's
School at Hjaltasta9ir 1878-80, of the Women's School at Laekjarm6t 1880-
81. and at Ytriey 1883-95; married Saemundur Byj61fsson {d. 1896), and
again Stefdn J6nsson {d. 1910); at present director of the Women's School,
B16ndu6s, Hiinavatnssysla. — Author: Kvennafrae9arinn (The woman's
instructor. 1889, 3d ed. 1904), a book on cooking, etc.
Biogr.: Kvennabla9i9. II. pp. 9-10, portr.
Jdnsson, Finnur, philologist ;
b. Akureyri, May 29, 1858, son of J6n Borgfir9ingur {d. 1912), the
bibliographer; A. B., 1878; Cand. Philol., 1883, Ph. D., 1884; private
docent of Old Norse philology and literature in the University of Copen-
hagen 1885-87, docent 1887-98, professor extraordinarius 1898-1911, since
191 1 professor ordinarius. Member of the board of directors of the Copen-
hagen branch of the Icelandic Literary Society 1879-1904, of the Samfund
til Udgivelse af gammel nordisk Litteratur since 1895, of the Arna-
magnaean Legacy since 1906, of the Society of Icelandic Letters (Hi9 islenzka
fraeQaf^lag), Copenhagen, since 1912. Honorary member of the Icelandic
Literary Society ; member of the Danish Royal Academy, the Norwegian
Academy of Christiania, the Royal Academies of Gothenburg, Stockholm,
and Gottingen. Knight of Danebrog, 1905. Has received stipends from the
Carlsberg Fund for philological researches, and in 1907-09 for archaeological
expeditions to Iceland (with Daniel Bruun); also from the Danish govern-
ment for a new edition of Lexicon poeticum antiquae linguae Septentrionalis,
the plan of which he recently laid before the Danish Royal Academy. —
ICELANDIC AUTHORS 31
Author : Kritiske Studier over eu Del af de aeldste norske og islandske
Skjaldekvad (1884, doctor's dissertation); Skyrsla urn handritasafn bins
islenzka B6kmentaf^lags (Catalogue of the manuscript collection of the
Icel. Lit. Society. II. 1885); Nokkur varnarordfyrirdr. Sveinbjorn Egilsson
m6ti ofs6knum Gisla Brynj61fssonar (A defence for S, E. against G. B.'s
attacks. 1886); completed the Arnamagnaean edition of Snorri's Edda
(1887); Agrip af b6kmentasogu Islands 900-1890 (Short view of the history
of Icelandic literature. 1891-92); Stutt islenzk bragfrsedi (Short Icelandic
prosody. 1892); Den oldnorske og oldislandske Litteraturs Historic (1894-
1902, 3 vols. ); Register til Njdla andet Bind og K. Gislason's andre Afhand-
linger ( 1896) ; Graenlendinga saga e3a saga fslendinga d Graenlandi (History
of the Icelandic colony in Greenland. 1899); Oldnorsk og islandsk Littera-
tur (in Julius Clausen's lUustr. Verdens L/itteratur Historic. 1899); Knytlinga
saga, dens Kilder og historiske Vaerd (1900); Det norsk-islandske Skjalde-
sprog omtr. 800-1300 (1901); Sigvat Skjald Tordsson, et Livsbillede (1901);
B6kmentasaga fslendinga fram a3 si3ab6t (History of Icelandic literature
down to the Reformation. 1904-05); Omrids af det islandske Sprogs Form-
laere i Nutiden (1905); Den islandske Litteraturs Historic tilligemed den
oldnorske (1907); Mdlfrsedi Islenzkrar tungu og helstu atri9i sogu hennar i
dgripi (Grammar of the Icelandic language and a survey of its history.
1908); Islenzk r^ttritun (Icelandic orthography. 1909); Voluspd, Volvens
Spadom tolket (1911). Um baejanofn d fslandi (Safn til sogu Islands,
1911); Um galdra, sei9, seidmenn og volur (I>rjdr ritgjorQir tileinkadar
Pdli Melsteci, 1892); Um l)ulur og gdtur (Germanistische Abhandl. zum 70.
Geburtstag K. v. Maurers, 1892); Fremmede Ords Behandling i oldnordisk
Digtning (Festskrift til Vilh. Thomsen, 1894); essay on the word horgr
(Festschrift zu Karl Weinhold, 1896); Versene i Hdvardar saga (Festskrift
til L. F. A. Wimmer, 1909); Voluspd (Nordisk tidskrift, 1890, a criticism
of E. H. Meyer's theory); En kort Udsigt over den islandsk- gronlandske
Kolonis Historic (Nordisk tidskrift, 1893); Gronlands gamle Topografi
•efter Kilderne ( Meddelelser om Gronland, 1899); Lidt om Islands Nutids-
kultur (Den danske Turistforenings Aarbog, 1901); an essay on the home
of the Eddie poems (Timarit Bmf^l., 1897, a reply to Dr. (5lsen's criticism);
a biographical sketch of Gudmundur Andr^sson (Sogusafn Stefnis, 1895);
biography of Wimmer (Bricka's Dansk biograf. Leksikon, 1904); Das
Harfenspiel des Nordens in alter Zeit (Sammelbande der internationalen
Musikgesellschaft, 1908); an essay on Benedikt Grondal and his writingjs
on archaeology and Old Norse literature (in the B. G. memorial vol., 1906);
Erik den Rodes Saga og Vinland (Norsk Historisk Tidsskrift, 191 1, a
criticism of Nansen's In Northern mists). In "Skirnir": Voluspd (1907),
on J6n SigurQsson as a scholar (1911), on Icelandic locutions (1912). In
*• Arb6k bins islenzka Fornleif af ^lag " : on description of heathen temples in
the sagas |and images of the gods (1898), on preservation of antiquities
(1901), on the old market-place at Gdsum (1908). In " EimreiQin " several
articles, such as on the belief in elves in Iceland (1895), biographical
sketches of Wimmer (1896), of Maurer (1896), of Aasen (1897), of Unger
32
ISLANDICA
(1898), on the introduction of Christianity in Iceland (1901, a criticism of
Dr. 6lsen's book), and other articles, and many reviews. In " Aarboger for
nordisk Oldkynkighed og Historic": Om Svarfdaela saga (1884), Bidrag til
en rigtigere Forstaaelse af Tindr Hallkelssons Vers (1886), Hdrbar5slj69,
en Undersogelse (1888), Fornyrdadrdpa (1890), Vellekla, tekstkritiske
Bemserkninger (1891), De aeldste Skjalde og deres Kvad (1895, a criticism
of S. Bugge's theories), Sigurdar kvi9a en skamma eller det sakaldte tredje
Sigurdskvad (1897), Edda Snorra Sturlusonar, dens oprindelige Form og
Sammensaetning (1898), Om Njdla (1904), Tilnavne i den oldislandske
Litteratur 1^1907), Om Hove og Hovudgravninger paa Island (1909; an
abridgement also in the Saga Book of the Viking Club), Dalvik-Fundet en
Gravplads fra Hedenskabets Tid pa Island (1910, these last two in collabora-
tion with Daniel Bruun), Runerne i den norsk-islandske Digtning og
Litteratur (1910), and Sagaernes lausavisur (1912). In " Arkiv for nordisk
filologi ' ' : Um SkiQarimu ( 1885 ), Leidrettingar a ymsum stoQum i Saemund-
ar-Eddu (1888), Vengi (1889), Om Skjaldepoesien og de aeldste Skjalde
(1890), Vingolf (1890), Nekrolog over Konrad Gislason (1891), Ulige Linjer
i drotkvaedede Skjaldekvad (i89r), Navnet Lj69ahdttr og andre Versarters
Navne, samt Rettelser i Texten til Codex Regius af Snorres Edda (1892),
Mytiske Forestillinger i de aeldste Skjaldekvad (1893), lingers Kristiania-
handskrift af Heimskringla (1893), Et Far Bemaerkninger om Manglen af
i-Omlyd i kortstavede Ordstammer (1897), Sagnet om Harald Harfagre som
Dovrefostre (1899), Nekrolog over Eirikur j6nsson (1900), Odin og Tor i
Norge og pa Island i det 9. og 10. Arhundrede (1901), Versene i Halfreds-
saga (1902), Vers i gamle nordiske Indskrifter og Love (1904), Om Over-
leveringsdubletter (1905), io : io i Norsk-Islandsk (1905), Staerke Nutids-
former i Oldsproget (1905), Nogle oldislandske Aksentforhold (1907),
Nekrolog over J6n f>orkelsson (1907), Stedord i gamle Vers (1911),
Dyrenavne (1912), and numerous reviews. In "Oversigt over det kgl.
danske Videnskabernes Selskabs Forhandlinger " : I>6rsdrdpa Eilifs Go9-
rtinarsonar (1900), Egil Skallagrimsson og Erik Blodokse, HofuSlausn
(1903), Krdkumdl (1905), Det gamle Handelssted Gasar ved Ofjord, Under-
sogelser foretagne i Sommeren 1907 (1908, with Daniel Bruun), Kort
Oversigt over de islandske Gardnavne (1911), Atlakvi9a (1912). In
"Nordisk Tidsskrift for Filologi": Nordens Fremmedforbindelser i
Vikingertiden (1906, a criticism of A. Bugge's Vikingerne), Nekrolog over
Sophus Bugge (1908). Several reviews in "Zeitschrift fiir deutsche
Philologie ", and other German periodicals. Many contributions to Danish-
Icelandic papers on politics and other subjects, poems, etc. Contributor to
Salmonsen's illustr. Konversations-Leksikon. — Editor: fslendingab6c, by
Ari f>orgilsson fr65i (1887); Carmina norraena, rettet Tekst (1893); Edda-
lieder (1888-89); Hdndskriftet Nr. 2365 4to gl. kgl. Samling, Codex Regius
af den aeldre Edda (1891, with L. F. A. Wimmer); Handskritet Nr. 748, 4ta
i den Arnamagnaeanske Samling, Brudstykke af den aeldre Edda (1896);
Saemundar-Edda ( 1905, popular edition) ; Den forste og anden grammatiske
Af handling i Snorres Edda (1886, with V. Dahlerup); Edda Snorra Sturlu-
sonar, critical edition (1900), and popular edition (1907); Egils saga Skalla-
ICELANDIC AUTHORS 33
grimssonar, critical edition (1886-88), annotated edition (1894); Fagrskinna
(1902-03); Fernir fornislenskir rimnaflokkar (1896); Gisla saga Sdrssonar
(1903, annotated edition); Hauksb6k (1892-96, with Eirikur j6nsson);
Hr61fs saga kraka og Bjarkarimur (1904); fslenzkar fornsogur II. -III.
(1881-83); Landn4mab6k (1900, all three recensions); Brennu-Njdls saga
(1908, annotated edition); Placitusdrdpa (Opuscula academica, 1887);
Heimskringla, by Snorri Sturluson, critical edition (1893-1901), and text
edition (1911); De bevarede Brudstykker af Kringla og Jofraskinna (1895);
Ynglinga saga, by Snorri Sturluson, critical edition (1893), and text edition
(1912); Den norsk-islandske Skjaldedigtning (from the earliest times down
to c. 1400, each vol. in two sections, the first containing a critical edition of
the poems, the second normalized text and Danish prose version ; only one
vol. is out. 1912); Udvalg af oldnordiske Skjaldekvad, by Konrdd Gislason
( 1892 ) ; Historiske Fortaellinger om Islsendernes Fserd ude og hjemme, ved N.
M. Petersen (1901, with V. Dahlerup). In " Smastykker udg. af Samfundet
til Udg. af gl. nord. Litteratur": Nogle Skjaldevers om Olaf Tryggveson
(1885), Lonskrift og Lejlighedsoptegnelser fra et Par islandske H&ndskrifter
(1886), Mdlshdttakvaeai eller Fornyrdadrdpa (1889). Salth61msferd, by
J6nas Hallgrimsson (EimreiQin, 1897); Anndll Magntisar syslumanns Mag-
ntissonar (Safn til sogu Islands, 1908); Lilja, by Eysteinn Asgrimsson
(1913) ; Ex historiis Islandicis (Monumenta Germaniae historica. Script,
torn. XXIX., \'^^2).— Translator : Smdsoguval, by J. P. Hebel (1880); (into
Danish) Gylfaginning, by Snorri Sturluson (1902).
Biogr,: Indbydelsesskrift til Kjobenhavns Universitets Reformationsfest.
1885. pp. 163-166. — Bricka, Dansk biograf. Lexikon. VIII. p. 546. —
Eimreidin. IV. pp. 140-143, portr. — OSinn. II. pp. 81-85, portr. ; VIII. p.
81, portr.
Jdnsson, Hallgrimur, poet ;
b. 6spakseyri, Strandasysla, June 24, 1875 ; grad. of the Flensborg High
School, Hafnarfjordur, 1901 ; teacher in Reykjavik since 1904. — Author :
Bldklukkur (Bluebells, a few poems. 1906); Barnasogur (Stories for
children. 1910); Stafrofskver (Abecedary. 1907). — Translator: Alfred
Dreyfus, by V, v. Falk (1905); Villir6sa, by Kristofer Jansen (1906).
Jdnsson, Helgi, botanist ;
b. Midmork, Rangdrvallasysla, April ji, 1867; A. B., 1890; Mag. Scient.
(specialty: marine algae and subarctic vegetation), 1896; Ph.D., 1910.
With the support of the Danish and Icelandic governments, of the Carlsberg
Fund and others funds, he has made many botanical expeditions in various
parts of Iceland, and he receives at present a stipend from the Icelandic
government to continue his botanical researches ; lives at present in
Reykjavik. — Author : Bygging og lif plantna, grasafraedi (Structural and
physiological botany. 1906-07); Om Algevegetationen ved Islands Kyster
(1910, doctor's dissertation); The marine algae vegetation of Iceland (1912);
Nyjasta barnagulUQ (1899, book for children); The marine algae of East
Greenland (Meddelelser om Gronland, 1907); The distribution of the
marine algae of the Arctic Sea and of the northernmost part of the Atlantic
34 ISLANDICA
(Botany of the Faeroes. III. 1908, with F. Borgesen). In "Botanisk
Tidsskrift " : Optegnelser fra Vaar- og Vinterexkursioner i Ost- Island ( 1895),
Bidrag til 6st-Islands Flora (1896), Studier over Ost-Islands Vegetation
(1896), Vaar- og Hostexkursioner i Island 1897 (1898), Floraen paa
Snaefellsnes og Omegn (1899), The marinse algae of Iceland (1901-03),
Vegetationen i Syd-Island (1905). Vegetationen paa Snaefellsnaes (Viden-
skabel. Meddel. fra Naturhist. Forening, 1900). Articles on forests and
their influence on the climate (Timarit Bmf^l., 1898), on the winter garb of
plants (ibid., 1899), on the vegetation of the lavafields in Iceland (Skirnir,
1906), and on the marine vegetation of Iceland (ibid,, 1911); several articles
on Icelandic vegetation in the * * Btina9arrit " (1906-09); articles in various
other periodicals. — Translator: ^ttgengi og kynbaetur, by F. Kolpin
Ravn (1905).
Biogr.: Kjobenhavns Universitets Festskrift. Nov., 1910. — Cdinn. VI. pp.
84-85, portr.
Jdnsson, Janus, philologist ;
b. Kirkjub61, fsafjarQarsysla, Dec. 24, 1857; A.B., 1874; Cand. Theol.,
Theological School, 1876 ; minister of Hestping 1876-84, of Holt in Onund-
arfjordur, 1884-1908 ; dean of Vestur-fsafjar9arsysla, 1884-1908 ; teacher in
the Flensborg High School, Haf narf j or9ur, since 1908. — Author: Treatises
in the "Timarit Bmfel.": on a verse in the Gltima (1882), on the 1875
edition of the Njala (1882), history of the cloisters in Iceland (1887), on the
verses of the HarSar saga (1892), history of the Latin Schools in Iceland
until 1846 (1893), biographical sketches of J. Fritzner (1902), and of
J>orm69ur Torfason (1903). In the " Arkiv for nordisk filologi": on the
word viggr (1889), on the verses of the Byrbyggja saga (1898), notes on
ancient poetry (1899), on the verses of the Grettis saga (1901). Notes on a
verse in Heidarviga saga (Njdla II. 1889, pp. 959-963). — Translator:
Gegnum brim og bo9a, by Carl Andersen (1898).
Jonsson, Jon, historian, philologist ;
b. Melar in HriitafjorQur, Aug. 12, 1849; A. B., 1869; studied one year at
the University of Copenhagen; Cand. Theol., Theological School, 1874;
minister of Bjarnanes 1874-91, of Stafafell since 1891. Member of Althing
for Austur-Skaptafellssysla, 1892-99, Has twice received a prize of the J6n
Sigur9sson Fund for historical works. — Author : fslenzk mannanofn (Safn
til sogu Islands, 1899). Articles in "Timarit Bmf^l.": on Flj6tsdaela hin
meiri (1884), studies in the history of ancient North (1889-90), on Eirikr
bl69ox (1895), a few notes to the Icelandic sagas (1897-98), on explorations
of ancient Norsemen in the Northern seas (1902), on the world's quern and
the sea's whirlpool in the belief of the ancient Norsemen (1904), and on
genealogies from Ragnar lo5br6k (1904). In "Skirnir": on Icelandic
terms for the metric system (1908), on Gongu-Hr61fur (1912). Biography of
Sigurdur Gunnarsson (Andvari, 1887). In "Arkiv for nordisk filologi":
on the name Hringr (1894), a few remarks on old family names (1895-96),
Lota Knut:=Kn1itr fundni (1899), Liserus-Beow (1899), Raknasl69i =
Ragnarssl69i (1901), on the list of Swedish kings in Hervarar saga (1902),
ICELANDIC AUTHORS
35
Skilfingar or Skjoldungar in Western Norway ( 1903), the Haddingjasaga of
Saxo (1906), Ragnar lo9br6k and his family (1907), on Sigurflar pdttr slefu
(1910-11), on the standard of the Lodbr6karsynir (1910), and Uinaed =
VinheiQur (1911). Om Ynglingerne i Norge og de vestlige Lande (Norsk
historisk Tidsskrift, 191 1).
Jdnsson, J6n, historian ;
b. Myrarhiis on Seltjarnarnes, April 25, 1869; A. B., 1889; Cand. Phil.,
1890; studied medicine for some time in Copenhagen, and afterwards
history; taught in the Vallekilde People's High School, 1892-93 and 1895-
96 ; received stipend from the Icelandic government for historical researches,
1897-98, and since 1901 ; editor of the weekly "Elding", 1901 ; assistant
librarian of the National Library, Reykjavik, 1908-11 ; since Sept. 22, 191 1,
docent in Icelandic history. University of Iceland. Member of Althing for
Reykjavik, since 191 1. — Author : Skdli landf6geti Magnusson og Island um
hans daga (Safn til sogu Islands, 1896), a new altered ed. of which was
publ. on the 200th anniversary of S. M.'s birth : 1711-1911 Sktili Magniisson
landf6geti (1911); Oddur Sigurdsson logmaclur, 1682-1741, aefi- og aldar-
lysing (1902); Islenzkt J)j65erni (Icelandic nationality, popular lectures on
the history of the Icelandic nation. 1903); GuUold Islendinga, menning og
lifshaettir fedra vorra a soguoldinni, alj)ydufyrirlestrar (The golden age of
Iceland, popular lectures on the life and civilization of the Saga age. 1906);
Dagrenning, fimm alpyduerindi (Dawn, five popular lectures on the history
of Iceland from c. 1750-1874. 1910); several political pamphlets. Fseste-
bondens K^r pa Island i det 18. Arhundrede (Dansk historisk Tidsskrift,
1893); Den danske Regering og den islandske Monopolhandel, naermest i
det 18. Arhundrede (ibid., 1897); Rejsebreve fra Island (Hojskolebladet,
1895); Fra Island (Danskeren, 1894). Two articles on Oddur SigurQsson
and his dealings with Bishop J6n Vidalin and J6hann Gottrup (Timarit
Bmf61., 1898-99). In " Eimreiclin " : essay on industrial experiments in
Iceland in the i8th cent. (1895), series of articles on Copenhagen (1895-97),
and extracts from the letters of Bishop Harboe (1897). In " Skirnir ": two
essays, on Leo Tolotoy (1908 and 191 1), essays on Bjomstjerne Bjornson
(1910), on Jorgen Petur Havstein (1912), and on J6n Borgfirdingur (1913).
Biography of Benedikt Grondal (in the B. G. memorial volume, 1906).
Biogr.: (39inn. II. p. 68, portr.
Jonsson, Jdnas, humorist, musician ; pseudonyms : Plausor,
Mdni, etc.;
b. Horgsholt, Arnessysla, Feb. 2, 1850 ; student in the College of Iceland,
1873-77; editor of the monthly "Mdni" 1872-82, and of "GarQar" 1894;
has been in various occupations, and is at present janitor of the House of
the Althing and since 191 1 of the University of Iceland. For the years
1912-13 receives a stipend from the government to make studies in Icelandic
hymn-music since the Reformation. — Author: IJr kaupsta9alifinu (Sketches
of the city life. 1893, a story); Ti9avisur (Poems on time topics. 2 vols.
1902); Agrip af sogu Islands (Epitome of Icelandic history, humorous.
36 ISLANDICA
1906); many humorous poems published on various occasions (Kjorfundar-
psaltari, 1908; Pii9urkerlingar, 1908, etc.). — Editor: Hallgrimur P^turs-
son's Passiusdlmar me9 fj6rum roddum fyrir orgel og harmonium ( 1906-07);
J61aharpa (selections of hymn-music. 2 parts. 1910-11). Since Nov., 191 1,
has been the editor of a new musical monthly ** Hlj6mlistin."
Jdnsson, Klemens, jurist ;
h. Akureyri, Aug. 27, 1862, son of J6n Borgfirdingur {^d. 191 2), the
bibliographer; A. B., 1883; Cand. Juris, 1888; assistant in the Icelandic
government bureau, Copenhagen, 1889-91 ; prefect of Eyjafjar9arsysla and
Akureyri, 1891-1904; since 1904 chief secretary (landritari) of Iceland.
Member of Althing for EyjafjarQarsysla, 1893-1903, speaker of the Lower
House, 1901-03 ; chairman of the interparliamentary committee on taxation,
1907-11. Knight of Danebrog, 1904, etc.; Officier de legion d'honneur,
1<)12.— Author : Um f6getagjor9ir (On distress and injunction. 1903);
Handb6k fyrir hreppsnefndarmenn (A manual for municipal councillors.
LogfrseSingur, 1897-98); D6mst61ar og r^ttarfar (Courts and procedure.
Logfraedingur, 1900-01); LogfraeSingatal (Biographical dictionary of Ice-
landers, who have passed the examination in jurisprudence and political
economy at the University of Copenhagen 1883-19 10, with a list of all Ice-
landers who have passed these examinations 1734-1910. 1910); Embaettis-
mannatal d fslandi 1910 (List of state officials in Iceland. 1910); history of
the Thorchilli Fund, in the biography of J6n f>orkelsson ( 1910); biography
of Pdll Briem (Andvari, 1907); two articles on the Icelandic National
Assembly of 1851 (Andvari, 1906-07) ; essay on J6n Sigurdsson as a politician
(Skirnir, 1911), on Eggert 6lafsson as lawman (Skirnir, 1911); on document
concerning Icelandic trade in 1753 (Eimreidin, 1896); Islands Forfatningog
Fremtid (Tilskueren, 1902); many articles in periodicals, especially in
'• Stefnir " and " Nordurland. "
Biogr.: 69inn. II. pp. 73-74, portr.
Jonsson, P^l, poet, naturalist ;
h. Helgastadir, Eyjafjar9arsysla, Feb. 2, 1857 ; grad. of the Mo9ruvellir
High School, 1882; editor of the fortnightly "Nordurlj6sia" 1886-89, and
of "Stefnir" 1893-97; since his graduation has been engaged in teaching
in Akureyri. — Author: Skin og skuggi (Shine and shadow, a story. 1880);
StrykiQ (The stroke, a comedy. 1892); Vetur og vor (Winter and spring, a
poem. 1902 ) ; Lj6dm8eli (Poems. 1905 ) ; Agrip af natttirusogu handa alpydu
(Popular manual of natural history. 1884 ; parts of it re-issued, 1896-1903).
Jonsson, Sigur9ur, teacher ;
b. Lsekjarkot, Kj6sarsysla, May 6, 1872. Since 1887 has been teacher in
various places, at present in Reykjavik ; student in the Jonstrup Teachers
School, 1895-98. — Author: Reikningsb6k (Text-book of arithmetic. 1906). —
Editor: KennarablaQid (1899-1900); Good-Templar (1901-03); .^skan
{^i(^i-<i2,).— Translator : Bibliusogur, by Th. Kleaveness (1899); Tiu kvold
i veitingahtisi, by T. S. Arthur (1903).
ICELANDIC AUTHORS
37
Kamban, GuSmundur, story-writer ;
b. June 8, 1888; A. B., 1910; lives in Copenhagen. — Author: Ur dular-
heimum (From the worlds of mystery. 1906), five tales, claimed to be of
spiritualistic origin ; an article on family names (Skirnir, 1908); a drama,
Haddapadda, not yet printed, but accepted by the Royal Theatre,
Copenhagen.
Kristjdnsson, Bjom, musician, politician ;
b. HreiSurborg, Arnessysla, Feb. 26, 1858; merchant, 1887-1909; since
19T0 director of the National Bank of Iceland, Reykjavik. Member of
Althing for GuUbringusysla since 1901. — Author : Stafrof songfraedinnar
(The elements of music. 1888) ; an anonymous pamphlet about the National
Bank (1899); an article on the secret ballot (Timarit B6kmf^l., 1901). —
Editor : Nokkur fj6rr6ddu5 sdlmalog. (1891 ; with Stefan Thorarensen).
Kristj^sson, J6hann, genealogist ;
b. Leirhofn, Nor3ur-I>ingeyjarsysla, May 26, 1884 ; superintendant of
Reykjavik Census Bureau ; librarian of the Reykjavik Public Library. —
Author: Alpingismannatal (Dictionary of members of the Althing 1845-
1905- 1906); Prestask61amenn (Lives of the graduates of the Theological
School. 1910). Numerous articles in various periodicals; a list of annual
events in Iceland in the " Almanak J>j69vinaf^l.", since 1908. Has assisted
in editing many of the publications of the Icelandic Historical Society.
Biogr.: OSinn. V. p. 75, portr.
Kristjdnsson, J6n, jurist ;
b. HafnarfjorQur, April 22, 1885; A. B., 1904; Cand. Juris, 1909; docentin
the Icelandic Law School, 1909-11 ; since Sept. 22, 191 1, professor of law in
the University of Iceland, Reykjavik. — Author: fslenzkur sj6r6ttur
(Icelandic maritime law. 19 10).
Ldrusdottir, Gubriin, story- writer ;
wife of S. A. Gislason (see above). — Author: Lj6s og skuggar (Lights and
shadows. 3 pts. 1903-05), and other stories of a tractarian character, some
of which were published in the " Heimilisvinurinn " (S61argeislinn hans.
1905 ; Fermingargjofin. 1906). — Translator: T6mas fraendi, by Harriet
Beecher Stowe (1901); Spdd6mar frelsarans, by J. G. Matteson (1900).
Levi, Eggert, story-wTiter ;
b. March 30, 1875 ; farmer at 6sar, Vatnsnes, Hdnavatnssysla. — Author:
Timam6t, a story (EimreiQin, 1901), translated into Bohemian by Al.
Koudelka : Na rozhrani veku (in the paper *' Hlas ").
Magnusson, Gu9mundur, surgeon ;
b. Asar, Hdnavatnssysla, Sept. 25, 1863; A. B., 1883; Cand. Med. & Chir.,
1890 ; studied in hospitals in Copenhagen 1890-91, in Berlin and Edinburgh
1891-92, in Edinburgh, Glasgow, London, Berlin, and Breslau, 1901-02 ;
district-physician of Skagafj6r3ur, 1892-94; docent in the Medical School,
Reykjavik, 1894-1911 ; since Sept. 22, 1911, professor of surgery. University
of Iceland, Reykjavik. Knight of Danebrog, 1904. — Author: Articles
38
ISLANDICA
in the " Hospitalstidende " : Nogle Bemserkninger i Anledning af 7 Tilf selde
af Underlivsekinokokker opererede efter Volkmann's Methode (1895),
Tuberculosa paa Island (1895), Tuberculosis humeri Fjernelse af humerus
og scapula Helbredelse (1897), Ekinokokker fjernede gennem transpleural
Incision (1899). An article on tuberculosis in Iceland (Eimrei9in, 1895);
an essay on Niels R. Finsen (Skimir, 1905), and a paper on the vital power
(Skirnir, 1905). Several articles in the "Eir" (1899-1900), an Icelandic
journal of hygiene, of which he was one of the editors. — Translator: Hvers
vegna — vegna pess, by Henry de Parville (1891-93).
Biogr.: Sunnanfari. VIII. pp. 65-66, portr.; XI. pp. 33-35, portr. — CSinn.
V. pp. 81-82, portr.
Magniisson, GuSmundur, poet, novelist ; pseudonym : J6n
Trausti ;
b. Rif, Nor9ur-J>ingeyjarsysla (the northernmost farm in Iceland), Feb. 12,
1873, of poor parents ; received but little education and was a farm hand
and fisherman until 1893 when he became typographer first in Sey5isfj6r9ur
and then in Reykjavik ; went to Copenhagen 1896 to pursue his profession,
and devoted all spare moments to reading and studying ; was granted a
stipend from the Classen Fund to study dramatic art ; returned to Reykjavik
in 1898 ; travelled through Germany, Switzerland, Holland and England
in 1903 with support from the Icelandic government; has since 1910
received an annual stipend from the government in recognition of his
writings. One of the owners of the Gutenberg Press, Reykjavik. — Author :
Heima og erlendis (At home and abroad, a few poems. 1899); Teitur,
lj691eikur i fimm syningum (Teitur, a metrical drama in 5 acts. 1903);
fslandsvisur (Iceland-lays. 1903, with illustrations by I>6rarinn B.
J>orldksson ) ; FerQaminningar fra I>yzkalandi, Sviss og Englandi (Reminis-
cences from a journey through Germany, Switzerland and England. 1905);
Halla, sogupdttur iir sveitalifinu (Halla, a novel of country life. 1906),
translated into Danish by Mrs. Helga Gad : Halla, en islandsk Bonde-
fortselling (1909); the continuation of this novel is a series of 4 vols., with
the title : Hei9arbyli9 (The Heath-farm. 1908-11); Ley sing, kaupstadarsaga
frd siQustu dratugum nitjandu aldar (Thawing, a novel of life in a market-
town during the last decades of the 19th cent. 1907); Borgir, gamansaga iir
GrundarfirQi (Castles, a humorous story from Grundarfjordur. 1909 ; 2d ed.
revised, 191 1), translated into Danish by Margrethe Lobner Jorgensen : Imod
Str6mmen(i9i2). Smdsogur (A collection of eleven short stories. 2 vols.
1909-12), nine of which had appeared before in various periodicals, and of
them three were translated into Danish by Mrs. Helga Gad (Tvaer systur,
StrandiQ d Kolli, and Sigurbjorn sleggja) in the daily " Riget " (1911), and
two (StrandiQ d Kolli, and Sigurbjorn sleggja) into German by Heinrich
Erkes in the "Rheinischer Hausfreund" (1909 and 1910); Sogur frdSkaptdr-
eldi d seinni hluta 18. addar (Stories from the days of the eruption of
Skaptd, in the latter half of the i8th cent.), a series of historical novels, of
which only the first volume has appeared (Holt ogSkdl. 1912). Other tales
and stories have appeared in " Cdinn " : Einyrkinn (1909); in "Skirnir":
ICELANDIC AUTHORS 39
Steinbiturinn (1912); in "Fanney": J61asaga 6r sveitinni (1905), Keldan
(1906), Lambasetan (1907), SpiliQ pi9 kindur (1908), all juvenile tales; in
•' Huginn " : Peningabuddan ( 1908). To periodicals he has also contributed
numerous poems and articles, chiefly reviews of books and sketches of his
travels in Iceland, and an essay on the ancient Icelandic see of Skdlholt
(Skirnir, 1905). — Translator : Finnur jotunn, a poem by Esaias Tegn^r
(1900).
Biogr.: Odinn. III. pp. 8-9, portr.; VII. pp. 1-3, portr. — Bogvennen, Aug*
1912. p. II, portr.
Magniisson, J6n, jurist ;
b. Mtili, Suaur-fdngeyjarsysla, Jan. 16, 1859; A. B., 1882; Cand. Juris^
1891 ; prefect of Vestmanneyjasysla, 1891-96 ; chief of the governor-general's
bureau (landritari), 1 896-1 904 ; chief of the department of justice, church
and education, 1904-08 ; since 1908 prefect of Reykjavik. Member of
Althing for Vestmanneyjasysla since 1902 ; member of the interparliamentary
committee on municipal affairs 1901-04, and of the Danish-Icelandic inter-
parliamentary commission on the union 1907-08. Knight of Danebrog,
1904, etc.; Commander of the legion d'honneur, 1912. — Author: On the
poor-laws of other countries (Andvari, 1897); Interpretation of law no. 12
of Aug. 12, 1889, etc. (Timarit B6kmentaf^l., 1897). — Editor: Lagasafn
handa alpy9u (IV. 1900; with J6n Jensen).
Biogr.: Cdinn. VI. pp. 1-2, portr. — Kl. j6nsson, Logfrsedingatal. pp. 46-
47-
Markiisson, Magnus, poet ;
b. in Iceland, Nov. 27, 1868, has for many years lived in Winnipeg, Man. —
Author: Lj69m8eli (Poems. 1907); and other poems published in various
periodicals.
Matthiasson, Steingrimur, physician ;
b. Reykjavik, March 31, 1876, son of Matthias Jochumsson ; A. B., 1896;
Cand. Med. & Chir., 1902 ; assistant district-physician of Akureyri, 1902-03 ;
surgeon on the Danish East- Asiatic Co.'s S.S. Prins Valdemar, 1903-04;
assistant physician, Fredericksberg Hospital, Copenhagen, 1904-05 ; acting
district-physician of Reykjavik 1905-07, since 1907 district-physician of
Akureyri. — Author: Articles in "Eimrei9in", on the metamorphosis of the
embryo ( 1901 ), on the mortality of children in Iceland ( 1904, also in Danish
in "Bibliothek for Lseger," 1905: Om Bornedodeligheden paa Island),
on Niels R. Finsen (1905), on the Black Death (1906), on cleanliness (1906),
on the Pestilence or the English Sweat (1907), on tuberculosis (1909), on
the self -protection of the human body ( 1 9 1 1 ) . In " Skirnir " : on cremation
(1905), on gluttony (1908), on being lost in a snow storm ( 1909), on the art
of longevity (1911-12). A paper on the effect of alchohol on the human
body (separately printed. 1908). Et Tilfaeldeaf vagitusuterinus (Hospitals-
tidende, 1909). Many articles in various Icelandic papers. — Translator:
Utaf dau9a hundsins mins, by M. Maeterlinck (Eimreidin, 1912).
Biogr.: 69inn. III. p. 16, portr.
40 ISLANDICA
MelsteS, Bogi Thorarensen, historian ;
b. Klausturh61ar, Arnessysla, May 4, i860, grandson of Bjarni Thorarensen
(of. 1841), the poet; A. B., 1882; A. M. (history), 1890; assistant in the
Danish National Archives 1893-1903; Arnamagnaean stipendiary, 1896-1912 ;
has received stipends from the Icelandic and Danish governments to pursue
historical studies and collect materials for Icelandic history. Vice-president
of the Icelandic Literary Society, Copenhagen branch, 1894-1911 ; one of
the founders of the Society of Icelandic Letters (Hi9 islenzka fraeQaf^lag)
in Copenhagen 1912, and its president. Member of Althing for Arnessysla
1893. Lives in Copenhagen, Denmark. — Author: Um menningarsk61a e5a
um laerda sk61ann i Reykjavik og samband hinna laegri sk61a vi9 hann
(On the College of Iceland and its connection with the lower schools.
1888); Framtidarmdl (Future affairs. 189 1, dealing chiefly with the trade of
Iceland); Onnur uppgjof fslendinga e9a hva3 (The second surrender of the
Icelanders or what? 1898, a political pamphlet); Ny a9fer5 i stj6rnarskrdr-
mdlinu (A new method in the constitutional struggle. 1900); |>3ettir iir
fslendinga sogu (Chapters from the history of Iceland. 1900-09 ; a popular
work covering the age of the Republic); fslendinga saga (History of Ice-
land. 1903-10, 2 vols, have been published covering the saga-period ; in
progress); Stutt kenslub6k 1 fslendinga sogu (Short text-book of Icelandic
history. 1904, 2d. ed. augmented 1907); Willard Fiske (1907, a biography);
Islands kulturelle Fremskridt i den nyeste Tid (1907); Sogukver handa
bornum dsamt nokkrum aettjar3arlj6dum og kvsedum (Brief history of
Iceland for children, together some patriotic poems, 1910); R^ttur
fslendinga i Noregi og Nor9manna d fslandi d dogum pj65veldisins (The
rights of the Icelanders in Norway and the Norwegians in Iceland in the
days of the Icelandic Republic. 1913). Um alpingi (I^jdr ritgjordirsendar
Pdli Melsted, 1892); historical survey of the Icelandic constitutional
struggle in the 19th cent. (Arny, 1901); a historical treatise on communica-
tion and travel between Iceland and other countries during the Republic
(Safn til sogu fslands, 1911-13). In the * ' Btina9arrit " : on insurance of
houses and cattle in the Icelandic Republic (1895), on the trade between
Iceland and other countries during the Republic (1895), and several other
articles on Icelandic trade and co-operation, and an article on the same in
"Skirnir" (1905). In "Timarit Bmf^l.": treatise on summons of Ice-
landers to Norway and of agents of foreign rulers in Iceland during the
Sturlunga period (1899-1900), essay on Baldvin Einarsson (1904). In
" Andvari " : biography of Vilhjdlmur F'insen (1896), of Pdll Melsted (1911 ),
several political articles (1902-03, 1905) and one on peoples' high schools
(1907). A few articles and reviews in "EimreiQrn" (1895-96), and very
many contributions to other periodicals on historical, political, economical,
and educational matters. Biographical sketch of Vilhjdlmur Finsen and a
review of his still unpublished history of Icelandic law (Tidsskrift for
Retsvidenskab, 1893 and 1898); annual lists of Icelandic publications and
books, 1878-83 (Nordisk tidskrift, 1884-88), and since 1897 (Nordisk
Boghandler-Tidende); many articles in Danish periodicals and newspapers.
ICELANDIC AUTHORS 41
Contributor to Salmonsens Konversations-Leksikon (about 250 articles,
chiefly on Icelandic law and history). — Editor: Synisb6k islenzkra
b6kmenta d 19. old (An anthology of Icelandic literature of the 19th cent.
1891); fslenzk smdrit handa alpydu (2 vols. 1913). — Translator: Madvig-
skan, by V. Pingel (1884); J6hanna, by Carl Andersen (I3unn, 1887).
Biogr.: 69inn. III. pp. 93-94, 102, portr.
Nielsson, Haraldur, theologian ;
b. GrimsstaOir, Myrasysla, Nov. 30, 1868; A. B., 1890; Cand. Theol., 1897;
returned to Iceland 1897 and was the same year engaged by the Icelandic
Bible Society to make a new Icelandic translation of the Old Testament ;
1899-1900 pursued Hebraic studies in Halle and Cambridge ; second minister
of the Cathedral, Reykjavik, 1909-10; since Sept. 22, 1911, professor of
theology, University of Iceland, Reykjavik. — Author: Essays on the
Ecclesiastes and its pessimism (Skirnir, 1908), and on the creeds and clerical
conformity (Skirnir, 1908); Vorn og vi9reisn (1909, two sermons); many
articles in the church monthly "VerSi lj6s", of which he was associate
editor 1898-1904, likewise contributions to "Nytt Kirkublad" and "Tem-
plar."— Editor : Bamabiblia (Childrens' Bible. 191 2, with Magntis Helga-
son). — Translator: Biblia (1908), a new translation from the originals
(some books of the New Testament transl. by J6n Helgason); Kristin fraeSi,
by Gustav Jensen (1904).
Biogr.: 6dinn. IV. pp. 89-90, portr.
Ofeigsson, J6n, philologist ;
b. St6ri-Ntipur, Arnessysla, April 22, 1881 ; A. B., 1901 ; Cand. Mag.
(German), 1908; teacher in Reykjavik. — Author: Kenslub6k 1 pyzku
(Text-book of German. 1906); Kenslub6k i donsku fyrir byrjendur
(Beginners' text-book of Danish. 2 vols., 1909-11, with j6hannesSigf6sson).
Olafsson, Jon, journalist, poet ;
b. KolfreyjustaQur, Sudur-Mulasysla, March 20, 1850, son of Rev. (3lafur
IndriQason {d. 1861), hymnologist, and brother of Pdll Olafsson {d. 1905),
the poet ; student in College of Iceland, 1863-68 ; founder and editor of
"Baldur", a monthly, 1868-70; spent the winter 1870-71 in Norway, and
taught Old Norse in the Bergen Cathedral School ; edited the ' * Gongu-
Hr61fur" 1872-73, and for political reasons went to America, 1873 ; together
with two other Icelanders was sent by President Grant to Alaska 1874 to
investigate the possibility of an Icelandic colony there ; translator in the
Hydrographic Ofl&ce, Washington, D. C, 1874-75 ; returned to Iceland in
the spring 1875 and settled in Eskif j6r3ur, where he founded the fortnightly
"Skuld" 1877, which he edited until 1882 ; editor of "f»j6a61fur" (Reykja-
vik) 1883-85, and taught for some time in the College of Iceland ; with a
publishing firm, 1886-90 ; went to Canada, and was engaged in newspaper
work in Winnipeg until 1894, when he became cataloguer in the library of
Field-Columbian Museum, Chicago, and assistant in the Newberry Library ;
returned to Iceland, 1897; editor of Nyja Oldin ", 1897-1900 ; cataloguer
and classifier in the National Library, Reykjavik, since 1901, and editor of
42
ISLANDICA
the weekly "Reykjavik", 1903-07; one of the founders of the Icelandic
Commercial School 1905, and chairman of the board of directors. Has
received a government stipend for literary work (1897-98) and since 1908 to
write an Icelandic dictionary, the publication of which has just begun (to
be published in 16 parts of 200 pp. ). Member of Althing for Su9ur Mdlasysla
1880-90, and since 1908 ; member appointed by the King, 1905. Lives in
Reykjavik. — Author: Hefndin (The revenge, a story and a few poems.
1867); Alaska (1875); Songvar og kvaeQi (Songs and poems. 1877, 3d ed.
1896) ; JafnrseQi og pekking (Equality and knowledge. 1880) ; Nytt stafr6fs-
kver (New abecedary. 1879), and Spdnnytt stafrofskver (Bran-new abecedary.
1887, 7th ed. 1905); English made easy (1882); Vesturfara-tiilkur (Inter-
preter for emigrants. 1888, 2d ed. 1890); Aldam6ta-69ur (Song on the two
centuries. 1900); J6nas Hallgrimsson (1900, a memorial address); Litli
barnavinurinn (The small childrens' friend. 1902-05); fslenzk verzlunar-
loggjof (Icelandic mercantile laws, a text-book. 1908); Stafrof vi9skipta-
frseSinnar (The first rudiments of political economy. 1909) ; M69urmdlsb6kin
(A text-book of the Icelandic language. 1911); many political pamphlets
and a few on other questions of the day. In the " Andvari " : a treatise on
banking (1887), on free trade and protection (1899), biography of Dr. J6n
porkelsson (1904), and of Markiis F. Bjarnason (1905), on the Icelandic
telegraph ( 1905). An essay on small libraries (Timarit Bmf^l., 1902) ; wrote
the foreign news in Skirnir, 1896-1902 ; a great quantity of other contribu-
tions to periodical literature. — Editor: Lj69m8eli, by Kristjan j6nsson
(1872, 3ded. 1912): Nanna (3 pts. 1878-81); Daegrastytting (1879); Lj65-
mseli, by Pdll Olafsson (2 vols. 1899- 1900); Bragi (1904), an anthology of
Icelandic 19th cent, poetry; Fj6rar sogur, by Bjornstj. Bjornson (1904).
Besides the periodicals mentioned above he has been editor or associate
editor of the following ones : Smdvegis (1872); Almanak fyrir hvern mann
(1885); launn (1884-89); Logberg (Winnipeg, Apr.^ 1890- Feb. 1891);
Oldin (Oct. 1891-March 1892), and Heimskringla (og Oldin. March 1892-
Apr. 1894); Western Good Templar (I. Nos. 2-3, 1892); Norden (Chicago,
1894-95); Dannevirke (1894-95); I ledige Timer (Jan.-March 1895);
Sonderjydsk Tidende (1895); Skandinaven (1895); Wisconsin Nordmanden
(Madison, Sept. 1895-March 1896); Sunnanfari (Reykjavik, 1898); DagblaO-
i9 (1906-07). — Translator: P^tur og Berglj6t, by Kr. Janson (1868); Kdtr
piltr, by Bjornstj. Bjornson (1879, 2d ed. 1904); Sigriin d Sunnuhvoli, by
the same (I9unn, 1884); Vestrfarinn, by H. H. Boyesen (Logberg, 1892);
Er J)etta sonr y9ar? by Helen H. Gardener (Logberg, 1892); Mon bijou, by
Aug. Blanche (Logberg, 1892); Jafet i f69urleit, by Fr. Marryat (Logberg,
1893); Sagan af Hr6a hetti (Robin Hood. 1900); Fer9in d heimsenda, by
H. Bergh (1903).
Biogr.: Bricka, Dansk biograf. Lexikon. XII. pp. 388-389. — Sunnanfari.
IV. pp. 17-18, portr. — 09inn. IV. pp. 41-42, portr. — Reykjavik. IX. pp.
1-2, portr.
Olafsson, Olafur, clergyman ;
b. Vi9ey, Sept. 24, 1855; A. B., 1877; Cand. Theol., Theological School,
1880 ; minister of Selvogsping 1880-84, of Holtaping 1884-93, o^ Arnarbaeli
ICELANDIC AUTHORS 43
1 893- 1902 ; editor of the weekly " Fjallkonan ", 1902-04; minister of the
Reykjavik Free Church since 1903. Member of Althing for Rangdr-
vallasysla 1891, for Austur-Skaptafellssysla 1901, for Arnessysla 1903-07.
Knight of Danebrog, K^oy.— Author : Several lectures on religious and social
questions, such as Heimilislifid (1889), Hvernig er farid me9 Jjarfasta
pj6ninn (1891), Ver3i lj6s (1892), Hvernig liflur trtiar- og kirkjulifinu d
fslandi (1892), 01nbogabarni3 (1892 ; on the position of women), Presturinn
og s6knarbornin (1893), Hva3 leggja prestamir i gudskistuna (1899), Meira
lj6s (1899), and a few sermons and temperance lectnr^.— Translator :
Hjdlpadu J)6r sjdlfur, by Samuel Smiles (1892); Foreldrar og born (1894),
and FuUorOinsdrin (1898), by P. H. Ritter ; I>j63menningar saga Nordur-
dlfunnar (1900), by Gustav Bang.
Biogr.: Sunnanfari. IX. pp. 25-26, portr.
Olsen, Bjom Magnusson, philologist ;
b. I>ingeyrar, H6navatnssysla, July 14, 1850; A. B., 1869; Cand. Philol.,
1877 ; Ph.D., 1883 ; travelled in Greece and Italy, 1878 ; teacher in
College of Iceland 1879-95, rector of the College, 1895-1904 ; titular professor
1904 ; since Sept. 22, 1911, professor of Old Norse philology and literature.
University of Iceland, Reykjavik, and the first rector of the University.
Honorary member of the Icelandic Literary Society (1901); member of the
Christiania Academy of Science (1902), of the Royal Danish Academy
(1909), and of the Royal Academy of Gothenburg (1912). President of the
Icelandic Literary Society 1894-1901, and since 1909. Knight of Danebrog,
1902, etc. Member of Althing appointed by the King, 1905-08. — Author:
Runerne i den oldislandske Litteratur (1883, doctor's dissertation); Zur
neuislandischen Grammatik (Germania, 1882); Rasmus Kristjdn Rask
1787-1887 (1888); Urn Sturlungu (Safn til sogu Islands, 1897); Um kristni-
tokuna dri9 1000 og tildrog hennar (On the introduction of Christianity in
the year 1000 and its causes. 1900 ; also an article on the same subject in
"Andvari", 1901); Kystreisen, udgivet i Anledning af hans Majestaet
Kongens og de danske Rigsdagsmaends Besog i Aaret 1907 (1907), and a
Forer (1907) published for the same occasion ; Um upphaf konungsvalds a
fslandi (1908), and Enn um upphaf konungsvalds d fslandi (1909), two
treatises on the rise of royal authority in Iceland, both reprinted from the
"Andvari"; Um skattbaendatal 1311 og manntal d fslandi fram a9 peim
tima (On taxpayers 131 1 and census in Iceland down to that time ; Safn til
sogu fslands, 1910); Om den sdkaldte Sturlungaprolog og dens formodede
Vidnesbyrd om de islandske Slaegtsagaers Alder (1910); Om Gunnlaugs
saga ormstungu, en kritisk Undersogelse (1911). Treatises in "Aarboger
for nordisk Oldkyndighed og Historic ' ' : Kronologiske Bemaerkninger til
Olaf Tryggvasons Regeringshistorie (1878), Bt islandsk Stedsnavn Un-
dornfell (1881), Om Forholdet mellem de to Bearbeidelser af Ares
Islsendingebog (1885), Bemaerkninger til to Vers af Guthormr sindre (1886),
Om Versene i Kormaks saga (1888), Om Are Frode (1893), Landndma og
Egils saga (1904), Landndma og H8ensa-|>6ris saga (1905), Landndma og
Eyrbyggja saga (1905), Landndma og Laxdaela saga (1908), Om Ordet
44 ISLANDICA
seyclir (1909), and Landndma og Gull-I>6ris saga (1910). In "Arkiv for
nordisk filologi": Til Gragasen (1883), Om Overgangen e-je i Islandsk
(1886), Nogle Bemserkninger til et Vers i Haustlong (1889), Vigsl69i (1890),
Sma Bidrag til Tolkuing af Edda-Sangene (1893), Strobemaerkninger til
norske og islandske Skjaldedigte (1902), Til Versene i Egils saga (1903),
Om nogle Vers af Arn6rr jarlaskdld (1909), and a review of Meissner's edi-
tion of the R6mverja saga (1912). Sundurlausar hugleidingar um stj6rnarfar
fslendinga d J)j65veldistimanum ( Germanistische Abhandlungen zu K.
Maurer, 1893); Et Bidrag til Sporgsmalet om Jurisprudensen i Njdla
(Tidsskrift for Retsvidenskab, 1906); Strobemaerkninger til Eddakvadene
(Festskrift til L. F. A. Wimmer, 1909). In "Arbok bins islenzka
Fornleifaf^lags " : Borgarvirki ( 1880-81 ), explanation of a stanza in Vellekla
(1882), account of archaeological explorations in the Westfjords 1884 (1885),
on the door of ValJ)j6fssta9ur church (1885), on Icelandic tombstones
with inscriptions in Latin and Runic characters ( 1897 and 1899), o^ the finds
at Horgsdalur (1903, with D. Bruun), on the old Icelandic measure 'alin '
(1910). In "Timarit hins islenzka B6kmentafelags " : Avellingago9or9
(1881), Rask (1888, see above), Ari f>orgilsson hinn fr65i (1889), biography
of KonrdQ Gislason ( 1891 ), on the home of the Eddie poems ( 1894 and 1896 ;
a criticism of Finnur J6nsson's theory), on the poems of EgiH Skallagrims-
son and their relation to the Egils saga (1897), and various other critical
notices and several reviews. In the * 'Skirnir' ' : an essay on Snorri Sturluson's
authorship of Egils saga (1905), an explanation of a verse in Sonatorrek
( 1905 ), paper on the value of silver and wadmal especially during the period
of the settlement of Iceland (1909), on J6n Sigur9sson and his services to
the Icelandic I^iterary Society (1911), also personal reminiscenses of J6n
SigurQsson (1911), and many reviews of books. In the "Andvari", in
addition to the treatises mentioned above : biographies of Bergur (3.
Thorberg (1898) and of Arnlj6tur (3lafsson (1906), and two articles on the
salaries of Icelandic government officials (1905 and 1907). Treatise on the
raising of corn in Iceland in early times (BfinaQarrit, 1910). Biographical
sketches of teachers in the College of Iceland 1846-96 ( Minningarrit fimtiu
dra afmaelis hins laer5a sk61a, 1896). A paper on Icelandic orthography
(Timarit um uppeldi og mentamdl, 1889), another on the same subject
(UmraeQur um islenzka stafsetning, 1899), and several articles on spelling
reform in "fsafold" (1889-90) and "t>j6561fur" (1900-01, criticism of the
spelling adopted by the Society of Journalists). Many contributions to
other periodicals. — Editor: Den tredje og fjserde grammatiske Af handling
i Snorres Edda tilligemed de grammatiske Af handlingers Prolog og andre
Tillaeg (1884); Uddrag af Magnus Stephensens Dagbog for 1808 (Museum,
1882); Efterladte Skrifter, by KonrdQ Gislason (2 vols. 1895-97); Stiifs
saga (1912).
Biogr.: Indbydelsesskrift til Kjobenhavns Universetets Reformations 1883.
pp. 100-102. — Bricka, Dansk biograf. Leixkon. XII. pp. 411-412. — Sunn-
anfari. V. pp. 9-10, portr. — 65inn. VI. pp. 25-27, portr.
Pdlsson, P^mi, philologist ;
h. Tjarnir, EyjafjarSarsysla, Nov. 21, 1857; A. B., 1881 ; A. M. (Old
Norse philology), 1885 ; teacher in College of Iceland, Reykjavik, since
ICELANDIC AUTHORS 45
1895, but had been acting teacher since 1885 ; assistant librarian in the
National Library, 1888-95 ; director of the Archaeological Museum, 1892-96.
Officier d'Academie, 1902. — Author: Essay on the coat-of-arms of Iceland
(Andvari, 1883 and 1898); biography of J6n Arnason, the folklorist ( Andvari,
1891); on G6runargaldur (Arkiv f. nord. Filol., 1907); Fr^ttir frd Islandi
1889-92. — Editor: Kr6karefssaga (1883); fslenzk fornkvaeOi (1885, the last
part of the ballad collection begun by J6n Sigurdsson and Svend Grundtvig),
and also a few Icelandic ballads in the " I3unn " (1886) ; B16msturvallasaga
(1892).
Peturss (P^tursson), Helgi, geologist ;
b. Reykjavik, March 31, 1872 ; A. B., 1^91 ; Cand. Mag. (natural history),
1897; Ph. D., 1905; went with Frode Petersen's expedition to Greenland
as geologist, 1897 ; began in the year 1899 geological explorations in Iceland
and has since continued them with support from the Danish Carlsberg Fund
and the Icelandic government. Lives in Reykjavik. — Author: Geologiske
Optegnelser fra Opmaalings-Expeditionen til Egedesminde-District 1897
(Meddelelser om Gronland, XIV. 1898) ; Graenlandsfor 1897 (Trip to Green-
land. 1899); Om Islands Geologi (1905, doctor's dissertation); Island
(Steinmann and Wilcken's Handbuch der regionalen Geologi, IV. i. 1910);
Geologiske Rejseskitser fra Island (Naturen og Mennesket, 1895); En
Bestigning af Fjaeldet Baula (Geograf. Tidsskrift, 1897). In "Oversigt
over det kgl. danske Videnskabernes Selskabs Forhandlinger ' ' : Moraener
i den islandske Palagonitformation (1901), Om Forekomsten af skalforende
Skurstenslcr i B<ilandsh6f5i (1904), Om nogle glaciale og interglaciale
Vulkaner paa Island (1904). The glacial palagonite- formation of Iceland
(The Scottish Geograph. Magazine, 1900), and Fortsatte Bidrag til Kundskab
om Islands glaciale Palagonit-formation ( Geolog. Foreningens i Stockholm
Forhandlingar, 1902). In " Quarterly Journal of the Geolog. Society of
London ' ' : On a shelly boulder-clay in the so-called palagonite-f ormation of
Iceland (1903), The crag of Iceland, an intercalation in the basalt-formation
( 1906) . In ' ' Centralblatt fiir Mineral. , Geol. u. Palaontol. ' ' : Das Pleistocan
Islands ( 1905), and Zur Forschungsgeschichte Islands ( 1906). In " Zeitschr.
der Gesellsch. f. Erdkunde zu Berlin": Einige Ergebnisse seiner Reise in
Slid Island im Sommer 1906 (1907), and Einige Hauptziige der Geologie
und Morphologie Islands ( 1908). Uber marines Interglazial in der Umgeb-
ung von Reykjavik (Zeitschr. der deut. geol. Gesellsch., 1909); also
reports in " Geologisches Centralblatt" since 1905. In "Eimrei5in'>
articles on peat and coal (1895), on new discoveries in the geology of.
Iceland (1900), on EiriksjokuU (1904), and others. In the "Timarit
B6kmentaf^l": articles on mountains (1899), on the Yoldia stratum in
B61andsh6f5i (1903), on movement and growth (1904), and on geological
strata in the Fossvogur (1904). In the " Skirnir " articles and essays on
religious history of the ancient Icelanders (1906), on the origin of man
(1907-08), on travels in Europe (1909-12), and others. An article on
climatic changes in Iceland, in the "Andvari " (1906). To other Icelandic
papers he has contributed a great number of articles on a variety of subjects,
46 ISLANDICA
cliiefly on religious and literary matters. — Translator: Darvinskenningin,
by Armauer Hansen (1904); Hviti selurinn, by Rudyard Kipling (Timarit
Bmf61., 1902).
Biogr.: Indbydelsesskrift til Kjobenhavns Universitets Reformations Fest.
1905- — C35inn. I. pp. 92-93, portr.
Petursson, Hafsteinn, theologian ;
b. Geithamrar, Hiinavatnssysla, Nov. 4, 1858 ; A. B., 1882 ; studied theology
in the University of Copenhagen, 1882-85 and 1886-89 ; Cand. Theol.,
Theological School, 1886 ; ordained in Winnipeg, 1890 ; minister of the
Icelandic parishes in Argyle, Man., 1890-93, and in Winnipeg, 1893-94;
secretary of the Icelandic Lutheran Synod, 1890-94 ; withdrew from the
Synod, 1895 ; founded the Winnipeg Tabernacle 1894, and was its minister
until 1899. Since 1899 has lived in Copenhagen, Denmark. — Author :
Tjaldbiidin (The Tabernacle, 10 parts. 1898-1905), containing communica-
tions relating to the Winnipeg Tabernacle, papers and articles concerning
Icelandic- American affairs, etc.; N. F. S. Grundtvig (1886, a lecture);
Magniis Biriksson (Timarit B6kmf^l., 1887 ; transl. into Danish : Theologisk
Tidsskrift, 1902); essays on C. H. Spurgeon and H. W. Beecher (Kinirei9in,
1901-02); an article on Icelanders in America (Arny, 1901). Papers in the
*'Aldam6t": on the church in Iceland (189 1), on C. H. Spurgeon (1892),
and on eternal punishment (1893, transl. into Danish: Annexet til den
indre Missions Tidende, 1901). Numerous articles in Icelandic- American
periodicals, also in Icelandic and Danish papers ; many reviews in
"EimreiSin". — Translator: fslenzkir kvennbuningar, by Daniel Bruun
(Eimrei9in, 1904).
Biogr.: Sameiningin. V. pp. 15-16.
Petursson, Rognvaldur, theologian ;
b. Ripur, SkagafjarQarsysla, Aug. 14, 1877 ; came to America in 1883 ;
student in the University of Manitoba, 1898 ; B. D., Meadville Theological
Seminary, 1902 ; studied theology and Germanics in Harvard University,
1902-03 ; minister of the First Icelandic Unitarian Church, Winnipeg, 1903-
09 ; since 1909 field-missionary of the American Unitarian Association in
Manitoba and the North- West. — Author : Numerous articles in *' Heimir ",
the organ of the Icelandic Unitarian Association in America, of which he
was editor from 1904-10 ; these articles deal chiefly with religion and
literature, such as papers on forsteinn Erlingsson (1907), on Hannes
Hafstein (1908), on Tolstoy (1910), etc., also a few biographical sketches
(Nokkrir fornmenn). A few articles in the "Freyja", and "Heims-
kringla". — Translator: Several stories (by Bjornstj. Bjomson, and others)
and articles in the "Heimir ".
Saemundsson, Bjami, zoologist ;
b. JdrngerdarstaQir in Grindavik, April 15, 1867; A. B., 1889; Cand. Mag.
(natural history and geography), 1894; teacher in College of Iceland,
Reykjavik, since 1894 ; since 1896 has carried on ichthyological investigations
with an annual stipend from the government ; president of the Icelandic
ICELANDIC AUTHORS 47
Naturalists' Society since 1905, and superintendent of its museum. — Author:
Agrip af ndtt6rus6gu fyrir barnask61a (Compendium of natural history for
elementary schools. 1896, 4th ed. 1909); Agrip af steinafraeQi (Compendium
of mineralogy. 1900); Oversigt over Islands Fiske med Oplysninger om
deres Forekomst, vigtigste biologiske Forhold og okonomiske Betydning
(1912); Lysing Islands (Description of Iceland, text-book. 1912). In the
' * And vari ' ' : annual reports to the government on his investigations regard-
ing Icelandic fishes and fisheries during the years 1896-1902, 1904-10 (1897-
1912), and other articles on fisheries ( 1895-96). In " Skirnir " : on disguis-
ing colors of animals (1905), on the habits of the eel (1911). Many notes
on Icelandic birds and fishes in the "Skyrsla" of the Icel. Naturalists'
Society ; also articles on fisheries in various Icelandic papers, especially in
**^gir". In "Videnskabelige Meddelelser fra den naturhistoriske Forening
i Kobenhavn ' ' a series of articles under the title " Zoologiske Meddelelser fra
Island": Raja fullonica L., and Om Hvalrossens Forekomst ved Island i
aeldre og nyere Tider (1897), Tre Fiske nye for Island, Om Brugdens
Forekomst ved Island i senere Tid, and Auliscus pulcher en ny Goplepolyp
med frie Meduser (1899), Sex Fiske nye for Island, and To Skadedyr ved
Islands Kyster (Ivimnoria lignorum og Tereda norvegica) (1903), Tre Fiske
nye for Island, and Nogle ornithologiske lagttagelser og Bemaerkninger
(1905), Fem Fiske nye for Island, and Optegnelser vedrorende Fuglelivet
paa Ha vet omkring Island om Sommeren ( 1907), also Bidrag til Kundskaben
om de islandske Hydroider (1902). In "Dansk Fiskeritidende " : De
islandske Saltvandsfiskerier i det I9de Aarhundrede (1903), and since 1903
annual reports on Icelandic fisheries. In "Norsk Fiskeritidende":
Oplysninger om Phoca groenlandica's Optraeden ved Island i aeldre og
nyere Tider (1903), and Hvalfangstsporgsmaalet (1903). The Herring
fishery of Iceland (The Fish Trades Gazette, 1907). An article on the
Thingvalla Lake (Geografisk Tidsskrift, \^^) .—Editor : Skyrslur hins
islenzka Ndtttirufraedisf^lags, 1903-10.
Biogr.: Odinn. VII. pp. 89-90, portr.
Sigfusson, Johannes, educator ;
b. Niipufell, Eyjafjaraarsysla, Aug. 10, 1853; A. B., 1881 ; Cand. Theol.,
Theological School, 1883 ; teacher in the Flensborg High School, Hafnar-
fjorSur, 1 883-1904 ; since 1904 teacher in College of Iceland, Reykjavik. —
Author: Kenslub6k i donsku (Text-book of Danish. 1868, 2d ed. 1893;
with J6n J>6rarinsson) ; Kenslub6k i donsku fyrir byrjendur (Beginners'
text-book of Danish. 1909, with J6n 6feigsson); Lesb6k handa bornum
(Reader for children and young people. 3 vols. 1907-10, with Gu3m.
Finnbogason and f>6rh. Bjarnarson); Samtiningur handa bornum (Com-
pilations for children. 3 vols. 1890-1903). One of the editors of "Timarit
um uppeldi og mentamdl " (1888-92), to which he contributed a paper on
the teachers' influence in the education of children (1888), an essay on Joh.
A. Comenius (1892), and an article on public schools in the United States
(1889, compiled from an article by Paul Passy).
48
ISLANDICA
Sigurbsddttir, Olof, poet ;
b. April 9, 1857 ; mid- wife at Hla9ir in Eyjafjar9arsysla ; m. Halld6r
Gudmundsson {h. Nov. 9, 1850, also author of two brief stories in
" Eimrei9in ", 1901 : Dansinn og dau9inn, and Bleikdla). — Author:
Nokkur smdkvseQi (A few short poems. 1888 ; includes also a story trans-
lated from the Danish); poems in " Eimreidin " (1901 and 1906), also
some reminiscences (The home of my child-hood. 1906).
SigurSsson, Ogmundur, educator ;
b. July 7, 1859 ; grad. of M69ruvellir High School, 1882 ; teacher in the
Flensborg High School, HafnarfjorSur, and since 1908 its director, —
Author: Reikningsb6k handa bornum (Arithmetic for children. 1900).
Three articles in "Timarit um uppeldi og mentamdl " (1888-92), of which
he was one of the editors ; of these one is on teachers' schools in Finland
(1888), another on the teaching of geography (1889).
SigurSsson, Sigurbur, agriculturist ;
b. Langholt in F16i, Oct. 21, 1864 ; grad. of the H61ar Agricultural School,
1890 ; studied agriculture in Denmark, 1897-99 ; adviser to the Icelandic
Agricultural Society since 1900. Member of Althing for Arnessysla 1901,
and since 1908. — Author: Many articles on agricultural subjects in various
periodicals, some of which have been issued separately, such as on the
breeding of horses (Fjallkonan, 1903), on co-operative dairies (Bunadarrit,
1912 ; Fjallkonan, 1900; Nordurland, 1904); many contributions to the
monthly " Freyr " of which he has been one of the editors since 1909.
Biogr.: 69inn. III. pp. lo-ii, portr. — Templar. XVIII. p. 25, portr.
Sigurbsson, Sigurbur, agriculturist, forester ;
b. Draflastadir in Fnj6skadalur, Aug. 5, 1872 ; grad. of the Stend Agri-
cultural School, Norway, 1898, and in the same year studied for some time
in Stenkiaer Forestry School; Cand. Agron., Royal Agricultural College,
Copenhagen, 1902 ; since 1902, director of the H61ar Agricultural School.
Founder of the Agricultural Society of North Iceland (Raektunarfdlag
NorSurlands) 1903, and has been its president since. — Author : The forests
in Fnj6skadalur (Andvari, 1900), and an article on agriculture in Northern
part of Sweden (Andvari, 1903).
Biogr.: Minningarrit H61ask61a, 1909. p. 59, portr.
Sigurbsson, Sigurbur, poet ;
b. Copenhagen, Sept. 15, 1879 ; student in the College of Iceland, 1894-98 ;
Cand. Pharm., Pharmaceutic Institute, 1906 ; secretary to the prefect of
Borgarfjar9arsysla, Arnarholt. — Author: Tvistirni (The double-stars. 1906;
a collection of poems by him and J6nas Gu91augsson ) ; Lj69 (Poems. 1912).
Sigurj6nsson, J6hann, dramatist ;
b. Laxamyri, J>ingeyjarsysla, June 19, 1880 ; student in the College of Ice-
land, 1896-99 ; studied veterinary surgery for some time in the Royal
Veterinary School, Copenhagen ; has for several years lived in Copenhagen,
engaged in literary work. — Author: Dr. Rung, Drama i fire Akter (1905,
ICELANDIC AUTHORS 49
written in Danish); B6ndinn k Hrauni (The farmer of Hraun, a play in
three acts. 1908), also in Danish : Gaarden Hraun (1912), and staged in the
Royal Theatre, Copenhagen ; Fjalla-Eyvindur (1912), originally written in
Danish : Bjaerg-Ejvind og hans Hustru, Skuespil i fire Optrin (1911), and
was first staged in the Dagmar Theatre, Copenhagen, afterwards presented
in Norway, Sweden, and Germany, also in Reykjavik and Winnipeg. A
story (G69ur fengur) and a few poems in "Skirnir" (1910).
Biogr.: 6ainn. V. p. 60, portr ; VII. p. i, portr. — Sunnanfari. XI. p. 42,
¥Drtr. — Bogvennen. Nov. 1911, p. 5, portr.; May 1912, pp. 9-10. — Berlingske
idende. April 13, 1913.
Skaptason, Magnus [Olafur] J6sefsson, theologian ;
b. Hnausar, Htinavatnss^sla, Feb. 4, 1850; A. B., 1870; Cand. Theol.,
Theological School, 1874; minister successively of Lundarbrekka (1874),
Kviabekkur (1878), and Hvammur in Laxdrdalur (1883); went to America,
and became minister of 7 parishes in New Iceland, Manitoba ; severed his
connections with the Icelandic Lutheran S\nod and became Unitarian
minister first in Winnipeg, and later in North Dakota. — Author : Rae9a
(Sermon. 1891); LiticI um b6kstaflegan innbldstur heilagrar ritningar (A
little about the inspiration of the Holy Scriptures. 1893); many articles in
the Unitarian papers "Dagsbrlin" (1893-96), and "Lising" (1898-99),
both of which he edited ; was also the editor of the weekly ' ' Baldur ' ' for
some time (1905), and has since 191 1 edited the monthly "Fr69i", in
Winnipeg, to which he is the principal contributor. — Translator : Trdin
d gu5, by M. J. Savage (1894); Ranns6knaroldin, by Th. Paine (1899); and
a number of stories and articles in the papers he edited.
Stefitosson, J6n, novelist ; pseudonym : P>orgils gjallandi;
b. SktitustaQir, Jnngeyjarsysla, June 2, 185 1 ; has lived as a farmer at Litla-
Strond, pingeyjarsysla, since 1877. In 1912 he received from the govern-
ment a stipend in recognition of his writings. — Author : Of an lir sveitum
(Down from the country districts, four stories. 1892), two of these stories
were translated into German by Carl Kiichler : Der Kirchgang (Leipziger
Litteraturberichte, 1894), and Pastor Solvi (Kiichler's Nordische Novellen,
1896); Upp vi5 fossa (Up near the waterfalls, a novel. 1902), translated into
German by Heinrich Erkes : Oben bei den Wasserfallen, ein islandische
Bauerngeschichte (Rheinische Zeitung, 1908); Dyrasogur (Stories of
animals. 1910), many of which had previously appeared in " * Dyravinurinn "
and other periodicals. Two stories in the "Sumargjof ": Naeturhugsanir d
Oraefunum (1907), and Gisli hlismaQur (1908). Several contributions to
other periodicals, chiefly " Gjallarhorn " and "Nor5ri." — Translator:
I>rjdr smdsogur, by Jonas Lie (1904); Tobias sldtrari, by the same
(Eimreiain, 1897); OSalsbaendur, by Edv. Knudsen (1905, with Steinp6r
Bjornsson), etc.
Biogr.: EimreiSin. XV. pp. 99-108.
Stefdnsson, J6n, journalist ;
b. GrundarfjorQur, Snsefellsnessysla, Nov. 4, 1863; A. B., 1882; A. M.
(English language and literature), 1889; Ph. D., 1891 ; received the gold
50 ISLANDICA
medal of the University of Copenhagen for an essay on dialects in Wy cliff e's
Bible translation ; assistant librarian, Royal Library, Copenhagen, 1891-93 ;
since 1893, has lived mostly in London, engaged in newspaper work and
lecturing. — Author: Robert Browning, et Literaturbillede fra det moderne
England (1891, doctor's dissertation); Svar til Dr. O. Jespersen (1892); A
pilgrimage to the saga-steads of Iceland (1899, with W. G. Collingwood);
Oldnordisk Indflydelse " paa engelsk Literatur i det attende og nittende
Aarhundrede (Nordisk tidskrift, 1891 ; also in Icelandic, in Timarit
B6kmf61., 1891); Robert Browning (Nordisk tidskrift, 1890); Shakespeare
at Elsinore (Contemporary Review, 1896); Iceland and its inhabitants
(Transactions of the Victoria Institute, 1902 and 1906 ; reprinted in the
Annual Report of the Smithsonian Institute, 1906); How Browning strikes
a Scandinavian (The Browning Society's Papers, 1891); an article on the
attempts of the Danish kings to sell Iceland (Timarit B6kmf€l., 1898). In
the ' ' Saga-Book of the Viking Club ' ' : The oldest known list of Scandinavian
names (1906), Western influence on the earliest Viking settlers (1908),
The Vikings in Spain (1909), and other minor articles and reviews. Con-
tributor to various Icelandic (EimreiSin, etc. ), English, French, German,
and Scandinavian periodicals. — Translator: The life and death of Cormac
the Skald (1902 ; into English, with W. G. Collingwood),
Stefdnsson, Kristinn, poet ;
h. Egilsd, SkagafjarQarsysla, 1856 ; emigrated to America 1873, and has
lived in Winnipeg since 1884. — Author: Vestan hafs, ymisleg lj69maeli
(West of the Ocean, various poems. 1900); but since the appearance of that
collection many poems from his pen have been printed in the Icelandic-
Canadian press, especially in the " Heimir."
Biogr.: Oldin. IV. pp. 17-20, portr. — Nyja Oldin. III. pp. 220-221, portr.
Stefdnsson, Sigurbur, political writer ;
b. Rip, Skagafjar9arsysla, Aug. 30, 1854; A. B., 1879; Cand. Theol.,
Theological School, 188 1 ; since 1881 minister of the Ogurjjing, residing in
Vigur, fsafjarSarsysla, Member of Althing for f saf j arSarsysla 1886-99 ^^d
1902, for the town of fsafjorQur since 1905. — Author : Three articles in the
"Andvari": on the twentieth anniversary of the Icelandic constitution
(1895), on the demands of the Icelanders for more independence (1896),
and on the amendments to the constitution (1898). To other periodicals he
has contributed many articles on Icelandic politics, and other questions of
the day.
Biogr.: 65inn. VII. pp. 65-66, portr.
Stef^nsson, Stefdn [ Johann] , botanist ;
b. Heiai in Gonguskora, Aug. i, 1863; A. B., 1884; Cand. Phil., 1885,
and studied botany in the Copenhagen University until 1887, when he was
appointed teacher in the Modruvellir High School, which was transferred
to Akureyri in 1905, and of which he has been the director since Sept. 10,
1908. With the aid of the Icelandic government and the Carlsberg Fund
he has made botanical expeditions in various parts of Iceland and carried
ICELANDIC AUTHORS 51
on investigations of forage plants. Member of Althing for Skagaf jar3arsy8la
1900-08, member appointed by the king since 1908 ; member of the Danish-
Icelandic interparliamentary commission, i<)o^.— Author : F16ra Islands
(The Flora of Iceland. 1901); Fra Islands Vaextrige (Videnskabelige
Meddelelser fra naturhist. Forening i Kobenhavn, 1890, 1894, 1896 : Nogle
nye og sjaeldne Karplanter samlede i Aarene 1888-89, Vatnsdalens Vegeta-
tion, and Floristiske Nyheder); Bemaerkninger til Chr. Gronlund's Tillaeg
til Islands Kryptogamflora (Botanisk Tidsskrift, 1896); a brief survey of
botanical investigations in Iceland and of works on Icelandic plants (Skyrsla
hins Isl. ndtttirufraeSisf^lags, 1891); two articles on botanical expeditions
in Iceland, in " Andvari " ( 1893, 1895); an essay on the reproduction of the
phanerogamous plants (Timarit Bmf^l., 1891); in the " Biina3arrit " : an
article on potatoes and their cultivation in Iceland (1888), three articles on
Icelandic grazing and forage plants (1902-03, 1910), and a few others; in
"EimreiQin": an article on school reform (1895), a story (I>i9 sjdist aldrei
framar. 1899', and a paper on J6nas Hallgrimsson's descriptions of nature
(1909). Islandska foder- och betesvaxter (wdth H. G. Soderbaum, publ. in :
Meddelanden fr^n kongl. Landtbruks-Akademiens Experimentalfalt, no.
74, 1902, and no. 83, 1904). Numerous articles in Icelandic papers, chiefly
in the "NorQurland", on educational, agricultural, and political matters,
and on natural history. — Editor : Sk61asongvar (1909).
Biogr.: Sunnanfari. IX. pp. 25-26, portr.
Stephansson, Stephan Gubmundsson, poet ;
b. Kirkjuh611, Skagaf jardarsysla, Oct. 3, 1853; self-taught ;| emigrated to
America 1873, and settled in Wisconsin, moved in 1880 to North Dakota,
and in 1890 to Marckerville, Alberta, Canada, where he has since lived as a
farmer. — Author : Ut' d viSavangi, flokkur af tiu smdkvaedum (In the
open air, ten poems. 1894); A fer9 og flugi, kvaedabdlkur (Faring and
fljdng, a poem in 18 cantos. 1900); Andvokur (Lying awake. 3 vols. 1909-
10), a complete collection of his poems up to that time, but since its publica-
tion many new poems by him have been printed in Icelandic-Canadian
periodicals, and also in periodicals printed in Iceland.
Biogr.,: Skirnir. LXXXI. pp. 193-209, 289-314, portr.; LXXXVI. pp. 44-
63.— Oldin. IV. pp. 17-20, portr.— Nyja Oldin. III. pp. 218-220, portr.—
Sunnanfari. IX. pp. 57-58, portr.; X. pp. 19-23, 26-30.— Cdinn. VI. pp.
65-66, portr. — Almanak(5. S. Thorgeirssonar. 191 1. pp. 59-63. — BreiQablik.
I. pp. 68-70, portr.; III. p. 90; IV. pp. 68-78, 88-93, portr.; V. pp. 4-8.—
EimreiQin. X. pp. 32-33.
Stephensen, Magnus, jurist ;
b. HofQabrekka in Myrdalur, Oct. 18, 1836 ; A. B., 1855 ; Cand. Juris, 1862 ;
associate judge of the Superior Court, 1871-86 ; acting governor of the
South and West Quarters, 1883-86 ; governor-general of Iceland, 1886-1904.
Member of Althing, chosen by the crown, 1877-86, for Rangdrvallasysla,
1903-07 ; chairman of the interparliamentary commission on taxation of
1875. Grand Cross of Datiebrog, 1904, etc. ; Officer of the French Legion of
Honor, \^oi.— Author : Logfraedisleg formdlab6k (Juridical formulary.
1886, with L. E. Sveinbiornsson). Contributions to the "Timarit
52 ISLAM Die A
B6kmf61.": on public taxes and fees (1880), biographical sketches of Ice-
landic jurists (1882), on Gu9brandur Vigfiisson's new chronology (1884), and
chronological list of royal appointments and granting of titles in Iceland, etc. ,
1800-53 ( 1884). An article on the election of presidents in the United States
(Andvari, 1905). Compiled the indexes (efnisyfirlit) to "Stj6rnarti5indi
fyrir Island", 1874-1903 (1906), and to " AlpingistiSindi ", 1845-1907
(1908). — Editor: TiQindi um stj6rnmdlefni Islands (2 vols. 1870); Alpingis-
tiQindi, 1875-81 and 1905-07 (one of two editors); Lagasafn handa alpydu
(3 vols. 1887-90, with J6n Jensson) — Translator : On double-stars (Skirnir,
1905).
Biogr.: Bricka, Dansk biogr. Lexikon. XVI. p. 417. — Sunnanfari. III.
pp. 41-42, portr.
Sveinbjomsson, Sveinbjom, musician ;
b. Nes, Seltjarnarnes, June 28, 1847 ; A. B., 1866 ; Cand. Theol., Theological
School, 1868 ; studied music in Copenhagen under A. Ravn, and in Leipsic
under Reinecke. Has lived in Edinburgh since 1871. Knight of Danebrog,
1907. — Author : A paper on Northern folksongs (Saga-Book of the Viking
Club, 1907). Compositions : The Icelandic national anthem (1874, text by
Matth. Jochumsson); Ivandndmssongur Islands (1899, text by the same);
Island (1903, text by Valtyr GuQmundsson); Berceuse for violin and piano-
forte ; The challenge of Thor (words by H. W. Ivongfellow); Duet in A on
Scottish national dances; Echo (words by Thos. Moore); The fairies
(words by Wm. AUingham); Humoreske in G minor for violin and piano-
forte ; King Sverre (words by Grimur Thomsen); The lover's lament
(founded on an Icelandic folksong); Now is the month of Maying (lyric of
the Elizabethan age) ; Serenade, Stars of the summer night (by Longfellow) ;
The troubadour (words transl. from the French by Sir Walter Scott);
Trysting (words by D. Fraser); Two songs from "Psaltery and harps"
(words by C. J. P. Spitta); Up in the North (words by Sir Walter Scott);
The Viking's grave (words by John Reid); War (words by P. Macgillivray);
When the boats come sailing in (words by M. Wheeler ) ; The willow song
(words by Mrs. Hemans); a cantata on the occasion of King Frederik
VIII. 's visit to Iceland (1901), etc. Wrote the incidental music for Hall
Caine's play. The prodigal son.
Biogr.: BreiSablik. VI. pp. 53-55, portr. — Eimrei9in. V. pp. 197-199,
portr. — OSinn. IV. pp. 1-2, portr.
Sveinbjomsson, Sveinbjom Gestur, philologist ;
b. Glaesibaer, Eyjafjar9arsysla, Dec. 17, 1861 ; A. B., 1882; Cand. Phil.,
1883 ; studied Romance philology, 1882-87 ; teacher in Aarhus Cathedral
School, Denmark, 1887-1907, since 1907 second master. Has made many
trips to England, France, and Germany to study educational institutions,
and also carried on phonetic studies. — Author: Essay on changes in the
regulations for the College of Iceland (Eimrei9in, 1895); two phonetic
specimens of modern Icelandic (Maitre phon^tique, 1894 and 1905); various
articles, especially reviews, in Aarhus papers (Aarhus Stiftstidende,
Amtstidende, and Jyllandsposten).
ICELANDIC AUTHORS
53
Sveinsson, Sveinbjorn, story- writer ;
b. K6ngsgar9ur, Htinavatnss^sla, Oct. 19, 1878; self-taught; shoemaker
by occupation; lives in Reykjarik. — Author: Sdlmar (Hymns. 1903);
Nokkur kvae3i (A few poems. 1906); I>rj{i aefintyri (Three fairy tales.
1909); Engilbornin (The little angels, a fairy tale. 1910); Margfoldunartaflan
(The multiplication table, a fairy tale. 191 1); Beruskan (Childhood.
2 vols. 1907-08; 2d ed of vol. i., 1912). — Translator: Eirlkur litli, by A.
L. Feuvre (1909).
Svensson J6n [Stefdn], educator, theologian ;
b. MoQruvellir in Horgardalur, Nov. 16, 1857 ; left Iceland 1870, and joined
the Catholic church ; studied in College de la Providence of the Jesuit Fathers,
Amiens, 1871-78 ; joined the Order of Jesuits in St. Acheul, near Amiens,
and remained there two years ; studied philosophy in the University of
I^uvain, 1880-82, and in a German College in Blijenbeck, Holland, 1882-
83 ; teacher in Denmark, 1883-88 ; studied theology in Ditton Hall, Liver-
pool, 1888-92 ; ordained as priest, and teacher in St.' Andreas College,
Charlottenlund, Denmark, since 1892. — Author: Islandsblomster (1906,
series of articles on the Icelandic saga literature, which appeared first in the
Danish Catholic paper " Varden", 1905), transl. into German by Johannes
Mayrhofer : Aus Islands alten Schatzen (1909-10); Et Ridt gennem Island,
Oplevelser (r9o6), transl. into German by Joh. Mayrhafer : Zwischen Eis
und Feuer (1911), also into Icelandic by Mrs. T. f>. Holm, in "Dvol"
(1906-08), but the first draught of the book was publ. in the Danish
** Museum" (1895), and afterwards appeared in English, German, and
French in various Catholic papers. Several contributions to "Varden",
chiefly articles and stories about Iceland or reminiscenses ( 1906-10 : Levende
begravet ; Den lille Kjartans Syn ; Volven ; En Barndomserindring ;
Litteratur ; Vaeddemaalet ; Det lille Lam, etc.), some of which have been
translated into German. Biographical sketch of Alex. Baumgartner
(EimreiQin, 1911); an essay in French on Henrik Ibsen (in the Parisian
periodical "Etudes", 1906).
Sverrisson, Eirikur E., poet ;
b. Hvammur in Myrdalur, Sept. 7, 1876 ; has been for some time teacher in
Grimsnes, Arnessysla. — Author: Two collections of poems, publ. under
the titles : Lj65 (1902), and SveitarbarniQ (1911).
Thorl^sson, Niels Steingrimur, theologian ;
b. St6ru-Tjarnir, Lj6savatnsskar5, Jan. 20, 1857 ; emigrated to America,
1873 ; A. B., Luther College, Deborah, Iowa, 1876 ; studied theology in the
University of Christiania, 1883-87 ; ordained, 1887 ; has been minister of
various Norwegian and Icelandic congregations, at present in Selkirk, Man.,
Canada. Secretary of the Icelandic Lutheran Synod, 1888-90 and 1891-93,
since 1899 its vice-president. — Author: Several papers in the periodical
"Aldam6t": on the divinity of Jesus Christ (1891), Christ and the Old
Testament (1893), what is truth? (1894), why are there so many infidels?
(1896), and four others ; in the " Aram6t", two papers (1905 and 1909) on
54 ISLANDICA
religious themes. — Editor: "Kennarinn", a Sunday school paper (1902-
05); "Bornin" (1905-08); " Framti9in " (1908-10), all publ. by the
IvUtheran Synod.
Thoroddsen, Mrs. I^^ra [Petursddttir] ,
b. Reykjavik, Oct. 10, 1847 ; daughter of Bishop Pdtur Petursson {d. 1891),
wife of Dr. I^orvaldur Thoroddsen (see below). — Author: Leidarvisir til a3
nema ymsar kvennlegar hannyrQir (Guide to needle work. 1886, with |>6ra
J6nsd6ttir and Jar9pru9ur J6nsd6ttir); Guldbroderi (with Nina Ring); and
several articles in Danish periodicals.
Thoroddsen, I^orvaldur, geologist, geographer ;
b. Flatey in Brei9ifjor5ur, June 6, 1855, son of J6n Thoroddsen {d. 1868),
the novelist ; A. B., 1875; Cand. Phil., 1876, and studied natural sciences,
especially zoology and geology, at the University of Copenhagen until 1880,
and later geology and physical geography at the University of Leipsic,
1884-85 ; accompanied F. Johnstrup on his geological expedition to the
volcanos in North Iceland, 1876 ; teacher in the M69ruvellir High School,
1880-84, in College of Iceland (natural history and geography), 1885-99,
but was on leave of absence, 1895-99 ; travelled in Iceland to explore the
geography and geology of the country during the summers 1881-91 and
1893-98, partly with government support, partly with support from other
sources, and has made a geological survey of the entire island, and for the
first time mapped parts of the deserts and plateaus in the interior. Since
1899 he has received an annual stipend from the Icelandic government to
enable him to devote his time exclusively to scientific researches and
literary work. Honorary Ph. D., University of Copenhagen, 1896;
titular professor, 1902 ; member of the Royal Academy, Copenhagen, 1909.
Gold medallist of the Geographical Societies of Paris (La Roquette medal)
1895, of Copenhagen 1899, and of New York (Daly medal) 1907, of the
Royal Academies of Stockholm (Linn^ medal) 1886, and of Copenhagen
1902 ; received the Cuthbert Peek Grant of the Royal Geographical Society
of London, 1897. Honorary member : the Danish Geological Society 1893,
the Geographical Society of Bern 1898, the Royal Geographical Society of
London 1898, the Icelandic Literary Society 1902, and the Belgian Geological
Society 1907. Corresponding member : the Danish Geographical Society
1884, the Swedish Society for Anthropology and Geography 1886, Gesell-
schaft fiir Erdkunde zu Berlin 1893, Commission internationale des Glaciers
1897, the Geological Society of London 1902. Received the J6n SigurQsson
historical prize, 1889. President of the Icelandic Literary Society, Copen-
hagen branch, 1 905-11. Knight of Danebrog, 1899. Lives at present in
Copenhagen, Denmark. — Author: Lysing Island (Text-book of Icelandic
geography. 1881, 2d ed. 1900), translated into Norwegian by Amund
Helland : Islands Beskrivelse (1883); Oversigt over de islandske Vulkaners
Historic (1882), condensed and translated into English by George H.
Bohmer : Observations on volcanic eruptions and earthquakes in Iceland
within historic times (1886); Vulkaner i det nordostlige Island (1888);
Jar9fr3e9i (Text-book of geology. 1889); Geologiske lagttagelser paa
ICELANDIC AUTHORS 55
Snaefellsnes og i Omegnen af Faxabugten i Island (1891); Landfraeflissaga
fslands, hugmyndir manna um Island, ndtt(iruskoOun og ranns6knir fyr
og si9ar ( History of Icelandic geography, treating of popular ideas about
the country, its nature and its exploration from the earliest times down to
1880. 4 vols. 1892-1904), the first two vols, of which, covering the time
down to c. 1750, were translated into German by August Gebhardt :
Geschichte der islandischen Geographic (2 vols. 1897-98); Vulkaner og
Jordskjaelv paa Island (1897); Landskjdlfar d fslandi (History of earth-
quakes in Iceland. 1890-1905); Uppdrdttur Islands ( Physico-geographical
map of Iceland. 1900); Geological map of Iceland, surveyed in the years
1881-98 (1901); Island, Grundriss der Geographic und Geologic (1906,
Krganzungsband zu Petermanns Mitteilungen ) ; Foredrag holdt ved Geysir
1907 (1907); Zur islandischen Geographic und Geologi '(1908, articles on
Grimsey and Myvatn, transl. by R. Pallcske); ^fisaga P^turs P^turssonar
(Biography of Bishop P. P. 1908); Lysing Island (Description of Iceland.
2 vols. 1908-11). To the "Andvari" he contributed accounts of his ex-
plorations in Iceland (1883-91, 1893-99), and several popular articles: on
the Gulfstrcam (1876), on geology, and on the Swedish Arctic expeditions
(1880), on Swedish schools (1881), on the sun, and on earthquakes ( 1882),
on the geology of Iceland (1887, 1902, 1904), some reflections at the be-
ginning of the new century (1901), etc. In the "Timarit B6kmentaf 61. "
popular essays on natural history : on fossils (1882), on comets (1883), on
the origin of the species ( 1887-89), and others. In the ' ' EimreiQin " articles
on the Icelandic tufa (1900), on maps of Iceland (1902), on scientific dis-
coveries and modern tendencies (1910), and several book reviews. Numer-
ous other contributions to Icelandic periodicals, such as "Idunn" (1885,
1888), "Noraanfari" (1875-78), "Fr63i" (1881-84), "Austri" (1884),
" Isafold" (1879-80, 1884-85, 1887-88), "Su3ri" (1883, 1886), "t>j63viljinn"
(1894-95, 1899), "Skirnir" (1876, 1878, 1906), and various others. In the
Danish ' ' Geografisk Tidsskrift ' ' there are accounts of his explorations in
Iceland and other articles : Et Besog 1876 ved Myvatn ( 1878), De vulkanske
Udbrud paa Island i 1783 (1879), Om de ubeboede Straekninger paa Island
(1882), En Udflugt i det sydvestlige Island (1882), En Undersogelse 1882 i
det ostlige Island (1884, transl. into German by H. Zeise, in "Die Natur",
1885), Fra Islands nordvestlige Halvo (1887), Fra Vestfjordene i Island
(1888), En Rejse gjennem det indre Island (1889), Fra Islands indre
Hojland (1890), Oversigt over de geografiske Kundskaber om Island for
Reformationen (1890), Postglaciale marine Aflejringer, Kystterrasser og
Strandlinjer i Island (1892), Islands Jokler i Fortid og Nutid (1892), Om
Islands geografiske og geologiske Undersogelse (1893), Rejse i Vester-
Skaptafells Syssel (1894), Et to Hundrede Aar gammelt Skrift om Islands
Jokler (1895), Fra det sydostlige Island (1895), Fra det nordostlige Island
(1896), Nogle almindelige Bemaerkninger om islandske Vulkaner og
Lavastromme (1896), Fra det nordlige Island (1897), Hojlandet ved
Langjokull paa Island (1899), Jordskaelv i Islands sydlige Lavland, deres
geologiske Forhold og Historic (1898-1900), Islands Fjorde og Bugter
(1901), Et Besog paa Grimso (1902), Geografiske og geologiske Under-
56 ISLANDICA
sogelser ved den sydlige Del af Faxafl6i paa Island (1903), En Udflugt til
Vulkanen Skjaldbred paa Island (1904), Ivavaorkener og Vulkaner paa
Islands Hojland, geografiske og geologiske Undersogelser (1905-06, 4
articles), and a few reviews. Description of Iceland in " Atlanten " ( 1904-
05). De varme Kilder paa Island, deres fysisk-geologiske Forhold og
geografiske Udbredelse (Oversigt over det kgl. danske Vidensk. Selsk.
Forh., 1910); Island som Touristland (Dansk Touristforenings Medlems-
blad. 1893); Islandske Forhold i Nutiden (Det norske geograf. Selskabs
Aarbog, 1897 ), and various other articles in the Danish press. Contributor
to the Salmonsens Konversations-Leksikon. In " Geologiska Foreningens i
Stockholm Forhandlingar ": Vulkanerne paa Reykjanes i Island (1884),
Nogle Bemserkninger om de islandske Findesteder f or Dobbelspath (1890),
Om nogle postglaciale Lavastromme i Island (1891), Nogle lagttagelser
over Surtarbrandens geologiske Forhold i det nordvestlige Island (1896),
etc. In the "Ymer": Den gronlandska drifisen vid Island (1884), De
varme Kilder paa Hveravellir ( 1889), Snaefellsnes i Island ( 1890), Hypotesen
om en postglacial Landbro over Island og Faeroerne set fra et geologisk
Standpunkt (1904, 1906). In the " Petermanns Mitteilungen " several
articles on the explorations in Iceland, many of which are translated by K.
Keilhack or H. Wichmann : Eine Lavawiiste im Innern Islands (1885),
Eine Reise nach dem Nordkap in Island (1888), Zwei Reisen in Innere von
Island (1892), Aus dem nordostlichen Island (1896), Aus dem nordlichen
Island (1898), Das Erdbeben in Island 1896 (1901), Die Bruchlinien Islands
und ihre Beziehungen zu den Vulkanen (1905), and others; in the " Geo-
graphische I^iteraturberichte ' ' of the same magazine, many reviews of
books on Iceland. In the ' ' Globus ' ' several articles on explorations in
Iceland (mostly in abridgement by M. Lehmann-Filhes): Islandischer
Hexenspuk im 17 Jahrhundert (1895), Eine 200 Jahre alte Schrift iiber
island. Gletscher (1897), etc. In " Die Ausland " : Die Hornkiiste (1887),
Wie ist Island entstanden (1887), Neue Solfataren und Schlammvulkane in
Island (1889), Die grosste Vulkanausbruch auf Island in historischen Zeit
(1889). In "Himmel und Erde": Die Fundstatte des islandischen
Kalkspates (1890), and Einige Bemerkungen iiber die Fundorte des
islandischen Doppelspats (1891). Die vulkanischen Eruptionen und Erd-
beben auf Island wahrend der geschichtlichen Zeit (Gaea, 1883); Vulkane
im nordostlichen Island (Mitteil. der kaiserl. konigl. geograph. Gesellsch.
in Wien, 1891). In "Verhandl. der Gesellsch. f. Erdkunde zu Berlin":
Reisen in Island (1893-95), and in the " Zeitschrift " of same Society:
Untersuchungen in Island in den Jahren 1895-98 (1898). In the "Geo-
graphical Journal" (London) accounts of explorations (1893-94, 1898-99);
in the " Geological Magazine " an article on eruptions and earthquakes in
Iceland (1880), and a few articles in "Nature". Contributor to the
"Encyclopaedia Britannica". — Editor: Skyrslur um Skaptargosin 1783,
Frdsagnir um sk61alif k fslandi um aldam6t 18. og. 19. aldar, and Skyrslur
um Kotlugos (Safn tilsogu Islands, 1907-10).
Biogr.: Skyrsla til alpingis fra f>. Th. 1885. — Kobenhavns Universitets
Indbydelsesskrift 1894.— The Nation (N. Y.). XLII. pp. 132-133.— Sunnan-
ICELANDIC AUTHORS 57
fari. IV. pp. 9-10, portr. — Bricka's Dansk biograf. Lexikon. XVII. pp.
283-285.— Globus. LXXIV. pp. 161-163, portr.— DeuUche Rundschau f.
Geogr. u. Statistik. XXI. pp. 133-135, portr.— Mitteil. der k. k. geograph.
Gesellsch. in Wien. 1898. pp. 714-716. — lUustrirte Zeitung. LXIII. p. 450,
portr, — Alex. Baumgartner, Island u. die Faroer. 1902. pp. 539-548, portr. —
Paul Herrmann, Island in Vergangenheit und Gegenwart. I. 1907. pp. 94-
96.
Thorsteinsson, Arni [Amason], musician ;
b. Reykjavik, Oct. 15, 1870; A. B,, 1890; Cand. Phil., 1891. Photographer
in Reykjavik. — Author (composer).- T61f songlog fyrir einsong me3
undirspili (Twelve compositions for solo with accompaniments. 1907); Nyr
hdticlasongur (1902); KveQja til J6us I^orkelssonar (1904); HeyrQu yfir
hofin gjalla ( 1906) ; I>ar sem hdir h61ar ( 1907) ; a few compositions published
in periodicals, etc.
Biogr.: (39inn. IV. pp. 20-21, portr.
Thorsteinsson, Steingrimur, poet, philologist ;
b. Arnarstapi, Snsefellsnessysla, May 19, 183 1, son of Bjarni Thorsteinsson,
sub-governor of the Western Quarter [^d. 1876); A. B., 185 1 ; Cand. Philol.,
1863; Arnamagnsean stipendiary, 1868-72; teacher (classics) in College of
Iceland, Reykjavik, 1872-95, second master, 1895-1904, since 1904 rector of
the College. Knight of Danebrog 1 899, etc. Vice-president of the Icelandic
Literary Society since 1895, and elected honorary member, 1901 ; member
of the committee on the Icelandic hymn-book since 1898 ; member of the
committee superintending the translation of the Bible into Icelandic.
President of the Reykjavik Forestry Society, 1903-09. — Author : Gilsbakka-
lj69 (a poem. 1874); Lj69mseli (Collection of poems. 1881, 2d ed. enlarged
1893, 3d ed. enlarged 1910); Donsk lestrab6k (Danish reader. 1880, 4th ed.
1908); f>yzklestrarb6k (German reader. 1886); the annual "Ny sumargj of "
(1859-62, 1865) was edited and chiefly written by him ; poems in "Svava"
( i860) which he edited with Gisli Brynjiilfsson and Ben. Grondal, but these
and other original poems (in "Ny f^lagsrit", "IQunn", and other
periodicals) of his are all included in his collection of poems. Essays : on
Goethe and Schiller (EimreiQin, 1896-97), on A. P. Berggren (Eimrei9in,
1906), on F. de la Motte Fouqu6 and Iceland (Skirnir, 1905), on Alexander
Petofi (Skirnir, 1907) ; biographical sketch of T6mas Saemundsson (Andvari,
1888). Nordisk Mytologi efter Kilderne (1859, 6th ed. 1904, with Kr. Arent-
zen). — Editor: Islandische Volkslieder mit Ubersetzungen und Erlauter-
ungen (1879); f>rjii sefintyri, by J. Iv. Tieck (1905); ^fisaga amtmanns
Bjarna Thorsteinssonar (Timarit Bmf61., 1903^; Almanak fyrir hvern
mann (1885, with J6n Olafsson). — Translator: ^fintyri og sogur, by
H. C. Andersen (2 vols. 1904-08); Daemisogur, by ^sop and others (2
vols. 1895-1904); Bandinginn i Chillon og Draumurinn, by Lord Byron
(1866), afterwards included in the Nokkur kvseSi, by Lord Byron (1903)
which also contains the poems Parisina, Mazeppa, and others ; Robinson
Kriis6e, by Daniel Defoe (1886); Tvaer smdsogur : Undina by F. de la
Motte Fouqud and I^oglar dstir by J. K. A. Musaeus (1861, 2d ed. 1907);
Pilagrimur dstarinnar e9a sagan af Ahmed al Kamel, by Washington Irving
58 ISLANDICA
(i860) ; Saklintala e9a tyndi hringurinn, by Kalidasa (1879); Sawitri ( 1878) ;
Nal og Damajanti (1895); Lear konungur, by W. Shakespeare (1878),
Kennslub6k i go5afrae9i Grikkja og R6mverja, by H. W. Stoll (1871-73);
Axel, by Esaias Tegn^r (1857, 2d ed. 1902); ptisund og ein n6tt (Arabian
nights. 1857-64, 2d ed. in progress); Saga hinna tin rd9gjafa (Ten viziers,
1876). With Matth. Jochumsson he published : Svanhvit, nokkur 6tlend
skdldmaeli i islenzkum pyQingum (1877), in which the poems translated by
him are chiefly by German poets ( Goethe, Schiller, Heine, etc. ) . He was
one of the editors of the periodical " IQunn " (1884-89) and contributed to
it mainly translations (stories by Mark Twain, F. Spielhagen, Leo Tolstoy,
A. Poushkin, and several poems). Timon e9a Mannhatarinn, by Lucianus
(EimreiQin, 1903), and Draumurinn, by the same (EimreiSin, 1904). In
various periodicals (Ny f^lagsrit, Andvari, Timarit Bmf^l., EimreiSin,
Skirnir, I5j6961fur, etc.) are to be found numerous poems translated from
German, Greek, English, Scandinavian, and other languages. Into Danish
he translated the Gisla saga Sdrssonar (Nord og Syd., 1859).
Biogr.: J. C. Poestion, Steingrimur Thorsteinsson, ein islandischer Dichter
und Kulturbringer. Mit sechzig iibersetzten Proben seiner Lyrik und seinem
jiingstem Portrait. Eine Freundesgabe zum achtzigsten Geburtstage des
Meisters. Miinchen 1912. 8°. pp.152. — Erslew, Forfatter-Lexikon, Supplem.
III. pp. 420-421. — Bricka, Dansk biograf . Lexikon. XVIII. pp. 292-293. —
Eimrei9in. I. pp. 113-117; XVII. pp. 223-233, portr. — 65inn. I. pp.
17-18 ; VII. pp. 9-14, portr. — Brei9ablik. V. pp. 97-99, portr. — ^skan.
VIII. pp. 66-68, portr. — Wiener Abendpost, May 20. 191 1. — Das literarisches
Echo. XV. 1913. coll. 963-967.
Torfason, Asgeir, chemist ;
b. Varmalaekur, BorgarfjarQarsysla, May 8, 1871 ; grad. of Olafsdalur Agri-
cultural School, 1890; A. B., 1897; Cand. Polyt., Polytechnic Institute,
Copenhagen, 1905 ; director of the Reykjavik Chemical Laboratory since
1906. — Author: Several articles and reports in the " BiinaQarrit " : on flour
(1909), chemical analysis of some marine algae (1910), etc.; a treatise on
peat, in "Eimreidin" (1910).
Valtysson, Helgi, poet, journalist ;
b. Nes in Lo5mundarfjor9ur, Oct. 25, 1877 ; when 15 years old went to Nor-
way, grad. from the Teachers' School, Volden, 1899, and was engaged in
journalism and teaching ; teacher in Seydisf jordur, Iceland, for some years ;
on lecturing trip through Norway, 1901-02 ; teacher in Reykjavik, 1906-07,
and since 1907 teacher in the Flensborg High School, HafnarfjorSur.
President of the Young Peoples Society of Iceland since 1908. For many
years correspondent of various Norwegian papers. Editor of the educational
monthly " Sk61abla9i9 " 1907-09, of the monthly papers "Skinfaxi", 1909-
II, and "Unga Island", 1911-12. — Author: Blyantsmyndir (Pencil
sketches, a collection of poems. 1907); Likamsmentun (Physical culture.
1908); Litill leidarvisir 1 sk6gr£ekt (Short guide to forestry. 1909).
Numerous articles in the papers " Bjarki ", '* Logr^tta", and " Fjallkonan",
and the papers mentioned above ; also many contributions on Iceland and
Icelandic literature to various Norwegian papers (Den 17. Mai, 1901-02;
ICELANDIC AUTHORS
59
Morgenbladet, Christiania, 1903-04 ; Norsk Folkeblad, 1903-04 ; Frie
Presse, 1907, ^tc.).— Translator : Svartfjallasynir, by H. Angell (1903);
Sella siSstakkur, by H. Aanrud (1911). Into vernacular Norwegian several
Icelandic poems and stories : Randidur i Hvassafelli, by J6nas j6nas8on ;
Vonir, and Litli Hvammur, by Einar Hjorleifsson, etc.
Biogr.: Odinn. IV. p. 3, portr. — Unga fsland. IV. p. 21, portr.
Zoega, Geir T6masson, philologist, lexicographer ;
b. Akranes, March 28, 1857 ; A. B., 1878; Cand. Philol., 1883, and visited
England the same year ; teacher of English and French in College of Ice-
land, Reykjavik, 1884-1906, since 1906 second master. — Author: Ensk-
undmsb6k (English primer. 1889, 3d ed. 1906); English-Icelandic
dictionary (1896, 2d ed. 1911); Icelandic-English dictionary (1904 ; contains
modern Icelandic only); A concise dictionary of Old Icelandic (1910). —
Translator (with W. G. S. Paterson): J6n Sigur9sson, the Icelandic
patriot (1887).
f>6rarinsson, J6n, educator ;
b. Melstadur, Htinavatnssysla, Feb. 24, 1854 ; A. B., 1877 ; Cand. Phil.,
1878, and studied theology for three years ; in 1880 went to Germany with
the support of the government to study educational affairs ; director of the
Flensborg High School, Hafnarfjordur, 1882-1907 ; since 1908 state super-
intendent of education. Member of Althing for Gullbringu and Kj6sarsysla,
1886-1899. Member of the interparliamentary committee on educational
affairs, 1886-87. One of the founders of the Icelandic Teachers' Association
(KennarafelagiQ), 1889, and was for some time its president. Knight of
Danebrog, 1907. — Author: Kenslub6k i donsku me9 orQasafni (Text-book
of Danish, with glossary. 1888, with J6h. Sigf6sson). In "Timarit um
uppeldi og mentamdl" 1888-92), of which he was one of the editors,
appeared the following articles from his pen: on reading (1888), on Ice-
landic educational legislation (1888), on the four temperaments of children
(1890), on instruction in manual training (1891), on school-hygiene (1891),
etc. Many contributions to the monthly " Sk61abla5i9 " of which he was
one of the founders (1907), and editor since 1908. — Translator: B6k
aeskunnar, by C. Skovgaard-Petersen (1910).
Biogr.: Sunnanfari. X. pp. 49-52, portr.
I^6rbarson, Matthias, writer on nautical affairs ;
b. M6ar, Kjalarnes, July i, 1872 ; student in the Nautical School, Reykjavik,
1889-90 ; captain of j&shing vessels and traders, 1891-99 ; during the sum-
mers of 1 899- 1 908 he acted as pilot for Danish warships on police duty or
surveying expeditions round the coasts of Iceland. Went to Spain and
Italy in 1909, sent by the Icelandic government to investigate the fish
market. Founded in 1905 the monthly "-^Egir ", a paper devoted to fisheries
and navigation, and was its editor 1905-08, and since 191 2. Has also been
lecturer in the Nautical School. Director of the fishing station at Sandgerdi
on Faxafl6i since 1910. Decorated with the Order of Danebrog, 1908. —
Author: Account of a trip through Northern Norway 1904-05 (Andvari,
6o ISLANDICA
1905); numerous articles on fisheries, the fish market, and other related
subjects in various papers (Logr^tta, fsafold, I>j6361fur, and NorQurland),
but chiefly in "^gir,"
Biogr.: 69inn. VI. pp. 59-61, portr.
l^6rSarson, Matthias [Septimus] , archaeologist ;
b. Fiskilsekur, Melasveit, Oct. 30, 1877; A. B., 1898; Cand. Phil., 1899;
studied philology and archaeology in the University of Copenhagen, 1899-
1906 ; assistant in the Archaeological Museum in Reykjavik, 1907, since
1908 director of the Icelandic National Museum, Reykjavik, and state
antiquarian of Iceland. — Author : An essay on preservation of antiquities
(Skirnir, 1905), and numerous articles in the "Arb6k hins islenzka
Fornleif af^lags " on historical and archaeological subjects, of which are
especially to be mentioned a treatise on the Althing during the Republic
(1911), and historical sketch of the Icelandic National Museum (formerly
called the Archaeological Museum) during the first fifty years of its existence
(1913; also publ. separately under the title: I>j69menjasafni5 1863-1903,
voxtur pess og hagur fyrstu 50 drin). Contributions to other periodicals
on similar subjects.
Biogr.: Sunnanfari. XI. pp. 16-17, portr.
P>orgrimsson, Adam, educator ;
b. Nes in A9alreykjadalur, July 8, 1879 ; grad. of the Mo5ruvellir High
School, 1902 ; teacher in Akureyri. — Author : Safn f)eirra or9a i islenzku,
sem rituS eru me9 y, y, ey og z (List of words in Icelandic written with y,
y, ey and z. 1910); several articles on literary and educational matters in
the " Nordurland ". — Translator : ^fintyri frd ymsum londum (1909).
I^orkelsson, Jon, historian, archivist ;
b. Asar in Skaptdrtunga, April 16, 1859; A. B., 1882; M. A., (Old Norse
history and literature) 1886; Ph. D., 1888; the Icelandic Literary Society
selected him to edit the Diplomatarium Islandicum, which was begun by
J6n Sigurdsson {d. 1879), and since 1886 he has received from the Icelandic
government support in collecting material for this work and editing it ;
with support from the Danish government and the Carlsberg Fund he has
prepared other works for the press, and examined Icelandic manuscripts in
Engish libraries, 1890 ; lived in Copenhagen until 1898, when he returned
to Iceland ; director of the National Archives, Reykjavik, since Dec. 8,
1899. One of the founders of the Icelandic Historical Society (Soguf^lag)
1902, and has since been its president. Member of Althing for Snaefells-
nessysla 1893, for Reykjavik, 1908-11. — Author: Om Digtningen paa Island
i det 15. og 16. Aarhundrede (1888, doctor's dissertation); Saga Jorundur
Hundadagakongs (History of Jorgen Jorgensen, king of the dogdays. 1892);
Saga Magntisar prii9a (History of Magnus j6nsson, the Gentle. 1895);
Skyrsla um skjol og handrit i safni Arna Magniissonar, sem komin eru iir
opinberum skjalasofnum d fslandi (Report on documents and manuscripts
in the Arnamagnaean Collection which have come from public archives in
Iceland. 1908); ^fisaga J6ns |>orkelssonar sk61ameistara i Skdlholti
ICELANDIC AUTHORS 6l
(Biography of J. !>., rector of Skdlholt Cathedral School. 2 vols. 1910);
Skrd um skjol eg baekur i Landskjalasafninu 1 Reykjavik (Catalogue of
documents and books in the National Archives in R. 3 vols. 1903-10);
Rikisr^ttindi Islands (The rights of the Icelandic state. 1908, with Einar
Arn6rsson); Httur af Birni J6nssyni d Skar3sd (Timarit Bmf^l., 1887). In
the "Andvari": biographies of Gudbr. Vigfiisson (1894), of Grimur
Thomsen (1898), of Halld6r Kr. FriQriksson (1903), of Arni Thorsteinsson
(1908), and of Einar Asmundsson (1912), on Iceland's position towards
other states before the introduction of the Reformation (1910, with E.
Arn6rsson), etc. In the "Arkiv for nordisk filologi": obituaries of J6n
Arnason (1889) and Gu9br. Vigfiisson (1889), Islandske Haandskrifter i
England og Skotland (1891), S^ra Gottskdlk j6nsson i Glaumbae og syrpa
bans (1896), Svartr d Hofst63um(i898). Haandskrifterne af Njdla (Njdla.
II. 1889). Die Annalen des Bischof Gisli Oddsson von 1637 (Zeitschr. des
Vereins f. Volksk., 1891). Numerous articles in Icelandic periodicals, and
also several in Danish papers. — Editor: Kvaedi, by Stefdn 6lafsson (1885-
86); Diplomatarium Islandicum (1893-1912); fslenzkar drtiflaskrdr e3a
Obituaria Islandica (1893-96); Saga J6ns Esp61ins (1895); Visnakver, by
Pdll Vidalin (1897), and Aldarfarsb6k, by the same (1904); I>j65s6gur og
munnmaeli (1899); MorQbr^fabseklingar, by Bishop Gu9br. I>orldksson
(1902-06); Tyrkjardnia d fslandi 1627 (1906-09); Biskupasogur, by J6n
Halld6rsson (1903-10); Lj69maeli, by Grimur Thomsen (1906), and Rimur
af Biia Andri9arsyni, by the same (1906); Rimur af Bern6tus Borneyjar-
kappa, by Magntis j6nsson (1907); Hdttalykill hinn minni and hinn meiri
by Loptur Guttormsson, Erfidrdpa hrynhend um Magnus lagabaeti,
Nikaldsvisur, and Hdttalykill by I>6raur Magnusson (all these in Smastyk-
ker udg. af Samfund til Udg. af gl. nord. Litt., 1884-91 ); fslenzk kappakvse9i
( Arkiv for nord. filol., 1886-88). One of the editors of the folk-lore magazine
" Huld " ( 1890-98). Editor of the illustrated monthly '* Sunnanfari " 1891-
97, and since 1912.
Biogr.: Indbydelsesskrift til Kjobenhavns Universitets Reformationfest.
1888.— Bricka, Dansk biograf. Leksikon. XVII. p. 263.— Oainn. V. pp. 65-
67, portr.
f>orkelsson, Pdll, linguist ;
b. Asar in Skaptartunga, Jtdy 9, 1850, brother of J6n I>orkelsson, the
archivist (see above); jeweller by occupation, and has invented a method of
coloring metals. Also invented an international sign-language.— y^w/A^r.-
Samtalsb6k islenzk-fronsk handa fslendingum og iitlendum ferdamonnum,
me9 framburQi d bd9um mdlunum (Guide islandais-fran9ais d I'usage des
Islandais et des voyageurs Strangers, avec la prononciation figur^e pour les
deux langues. 1893; 2d ed., revised 1913); Beygingarreglur i islenzku me9
fronskum skyringum (Syst^me grammatical pour tous les mots islandais
avec des explanations fran9aises. 1894); Dictionnaire islandais-fran^ais
(1888, only one part was published, covering the words : a — alblindur).
Biogr.: CSinn. III. pp. 17-18, portr. — lUustreret Familie- Journal. March
16 and 23, 1902.
62 ISLANDICA
I>orkelsson, I^orkell, physicist ;
b. Frostastadir, SkagafjarSarsysla, Nov. 6, 1876; A. B., 1898; Cand. Mag.
(major: physics; minors: mathematics, chemistry, and astronomy), 1903;
during the summers of 1904 and 1906 traveled in Iceland with the support
of the Carlsberg Fund (Copenhagen) to investigate hot springs with special
reference to their radio-activity ; assistant in the physical laboratory of the
Polytechnic Institute, Copenhagen, 1907-08 ; teacher in the Akureyri
High School since igoS.— Author : The hot springs of Iceland (1910, a
volume of the Danish Royal Academy's publications) ; Undersogelse af nogle
islandske varme Kilders Radioaktivitet og af Kildeluftarternes Indhold af
Argon og Helium (Oversigt over det kgl. danske Videnskabernes Selskabs
Forhandlinger, 1905, with K. Prytz); Die lonisation in Gasen vermittels
eines ungeeichten Elektroskops bestimmt ( Physikalische Zeitschrift, 1906);
Nyere Undersogelser over Radioaktivitet (Fysisk Tidsskrift, 1907).
f^orl^sson, Brynj61fur, musician ;
d. Nyibaer, Seltjarnarnes, May 22, 1867 ; for many years clerk in the
governor-general's ofl&ce, but studied music besides, under music teachers
in Reykjavik ; 1898-99 he studied in Copenhagen ; teacher of music in the
College of Iceland since 1900 ; organist of the Reykjavik Cathedral, 1902-
12. — Editor: Svanurinn (The swan, a collection of songs for one voice.
1906); Organt6nar (Collection of musical pieces for harmonium. 2 vols.
1910-13).
Biogr.: 69inn. VI. pp. 77-78, portr.
l^orldksson, J6n, civil engineer ;
b. Vesturh6psh61ar, Hiinavatnssysla, March 3, 1877; A. B., 1897; Cand.
Polyt., Polytechnic Institute, Copenhagen, 1903 ; with government support
made investigations concerning building materials in Iceland, and con-
struction of houses, 1903-05 ; state engineer since 1905 ; director of the
Industrial School, Reykjavik, since 1904. Member of Althing for Reykjavik
since 1911. — Author: BurQarpolfraeSi (Statics. 1909). Two articles in
"KimreiSin" (1899) on the progress of the natural [sciences and on the
telegraph ; in the ' ' BdnaSarrit ' ' , four articles on construction of houses
and other things connected therewith (1903-04, 191 1), and one on water-
supply for country homes (1908); two articles in " Andvari ", on roads and
means of conveyance (1906), and on surveying of roads (1908); numerous
smaller contributions to periodicals.
Biogr.: 69inn. VII. pp. 41-43, portr.
I^6r61fsson, SigurSur, agriculturist, educator ;
b. Holt, BarQastrond, July 11, 1869; grad. of (3lafsdal Agricultural School,
1892 ; student in the Flensborg High School, and passed the examination
for teachers, 1898 ; was then engaged in teaching and agricultural work for
some years ; student in the Askov Popular High School, 1901-02. In Oct.
1902, founded a popular high school in Reykjavik, which he transferred to
Hvitarbakki, BorgarfjarQarsysla, and the director of which he still is. —
Author: Frumatri9i jar9raektarfrae9innar handa baendum (Elements of the
science of agriculture for farmers. 1901); Minningar fe9ra vorra (The
ICELANDIC AUTHORS 63
remembrances of our ancestors. 2 vols. 1909-10 ; a popular history of
Iceland); a few pamphlets, and an article on instruction in agriculture and
agricultural schools ( BfinaSarrit, 1898). — Editor: The agricultural monthly
- *' P16gur " ( 1899-1908), which was chiefly written by himself ; L^3sk61alj63
(2 parts. 1902-05).
Biogr.: 65inn. II. p. 86, portr. — Hojskolebladet. 191 2. No. 42, portr.
J^orsteinsson, Bjami, musician ;
b. Melur, Myrasysla, Oct. 14, 1861 ; A. B., 1883; Cand. Theol., Theological
School, 1888 ; minister of Hvanneyri, SiglufjorQur, since 1888. Has received
stipends from the Icelandic and Danish governments, and from the Carls-
berg Fund for collecting and editing Icelandic popular music. — Author
(composer).- fslenzkur hdtiQasongur (Icelandic festival church music.
1899); Sex songlog (Six songs, 1899); Tin songlog (Ten songs. 1904); a
few compositions have also appeared in periodicals (EimreiSin, Skirnir).
A treatise on Icelandic popular tunes (Skirnir, 1907), and a few other
articles in periodicals on Icelandic music. — Editor: fslenzk pj6516g (Ice-
landic popular airs, collected with introductory essays and commentaries.
1906-09); fslenzk sdlmasongsb6k me9 fj6rum roddum (Icelandic church
music for four voices. 1903, with a supplement, 1912).
Biogr.: Eimreidin. VI. pp. 63-65, portr. — Svensk Musiktidning. Sept.
1903, portr. — Unga Island. IV. pp. 25-26, portr.
I^orsteinsson, Hannes, genealogist, journalist ;
b. Brti in Biskupstungur, Aug. 30, i860; A. B., 1886; Cand. Theol., Theo-
logical School, 1888; editor of the weekly "I>j6561fur", 1892-1909, since
191 1 assistant archivist in the National Archives, Reykjavik. Member of
Althing for Arnessysla, 1901-11, and speaker of the Lower House, 1909-11 ;
auditor of the public accounts, 1905-09 ; member of the board of directors
of the Historical Society, and of the Archaeological Society. Corresponding
member of the Danish Genealogical Institute (elected 1905). Awarded the
historical prize of the J6n SigurQsson Fund, 1891. — Author: Gu9fr3e5ingatal
( Lives of Icelandic theologians, who have taken their degrees at the Copen-
hagen University from 1707 to 1907. 1910); Grosserer Jens Benedictsens
Stamtavle (1890); Alpingismannaforin 1906 (The visit of the members of
Althing to Denmark. 1906, with Jtilius Havstein). Criticism of Bricka's
Dansk biographisk Lexikon (Timarit B6kmf41., 1891); biography of
Benedikt Sveinsson (Andvari, 1900); a few notes on Icelandic literature in
the 1 2th and 13th cent. (Skirnir, 1912); RaeQa d gamldrskveld (A sermon
on New Year's eve. 1886). Among his contributions to "|>j6961fur" may
be mentioned the history of the first fifty years of the paper (1898). —
Editor : Syslumannasefir (Lives of Icelandic prefects), by Bogi Benedikts-
son (vols, ii.-iv., 1904-12 ; brought down to date); Fj61a (1904, an modem
Icelandic anthology of poems); fslenzkir sagnapsettir (I-III. 1901-10,
a collection of minor writings, chiefly on the biography of Icelanders of the
17th, i8th, and 19th cent.); J6n Gu3mundsson's treatise on families and
genealogy (Safn til sogu Islands, 1902). One of the editors of the folk-
lore magazine "Huld " (1890-98).
Biogr.: (39inn. IV. pp. 44-45, portr.
APPENDIX.
List of books and essays relating to modern
Icelandic literature (since ca. 1550).*
Arpi, Roi^f. Islands yngre literatur och sprak. hi Sprakvetenskapliga
sallskapets i Upsala forhandlingar. 1882-85. Upsala, 1886. 8". pp. 41-
48.
(Chiefly philological.)
Baumgartner, Ai^exandkr. Island und die Faroer. Freiburg i. Br,, 1889.
8°. pp. xiv -f- 462, illustr. — 3. vermehrte Aufl. 1902. 8^. pp. xix + 571,
illustr.
(This is a book of travels, but it contains a good deal about Icelandic
literature and a few translations from modern Icelandic poets. )
BORGFIRDINGUR, J6n. Stutt rithof undatal d fslandi 1400-1882. Reykjavik,
1884. 8°. pp. iv 4- 141 4- (3)-
{Review: Revue critique. XXII. 1886. pp. 88-90, by E. Beauvois).
Soguagrip um prentsmi5jur og prentara d fslandi. Reykjavik, 1867.
80. pp. 68.
Brandes, Georg. Moderae islandsk Lyrik. In his Samlede Skrifter.
III. Bd. Kobenhavn, 1900. pp. 723-725.
(A review of Olaf Hansen's " Ny ivSlandsk Poesi ". )
Bricka's Dansk biografisk Lexikon. Kjobenhavn 1887-1905. 19 vols. 8''.
Includes biographies of many Icelandic authors after 1537, almost all
written by Kr. Kilund. Cf. Timarit bins isl. Bokmentaf^l. XII.
1891. pp. 241-261, by Hannes f>orsteinsson (review of vols, i.-iv. ).
CederschioIvD, Gustaf. Nyislandska epigram. In Pro Novitate. Fest-
skrift utg. af Svenska bokhandels-medhjalpare-foreningen. Stockholm,
1898. pp. 65-74.
Coi.i<iN, Edvard. Anonymer og Pseudonymer i den danske, norske og
islandske Literatur samt i fremmede Literaturer, forsaavidt disse
omhandle nordiske Forhold, fra de aeldste Tider indtil Aaret i860.
Kjobenhavn 1869. 8°. pp. (6) + 209.
EiNARSSON, Hai^fdan. Sciagraphia historise literarise Islandicae autorum
et scriptorum turn editorum tum ineditorum exhibens. Havnise, 1777.
8". pp. (30) + 251 -|- (20). — The same, title-edition: Historia literaria
Islandise. Havniae et Lipsiae, 1786. 8°.
Erslew, Thomas Hansen. Almindeligt Forfatter-Lexicon for Kongeriget
Danmark med tilhorende Bilande, fra 1814 til 1840. Kjobenhavn, 1843-
53. 3 vols. 8*^. — Supplement indtil Udgangen af Aaret 1853, Kjobenhavn,
1858-68. 3 vols.. 8°.
FiSKE, WiivLARD. The living authors of Iceland. In Bulletin of the
Cornell University Library. I. Ithaca, N. Y., 1882. 8<'. pp. 78-82, iio-
114.
* Monographs on individual authors are, as a rule, not included in this list.
ICELANDIC AUTHORS 65
— On recent Icelandic literature. In The Berkeley Quarterly. II. San
Francisco, 1881. pp. 72-79.
Bibliographical notices. I., IV.-VI. Books printed in Iceland 1578-
1844. ist-4th supplement to the British Museum catalogue. Florence
awflf Ithaca, N. Y., 1886-1907. ^pts. 8°. pp. 29, 28, 29, 47.
[ ] Mfmir. Icelandic institutions with addresses. Copenhagen, 1903.
8°. pp. viii 4- 80 -f 8.
GUDMUNDSSON, Vai^tyr. Islands Kultur ved Aarhundredskiftet 1900.
Kobenhavn, 1902. 8*'. pp. viii -f 160, illustr.
[See Litteratur og Kunst, pp. 47-85. )
Island am Beginn des 20. Jahrhunderts. Aus dem Danischen von
Richard Palleske. Kattowitz in Schlesien, 1904. 8". pp. xv -|- 233,
illustr.
{See Schrifttum und Kunst, pp. 61-111.)
Hansen, Oi^af. Ny-islandsk Poesi. Nogle Bemaerkninger om Islands
(lyriske) Digtning ved Begyndelsen og Slutningen af det 19. Aar-
hundrede. In Vagten. Tidsskrift for Litteratur, Kunst, etc. Aarg.
1899. Kobenhavn. pp. 326-343.
{Review: Politiken. 1900, by G. Brandes. )
' Ny-islandsk Lyrik. Overssettelser og Studier. Kobenhavn, 1901.
(Sm&skrifter udg. af Selskab for germansk Filologi. Nr. 4. ) 8*'. pp.
(8) 4- 183.
{Review: Eimrei9in. VII. 1901. pp. 154-156, by ValtyrGuQmundsson.)
Islandsk Renaessance. I Hundredaaret for J6nas Hallgrimssons
Fodsel. Et Stykke Ivitteraturhistorie. Kobenhavn, 1907. 8°. pp. (2) -f-
123.
{Reviews : Skirnir. LXXXI. 1907. pp. 373-374, by Gu3m. Finnboga-
son. — BimreiSin. XIV. 1908. p. 70, by Valtyr GuQmundsson. )
Herrmann, Paui.. Island in Vergangenheit und Gegenwart. I. -III. Teil.
I^eipzig, 1907-10. 8". 3 vols.
(This work is a narrative of two journeys in Iceland, but contains much
information about the literature and the history of the country. )
[HjORivEiFSSON, EiNAR.] Blo9 langafa vorra, afa og feQra. In fsafold.
XXV. arg. Reykjavik, 1898. fol. pp. 53, 69-70, 73-74, 81, 97-98, no-
III, 125-126.
Hoi,i,ANDER, Lee M. The drama in Iceland, a sketch. In Proceedings
of the Society for the Advancement of Scandinavian Study. Vol. I.
Urbana, 111., 1912. pp. 99-106.
Horn, Fredrik Winkei.. Geschichte der Literatur des skandinavischen
Nordens von den aeltesten Zeiten bis auf die Gegenwart. Leipzig, 1880.
8®. pp. viii -f (2) + 404.
{See Neuislandische Literatur, pp. 68-85. )
History of the Scandinavian literature of the North from the most
ancient times to the present. Revised by the author, and translated by
Rasmus B. Anderson. With a bibliography of the important books in
the English language relating to Scandinavian countries, by Thorvald
Solberg. Chicago, 1884. 8". pp. ix + 507. {See 1^^. 74-90-)
66 ISLANDICA
JOCHUMSSON, Matthias. AlJ)y3ukve3skapur a Nordurlandi d 19. oldinni.
In EimreiQin. XIX. drg. Kaupmannahofn, 19 13. pp. 195-210.
JONASSON, Jonas. Yfirlit yfir b6kmentir fslendinga d 19. old. In Timarit
bins isl. B6kmentaf^lags. II. Reykjavik, 1881. pp. 164-200.
JONSSON, BjARNi. Bokavlen paa Island i vaare dagar. Oslo, 1903. (Norske
folkeskrifter. 9.) 8". pp. 16.
JONSSON, FiNNUR (1704-89). Historia ecclesiastica Islandise. Tom. III. -
IV. Havniae, 1775-78. 4^
(Contains much about the secular literature as well as the religious. )
JoNSSON, FiNNUR (1858-). Agrip af b6kmentas6gu Islands. II. 1400-
1890. Reykjavik, 1892. (Fylgikver I>j6361fs 1892.) 8°. pp.88.
Oldnorsk og islandsk Litteratur. In Jul. Clausen's Illustreret
Verdens Litteratur Historie. III. Bd. Kobenhavn, 1899. 8''. pp. 514-
563, illustr. {See pp. 553-563.)
Den islandske I^itteraturs Historie tilligemed den oldnorske.
Kobenhavn, 1907. 8°. pp. (S) -(- 453.
{See Kord Udsigt over den islandske Litteratur efter 1400. pp. 407-437.)
JONSSON, Vii.HjAi,MUR. Nyere islandsk Litteratur. In Nordisk tidskrift
utg. af Letterstedtska foreningen. 1896. Stockholm, pp. 635-653.
[Krohg, G. A.] Den nyere islandske Literatur. /« Nordisk Universitets-
Tidsskrift. V. Aarg. 3. H. Christiania, i860, pp. 1-9.
KUCHI.ER, Cari,. Gesehichte der islandischen Dichtung der Neuzeit ( 1800-
1900). I. Heft. Novellistik. — II. Heft. Dramatik. Leipzig, 1896-1902.
2 vols. 8°. pp. vi + (2) 4- 85 ; vi + (2) + 79.
{Reviews: Bimrei9in. II. 1896. pp. 234-236, by Finnur J6nsson. —
Archiv fiir das Studium d. neueren Sprachen. XCVII. 1896. pp. 392-
393, by A. Heusler.— fsafold. XXIII. 1896. p. 169.— Journal of Engl.
and Germ. Philology. V. 1904. pp. 222-224, by Charles Allyn Williams.
— Literar. Centralbl. XL VIII. 1894. col. 240, by E. Mogk ; LIV. 1904.
col. 1442.)
Islands neuere und neueste Novellistik. In Moderne Rundschau.
IV. Bd. Wien, 189 1. 8°. pp. 159-165.
Die drei Heroen der neuislandischen Novellistik. In Das zwanzigste
Jahrhundert. VI. Jahrg. 2. Bd. Ziirich u. Leipzig, 1896. pp. 462-474,
544-562.
Zur Gesehichte der islandischen Dramatik. In Zeitschrift fiir
vergleichende Litteraturgeschichte. N. F. XII. Bd. Weimar, 1898. pp.
1-2 1.
(There also is by this author a series of articles on Icelandic novelists,
in Internationale Literaturberichte. I. 1894. nos. 27-31 ; cf. Eimreidin.
L 1894. p. 76. )
LEhmann-Fii^hes, Margarete. Proben islandischer Lyrik verdeutsch
von M. Lehmann-Filh6s. Berlin, 1894. 8°. pp. (6) + 54-
LiDDERDAi^E, Thomas Wii,i.iam. Catalogue of books printed in Iceland
from A. D. 1578 to 1880, in the Library of the British Museum. London,
1885. fol. coll. 30 + (2), ff. (2), coll. Ivi.
[Magnusson, Finnur.] Literature and literary societies of Iceland. In
The Foreign Quarterly Review. Vol. IX. London, 1832. pp. 41-77.
ICELANDIC AUTHORS 67
Marmier, Xavikr. Litt^rature islandaise. Paris, 1843. 8°. pp. (4) -f
280 +(2).
(Deals almost exclusivelywith the ancient literature, and the chapter
on the modern literature is of no importance. )
Maurer, Konrad. Die Programme der gelehrten Schule Islands. In
Germania. XVI. Bd. Wien, 1871. pp. 442-449.
Melsted, Bogi Th. Synisb6k islenzkra b6kmennta 4 19. old. Kaupmann-
ahofn, 1891. 8°. pp. xx + 348.
{Reviews: Nordisk tidskrift (I^etterstedtska). 1892. pp. 453-456, by
J6n Stef^nsson.— The Saturday Review. Aug. 8, 1891. pp. 173-174. —
Timarit bins isl. B6kmentaf^l. XII. 1891. pp. 261-277, by Valt^r
Gudmundsson. — Sunnanfari. I. 1891. pp. 20-22, by SigurSur Hjorleifs-
son.)
Islandske Boger 1878-1887. In Nordisk tidskrift utg. af Letter-
stedtska foreningen. 1883-87. Stockholm.— ^/jf? sep. repr. 8°.
Islandsk Bogfortegnelse 1897-1911. In Nordisk Boghandlertidende.
XXXIIff. Kjobenhavn, i898ff.— ^/jc? sep. repr. 8°.
(Icelandic books and periodicals are also included in "Dansk Bog-
fortegnelse", 1841-1908, by F. Fabricius, Toh. Vahl, andH. Ehrencron-
Miiller. )
MoGK, KuGEN. Island und seine Litteratur. In Blatter fiir litterarische
Unterhaltung. 1898. Leipzig. 4*^. pp. 721-725.
(A review of J. C. Poestion's "Islandische Dichter.")
Moi^i^ER, Arne. Nyislandsk Prosadigtning. In Nordisk tidskrift utg. af
Letterstedtska foreningen. 191 1. Stockholm, pp. 503-515.
Nyislandsk Digtning paa Dansk. Islandske Stemninger og Tilstande.
Ibid. 1912. pp. 591-599.
Det nye Islands Drama og Dramatikere. In Samtiden. XXIII.
Aarg. Kristiania, 19 12. pp. 241-255.
Nyerup, Rasmus, and Kraft, J. E. Almindeligt Forfatterlexicon for
Danmark, Norge, og Island. Kjobenhavn, 1820. 4°. pp. 692.
P:^URSSON, Petur. Historia ecclesiastica Islandise ab a. 1740, ad a. 1840.
Havniae, 1841. 4^*. i^See pp. 384-447.)
PoESTiON, Joseph Cai^asanz. Islandische Dichter der Neuzeit in Charak-
teristiken und iibersetzten Proben ihrer Dichtung. Mit einer Ubersicht
des Geisteslebens auf Island zeit der Reformation. Leipzig, 1897. 8®.
pp. (4) + vi + (2) + 527.
(An excellent yiot)s..— Reviews : Eimreidin. IV. 1898. pp. 70-75, by
Valtyr Gudmundsson. — Blatter f. litterar. Unterhaltung. 1898. pp.
721-725, by E. Mogk.— Osterreich. Literaturblatt. 1898. p. i3fiF., by
BjornM. Olsen.— Das litterarische Echo. I. 1898. pp. 35-39, by Camillo
V. Susan. — Der Bote fiir deutsche Litteratur. 1898. pp. 7, by C.
Kiichler. — Stimmen aus Maria Laach. 1898. pp. 84-87, by A. Baum-
gartner. — Wiener neue freie Presse. Nov. 11, 1897, Abendblatt, by H.
V. Lenk.— Isafold. XXIV. 1897. p. 265.— I>j6361fur. XLIX. 1897. pp.
179-180. — Die neue Zeit. 1900. no. 311 (Eineneuentdecktegermanische
Litteratur), by Erich Holm. )
Eislandsbliiten. Ein Sammelbuch neu-islandischer Lyrik. Mit einer
kultur- und literarhistorischen Einleitung und erlautemden Glossen.
Leipzig u. Miinchen, 1904. 8°. pp. xliv -|- 229.
68 ISLANDICA
{Reviews: EimreiQin. XI. 1905. pp. 154-155, by Matth. Jochumsson.—
Skfrnir. LXXIX. 1905. pp. 87-89, by Steingr. Thorsteinsson. —
Deutsche Literaturzeit. XXVI. 1905. coll. 346-349, by Bernh. Kahle. )
Zur Geschichte des islandischen Dramas und Theaterwesens. Wien,
1903. ( Vortrage u. Abhandlungen hrsgg. von der Leo-Gesellschaft. 20. )
8°. pp. 76.
{Review: Deutsche Literaturzeit. XXV. 1904. coll. 1628-30, by B.
Kahle. — Isafold. XXX. 1903. p. 290. — Bimrei9in. X. 1904, p. 236. —
Iviterar. Centralbl. LVI. 1905. col. 171 1, by A. Gebhardt.)
Drama und Theater auf Island. In Biihne und Welt. V. Jahrg.
Berlin, 1902. 8°. pp. 190-197.
Neueste islandische Litteratur. In Das Magazin fiir die Litteratur
In- u. Auslandes. 4°. XCVII. Bd. 1880. p. 312 ; XCVIII. Bd. p. 581 ;
CI. Bd. 1882. pp. 204-205 ; CII. Bd. 1882. pp. 727-730 ; CV. Bd. 1884.
p. 77 ; CVII. Bd. 1885. pp. 355-357 ; CXVI. Bd. 1889. pp. 806-812,
822-828.
(Reviews of various Icelandic publications.)
Rosenberg, Cari,. Nordboernes Aandsliv fra Oldtiden til vore Dage.
III. Bind. Den gammel-lutherske Tidsalder. I. Af deling. Religiost Liv.
Kjobenhavn, 1885. 8". pp. (4) + 587 + (7).
Savi-Lopez, Maria. Letteratura islandese. In his Donne-Spiriti-Poeti.
Firenze, 1895. pp. 89-129.
Su^MUNDSSON, ToMAS. B6kmentirnar islendsku. In Fjolnir. V. ar.
Kaupmannahofn, 1839. pp. 73-145.
Schweitzer, Phii^ip. Geschichte der skandinavischen Litteratur von der
Reformation bis auf die skandinavische Renaissance im 18. Jahrhundert.
Leipzig, 1887. (Geschichte der Weltlitteratur in Einzeldarstellungen.
Bd. VIII. 2.) 8°. pp. x + 272.
Geschichte der skandinavischen Litteratur im 19. Jahrhundert.
Leipzig. 1888. (Geschichte der Weltlitteratur in Einzeldarstellungen.
Bd. VIII. 3. ) 8». pp. xxii -f 420.
Island. Land und Leute. Geschichte, Litteratur und Sprache.
Leipzig u. Berlin, 1885. 8". pp. viii + (2) -f 203. {See pp. 112-
167.)
SiBBERN, NiEi/S Peter, idea historiae literarise Islandorum, breviter
delineata. In J. C. H. Dreyer's Monumenta anecdota virorum post
fata illustrium et clarorum, etc. Lubecae et Altonse, 1760. 4''. pp. 175-
228.
( Probably written chiefly by J6n 5>orkelsson Thorkillii. )
Stefansson, Vilhjai<mur. The newer literature of Iceland. In Poet-
Lore. XV. I. Boston, 1904. 4°. pp. 62-76.
Present-day literature of Iceland. Ibid. XV. 2. 1904. pp. 126-138.
Stephensen, Magnus. Island i det attende Aarhundrede. Kjobenhavn,
1808. 8°. pp. xxi 4-451-
{See Island i videnskabelig Henslende, pp. 143-265. — There are two
Icelandic editions of this work, both of 1806 : "Eptirmseli 18. aldar.")
ICELANDIC AUTHORS 69
Thomsen, Grimur f>. Om Islands Stilling i det ovrige Skandinavien,
fornemmelig i literaer Henseende. Et Foredrag. Kjobenhavn, 1846. 8°.
pp. 35-
Thoroddsbn, |>orvai;dur. Landfrsedissaga Islands, Hugmyndir manna
um Island, ndttiiruskoflun og ranns6knir, fyrr og si9ar. Reykjavik
and Kaupmannahofn, 1892-1904. 4 vols. 8". — German edition of vols,
i.'ii.: Geschichte der islandischen Geographie. Autorisirte Ubersetzung
von August Gebhardt. Leipzig, 1897-98. 2 vols. 8®.
(Gives much information about certain phases of Icelandic literature,
especially during the i6th, 17th, and i8th centuries.)
Worm, Jens. Forsog til et Lexikon over danske, norske og islandske
laerde Maend. Helsingoer and Kiobenhavn, 1771-84. 3 vols. 8®.
I>ORKEi,ssoN, Jon. Digtningen p& Island i det 15. og 16. Arhundrede.
Kjobenhavn, 1888. 8°. pp. (2) + ii + 516 4- (2).
{Review: ( Dansk ) Historisk Tidsskrif t. 6. R. I. Bd. 1888. pp. 752-765,
by Bogi Th. MelsteQ. — Stimmen aus Maria Laach 1889. pp. 95-98, by
A. Baumgartner. — Literaturbl. f. german. u. roman. Philol. X. 1889.
coll. 50-52, by W. Golther. — Magazin f. die Lit. des In- u. Auslandes.
IvII. 1889. pp. 827-828, by J. C. Poestion.— Revue critique. XXVII.
1889. pp. 269-271, by E. Beauvois.)
Z Hermannsson, Halldor
2604. Bibliography of the
S3H4. mythical-heroic sagas
PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE
CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY
Live Music
Archive
Librivox
Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland
Museum of Art
Internet
Arcade
Console Living Room
Open Library
American
Libraries
TV News
Understanding
9/11